SSANGYONG Musso Sports N100 2003 Manual Download Page 666 | Manualshive

Page: 666 / 1574

background image

OM600 ENGINE MECHANICAL 1B3-175

OIL PUMP

1 Oil Pump
2 Piston
3 Pressure Spring
4 Guide Pin

5 Screw Plug ................................................ 50 Nm
6 Combination Bolt ...................................... 25 Nm
7 Oil Strainer
8 Bracket

Disassembly Procedure

1. Remove the oil pan.

2. Unscrew the mounting bolt of spracket.

«
...
664
665
666
667
668
...
»

Summary of Contents for Musso Sports N100 2003

Page 1: ...G DIAGRAM 1 2 2 CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION SYMBOL 1 3 3 FUNCTION OF POWER SUPPLY LINE 1 3 4 WIRING HARNESS COLOR IDENTIFICATION 1 3 5 HOW TO CHECK TERMINAL NUMBER OF CONNECTOR 1 3 CONTENTS SECTION 1 HOW TO USE ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM ...

Page 2: ...03 terminal No1 Refer to Major Connector Position Section 2 S201 Splice pack S101 S306 Refer to Major Splice Pack Position Section2 Wiring Harness Color Refer to Wiring Harness Color Abbreviation Internal circuit of component Relay Component Name and Terminal Number Internal circuit of component Switch Component Name Terminal Number and Connecting Wiring Circuit J201 Joint J101 J401 Refer to Major...

Page 3: ...n Ignition Switch ON and ACC Battery Voltage B supply directly regardless of Ignition Switch Ground connected to battery Battery Voltage B supply in Head Lamp Switch 1st and 2nd step Illumination circuit 15 15A 15C 30 31 58 Abbreviation Color Brown Green Violet Pink White Orange Light Green Br G V P W Or Lg Abbreviation Color Sky Blue Red Blue Yellow Gray Black Sb R L Y Gr B 4 WIRING HARNESS COLOR...

Page 4: ...1 POSITION OF CONNECTOR GROUND SPLICE PACK 2 2 2 CONNECTOR GROUND SPLICE PACK INFORMATION 2 4 3 WIRING HARNESS CONNECTOR GROUND LOCATION 2 5 CONTENTS SECTION 2 POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS ...

Page 5: ...2 2 POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS 1 POSITION OF CONNECTOR GROUND SPLICE PACK W H ENG MAIN W H ENGINE W H MAIN W H FLOOR W H T M ...

Page 6: ...in Main Air Con Main ECM Main Driver Seat Driver Seat AUX Main Floor Main Floor Main Floor Main Floor Main Floor Main Driver Door InsideTheEngineRoomFuseBlock InsideTheEngineRoomFuseBlock InsideTheEngineRoomFuseBlock UnderTheEngineRoomFuseBlock BesidePre HeatingUnit DSL UnderTheAirCleanerHousing DSL Turbo UnderTheAirCleanerHousing DSL N Turbo UnderTheAirCleanerHousing GSL UnderTheCoolantReservoirT...

Page 7: ...POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS 2 5 3 WIRING HARNESS CONNECTOR GROUND LOCATION 1 W H ENGINE ROOM GSL DSL C109 C111 C112 C101 C102 S101 C104 C103 C109 C101 C102 S101 C104 C103 ...

Page 8: ...2 6 POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS 4 W H ROOF 5 W H TAIL GATE 2 W H MAIN W H MAIN 3 W H TAIL GATE ...

Page 9: ...POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS 2 7 6 W H DOOR 7 W H SEAT HEATER 8 W H AIR BAG ...

Page 10: ...2 8 POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS 10 W H TRANSMISSION 9 W H AIR CONDITIONER ...

Page 11: ...203 DSL GSL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 16 Thermo AMP 3 DSL Thermo AMP 4 GSL Rear Wiper Washer Switch 8 LW LW LW C212 LW F19 10A Blower Relay S1 A C Switch 3 S401 DSL GSL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 4 7 Ef10 10A C212 C101 ECS Switch 4 Rear Wiper Washer Switch 6 A C Control Panel 11 Tail Lamp Relay 87 Door unlock Switch 4 Defroster Switch 4 Audio 3 4WD Switch 7 Front Cigar Lighter 2 Seat Warmer Switch 6 Fog Lamp Switch 4 ...

Page 12: ...CONTENTS 1 FUSIBLE LINK FUSE BLOCK ENGINE ROOM FUSE BLOCK POWER DISTRIBUTION 3 2 2 I P FUSE BLOCK POWER DISTRIBUTION 3 3 SECTION 3 WIRING DIAGRAM FOR POWER SUPPLIES ...

Page 13: ...3 2 WIRING DIAGRAM FOR POWER SUPPLIES 1 FUSIBLE LINK FUSE BLOCK ENGINE ROOM FUSE BLOCK POWER DISTRIBUTION ...

Page 14: ...WIRING DIAGRAM FOR POWER SUPPLIES 3 3 2 I P FUSE BLOCK POWER DISTRIBUTION ...

Page 15: ...3 4 WIRING DIAGRAM FOR POWER SUPPLIES ...

Page 16: ...WIRING DIAGRAM FOR POWER SUPPLIES 3 5 ...

Page 17: ...3 6 WIRING DIAGRAM FOR POWER SUPPLIES ...

Page 18: ...SECTION 4 USAGE AND CAPACITY OF FUSES IN FUSE BLOCK 1 ENGINE ROOM FUSE RELAY BLOCK 4 2 2 I P FUSE BLOCK 4 3 3 POSITION OF RELAY CONTROL UNIT AND PARTS NUMBER 4 4 CONTENTS ...

Page 19: ... LAMP RH Ef14 15A FRT FOG LAMP Ef15 15A DOOR LOCK Ef16 10A HORN Ef17 10A A CON COMP Ef18 30A BLOWER DSL GSL COMP RESIS TOR 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 2 1 1 2 3 1 2 Ef9 60A BATT1 Ef8 60A BATT2 Ef7 40A IGNITION SWITCH Ef6 40A FUSIBLE LINK HEAD LAMP Ef5 30A COOLING FAN Ef4 30A POWER WINDOW 2 FUSIBLE LINK FUSE BOX 80A 80A 60A Ef3 Ef2 Ef1 3 RELAY TERMINAL NUMBER 86 87 85 30 S...

Page 20: ... M T CLUTCH INTER LOCK RELAY SUNROOF RELAY B S W INTERLOCK RELAY POWER WINDER RELAY 10A 10A 10A 10A 30A 15A 15A 10A 20A 20A 20A 20A 30A 15A 15A 10A 15A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 15A 30A F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F14 F15 F16 F17 F18 F19 F20 F21 F22 F23 F24 F25 F26 F27 FuseNo Capacity Usage Starter Motor Relay Air Bag ABS ABD Outside Mirror Audio Cigar Lighter Power Socket Stop Lamp H...

Page 21: ...SE BLOCK 2 RELAY BOX ABOVE I P FUSE BLOCK 5 Pin 5 Pin 3 Pin 5 Pin 5 Pin 4 Pin 4 Pin 4 Pin 4 Pin 4 Pin 4 Pin 4 Pin 84210 05001 84210 05001 84410 05100 6618225338 6618225338 84150 01300 84150 01300 84150 01300 84150 01300 84150 01300 84150 01300 84190 05100 Part Name Part Number Remarks Front Wiper Relay Defogger Relay Turn Signal Lamp Relay Fuel Pump Relay GSL Cigar Lighter P socket Relay DSL A T S...

Page 22: ... LA BTRE A T M T 5 14 2 PREHEAT G UNIT CIRCUIT 5 16 3 EGR CONTROL CIRCUIT 5 18 4 ECM E23 MSE 5 20 1 OVPR FUEL PUMP CCP SOLENOID CIRCUIT 5 20 1 W O EURO III 5 20 2 W EURO III 5 22 2 IGNITION COIL SENSOR CAM SHAFT MAP CKP CAM SHAFT ACTUATOR CPS CIRCUIT 5 24 1 W O EURO III 5 24 2 W EURO III 5 26 SECTION 5 ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS ...

Page 23: ... MOTOR SENSOR SENSOR KNOCK ECT HEATED O2 CIRCUIT 5 42 1 W O EURO III 5 42 2 W EURO III 5 44 4 VSS CLUTCH SWITCH IMMOBILIZER CIRCUIT 5 46 5 HEATED O2 SENSOR 1 2 3 4 5 48 6 ECM E20 HFM 5 50 1 INJECTOR OVPR IGNITION COIL FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT 5 50 2 CCP SOLENOID SENSOR MAF CKP CIRCUIT 5 52 3 THROTTLE MOTOR SENSOR ECT SENSOR VSS HEATED O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT 5 54 7 ECM E23 HFM 5 56 1 INJECTOR OVPR IGNITION COI...

Page 24: ...OWER SUPPLY GROUND INDICATION LAMP SENSOR TR ENGINE SPEED CIRCUIT 5 80 2 KICK DOWN SWITCH SELECT LEVER POSITION SENSOR TRANSMISSION CIRCUIT 5 82 12 KICK DOWN RELAY B SWITCH CIRCUIT MB A T 5 84 13 TCCU PART TIME 5 86 1 POWER SUPPLY GROUND INDICATION LAMP PNP RELAY CLUTCH SWITCH CIRCUIT 5 86 2 4WD SWITCH T C SPEED SENSOR T C MOTOR CIRCUIT 5 88 14 TCCU FULL TIME 5 90 1 POWER SUPPLY GROUND INDICATION ...

Page 25: ...TAKE MOTOR MODE MOTOR CIRCUIT 5 116 20 FATC FULL AUTO TEMPERATURE CONTROL CIRCUIT 5 118 1 BLOWER MOTOR MODE MOTOR INTAKE MOTOR CIRCUIT 5 118 2 SENSOR AMBIENT SUN WATER AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR CIRCUIT 5 120 21 HEAD LAMP CIRCUIT 5 122 22 HEAD LAMP LEVEL G DEVICE CIRCUIT 5 124 23 ILLUMINATION CIRCUIT 5 126 24 POSITION LAMP TAIL LAMP LICENCE PLATE LAMP CIRCUIT 5 128 25 HAZARD LAMP CIRCUIT 5 130 26 BACK UP ...

Page 26: ...N PRND INDICATOR LAMP CIRCUIT E23 MB A T 5 152 7 ILLUMINATION PRND INDICATOR LAMP CIRCUIT E32 MB A T 5 154 31 STICS 5 156 1 POWER SUPPLY GROUND CHIME BELL BUZZER WARNING LAMP PARK G BRAKE SEAT BELT CIRCUIT 5 156 2 FRONT WIPER CIRCUIT 5 158 3 LAMP ROOM MAP LUGGAGE DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT 5 160 4 CENTRAL DOOR LOCK CIRCUIT 5 162 5 DEFROSTER DLC CIRCUIT 5 164 6 POWER WINDOW CIRCUIT 5 166 32 REKES AUTO DIM...

Page 27: ...5 3 CIRCUIT 5 186 42 ABD 5 3 CIRCUIT 5 188 1 POWER SUPPLY GROUND WHEEL SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT 5 188 2 MODULATOR CIRCUIT 5 190 43 AIR BAG CIRCUIT 5 192 44 IMMOBILIZER DIESEL CRYPTO TYPE CIRCUIT 5 194 45 IMMOBILIZER GASOLINE HFM ROLLING CODE TYPE CIRCUIT 5 196 46 TRAILER CONNECTOR CIRCUIT 5 198 ...

Page 28: ...side The Engine Room Fuse Block Under The Air Cleaner Housing GSL Behind The ABS Module HFM Upper The T C GSL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1 2 1 2 1 3 5 2 4 6 1 4 5 2 8 14 7 9 3 15 13 10 11 6 12 7 6 1 2 4 3 8 N P IGN R D 3 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 12 29 38 28 13 20 21 39 43 48 42 M 30 BAT M T HFM E20 E23 15 IGN 1 15A IGN 2 15C ACC 31 GND Cluster Charging Warning Lamp G105 G104 B...

Page 29: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 9 W H T M c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P W H ENGINE GSL ...

Page 30: ...e T C Upper The T C Right The I P Fuse Block 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 7 6 1 2 4 3 8 N P IGN R D 3 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 12 29 38 28 13 20 21 39 43 48 42 PNP SWITCH 1 2 3 4 CLUTCH SWITCH 1 2 M 30 BAT 15 IGN 1 15A IGN 2 15C ACC 31 GND Cluster Charging Warning Lamp G201 G201 G105 B B ST 3 4 OFF ACC ON ST BL R M T 1 6 2 F22 10A F...

Page 31: ... c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P W H ENGINE GSL S201 C201 C351 C301 C303 G201 S202 C212 G204 C203 C110 C361 C213 S204 S203 S205 G202 C204 G205 TCCU C305 EBCM G209 C206B C206 C207 C208 C208B C209 C210 G207 C304 G203 TCM G208 ...

Page 32: ...Coolant Reservoir Tank Upper The T C Right The I P Fuse Block 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 12 29 38 28 13 20 21 39 43 48 42 PNP SWITCH 1 2 3 4 CLUTCH SWITCH 1 2 M 30 BAT 15 IGN 1 15A IGN 2 15C ACC 31 GND Cluster Charging Warning Lamp G201 G201 G105 B B ST 3 4 OFF ACC ON ST...

Page 33: ... c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P W H ENGINE DSL S201 C201 C351 C301 C303 G201 S202 C212 G204 C203 C110 C361 C213 S204 S203 S205 G202 C204 G205 TCCU C305 EBCM G209 C206B C206 C207 C208 C208B C209 C210 G207 C304 G203 TCM G208 ...

Page 34: ...rvoir Tank Upper The T C Right The I P Fuse Block 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 12 29 38 28 13 20 21 39 43 48 42 PNP SWITCH 1 2 3 4 CLUTCH SWITCH 1 2 M 30 BAT 15 IGN 1 15A IGN 2 15C ACC 31 GND Cluster Charging Warning Lamp G201 G201 G105 B B ST 3 4 OFF ACC ON ST BL R M T ...

Page 35: ... c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P W H ENGINE DSL S201 C201 C351 C301 C303 G201 S202 C212 G204 C203 C110 C361 C213 S204 S203 S205 G202 C204 G205 TCCU C305 EBCM G209 C206B C206 C207 C208 C208B C209 C210 G207 C304 G203 TCM G208 ...

Page 36: ...r The Air Cleaner Housing DSL Turbo Behind The Left Lamp Right The I P Fuse Block 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1 4 5 2 8 14 7 9 3 15 13 10 11 6 12 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 5 4 6 1 12 29 38 28 13 20 21 39 43 48 42 2 PREHEAT G UNIT CIRCUIT 30 15 BAT IGN 1 31 GND G101 NA Non Torbo LA Torbo Intercooler F22 LB BW 1 4 30 10A Ef3 80A 12V Preheating Unit SIG SIG Starter Motor Relay 87 Starte...

Page 37: ... ENGINE DSL c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P S201 C201 C351 C301 C303 G201 S202 C212 G204 C203 C110 C361 C213 S204 S203 S205 G202 C204 G205 TCCU C305 EBCM G209 C206B C206 C207 C208 C208B C209 C210 G207 C304 G203 TCM G208 ...

Page 38: ...The Engine Room Fuse Block Upper The T C DSL Upper The T C DSL Behind The Cluster Behind The Right Head Lamp Upper The ECM Beside The TCCU 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 3 5 2 4 6 EGR SOLENOID 1 2 31 15 GND G103 G203 G205 G205 F24 LW S201 1 8 3 4 5 7 6 8 LW EGR Control Unit R R5 IN A 15 10A IGN 1 C109 11 C208 1 2 BrW BrW BrW ...

Page 39: ...202 C212 G204 C203 C110 C361 C213 S204 S203 S205 G202 C204 G205 TCCU C305 EBCM G209 C206B C206 C207 C208 C208B C209 C210 G207 C304 G203 TCM G208 d SPLICE PACK S201 BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 C204 LW LW DLC 2 Stics 29 EGR Control unit 3 DLC Clock 3 VSS 3 F24 10A Seat Warmer Control unit 9 Stop Lamp Switch 3 GSL LW LW LW LW LW ...

Page 40: ... INFORMATION C213 W H ECM MAIN C111 W H ECM MAIN C112 W H ENG MAIN C206B W H MAIN C103 W H MAIN OVPR CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTING WIRINGHARNESS CONNECTORPOSITION Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Center The Engine Room Dash Panel Center The Engine Room Dash Panel Upper The T C GSL Beside The ECM MSE Upper The ECM Beside The TCCU Beside THe ECM 2 1 6 7 5 3 4 8 FUEL PUMP 1 2 3 4 INJECTOR 2 1 CCP SOLE...

Page 41: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 21 W H MAIN I P c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN GSL C109 C111 C112 C101 C102 S101 C104 C103 ...

Page 42: ...e The TCCU Beside THe ECM 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 10 1 20 11 30 21 40 31 2 1 6 7 5 3 4 8 FUEL PUMP 3 2 1 6 5 4 INJECTOR 2 1 CCP SOLENOID 1 2 1 13 37 36 60 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 61 73 97 96 120 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 ECM MSE 30 15 BAT IGN 1 31 GND Ef2 Ef9 C103 R RW RG OVPR CCP Solenoid IGN 1 B ECM G205 G207 G205 B G203 80A 60A F11 1 5 8 6 2 7 BW RL PR YG BW 11 BW BW BW LgW ...

Page 43: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 23 W H MAIN I P c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN GSL ...

Page 44: ... NUMBER POSITION a CONNECTOR INFORMATION C101 W H MAIN C109 W H ENGINE CAM SHAFT ACTUATOR CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTING WIRINGHARNESS CONNECTORPOSITION Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Under The Coolant Reservoir Tank Center The Engine Room Dash Panel Center The Engine Room Dash Panel Beside The ECM MSE CMP SENSOR HFM SENSOR C213 W H ECM MAIN C112 W H ENG MAIN CKP SENSOR OVPR C111 W H ECM MAIN 1 2 ...

Page 45: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 25 W H MAIN I P c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN GSL ...

Page 46: ... MAIN C109 W H ENGINE CAM SHAFT ACTUATOR CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTING WIRINGHARNESS CONNECTORPOSITION Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Under The Coolant Reservoir Tank Center The Engine Room Dash Panel Center The Engine Room Dash Panel Beside The ECM MSE CMP SENSOR MAP SENSOR 1 2 3 C213 W H ECM MAIN C112 W H ENG MAIN CKP SENSOR 1 2 OVPR 2 1 6 7 5 3 4 8 C111 W H ECM MAIN KNOCK SENSOR KS 1 2 1 2 3 4...

Page 47: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 27 W H MAIN I P c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN GSL ...

Page 48: ...enter The Engine Room Dash Panel 2 4 1 3 1 2 1 2 3 4 THROTTLE MOTOR SENSOR C111 W H ECM MAIN PEDAL MODULE S1 L B S2 1 2 3 4 5 6 10 1 20 11 30 21 40 31 OVPR 2 5 1 3 6 4 6 4 2 3 1 5 85 84 87 112 68 67 51 48 50 32 47 31 78 SIG SIG SIG SIG SIG 1 4 1 2 1 2 4 3 79 5V 5V 5V SIG SIG 2 5V 117 118 GR BrW Shied V GR ECT Sensor Knock Sensor KS BrW Shied V 17 BrB BrW B RL 16 9 W V Y Gr L B W V Y Gr L B LG L YL...

Page 49: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 29 W H MAIN I P c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN GSL ...

Page 50: ...NUMBER POSITION a CONNECTOR INFORMATION ECT SENSOR HEATED O2 SENSOR CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTING WIRINGHARNESS CONNECTORPOSITION Center The Engine Room Dash Panel THROTTLE MOTOR SENSOR C111 W H ECM MAIN PEDAL MODULE OVPR 2 1 6 7 5 3 4 8 INTAKE AIR TEMP SENSOR 1 2 10 1 20 11 30 21 40 31 S1 L B S2 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 4 1 3 1 2 3 4 ...

Page 51: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 31 W H MAIN I P c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN GSL ...

Page 52: ...e Cluster Upper Left The Audio Right The I P Fuse Block Beside The STICS Beside The TCCU 1 2 3 4 14 15 16 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 CLUTCH SWITCH 1 2 1 1 2 3 4 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH 1 2 3 4 5 6 9 10 12 13 1 2 11 3 4 5 6 7 14 8 15 IGN 1 31 GND G205 BrB B R G202 LR G201 S201 Cruise Control Switch 1 7 BrW Y VSS M T 59 55 YB Y 5 F24 2 1 LW BrW BrB BrW S205 BrB 3 3 2 57 Gr 4 52 13 4 3 1 2 2 1...

Page 53: ...E PACK S201 BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 C204 LW LW DLC 2 Stics 29 EGR Control unit 3 DLC Clock 3 VSS 3 F24 10A Seat Warmer Control unit 9 Stop Lamp Switch 3 GSL LW LW LW LW LW S205 COLORLESS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 BrW BrW BrB YW BrB BrB BrW LY ECM 38 37 ECM TCM A23 A24 TCM TOD A10 A11 TOD RESISTOR M T ...

Page 54: ...t The I P Fuse Block Beside The STICS Beside The TCCU 1 2 3 4 14 15 16 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 CLUTCH SWITCH 1 2 1 1 2 3 4 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH 1 2 3 4 5 6 5 40 56 1 Y G Y Fuel Gauge G C206B 6 1 15 IGN 1 31 GND G205 BrB B R G202 LR G201 S201 Cruise Control Switch 1 7 BrW Y VSS M T 59 55 YB Y 5 F24 2 1 LW BrW BrB BrW S205 BrB 3 3 2 57 Gr 4 52 13 4 3 1 2 2 1 14 43 49 21 29 58 60 ECM GY ...

Page 55: ...E PACK S201 BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 C204 LW LW DLC 2 Stics 29 EGR Control unit 3 DLC Clock 3 VSS 3 F24 10A Seat Warmer Control unit 9 Stop Lamp Switch 3 GSL LW LW LW LW LW S205 COLORLESS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 BrW BrW BrB YW BrB BrB BrW LY ECM 38 37 ECM TCM A23 A24 TCM TOD A10 A11 TOD RESISTOR M T ...

Page 56: ...e TCCU Beside THe ECM 3 2 1 6 5 4 1 2 3 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 10 1 20 11 30 21 40 31 2 1 6 7 5 3 4 8 FUEL PUMP 1 2 3 4 INJECTOR 2 1 CCP SOLENOID 1 2 1 13 37 36 60 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 61 73 97 96 120 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 ECM MSE 30 15 BAT IGN 1 31 GND Ef2 Ef9 C103 R RW RG OVPR CCP Solenoid IGN 1 B ECM G203 G207 G205 B G203 80A 60A F11 1 5 8 6 2 7 BW RL PR YG BR BW 11 BW BW LgW BR BR PR RG ...

Page 57: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 37 W H MAIN I P c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS ...

Page 58: ... 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 10 1 20 11 30 21 40 31 2 1 6 7 5 3 4 8 FUEL PUMP 3 2 1 6 5 4 INJECTOR 2 1 CCP SOLENOID 1 2 1 13 37 36 60 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 61 73 97 96 120 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 ECM MSE 30 15 BAT IGN 1 31 GND Ef2 Ef9 C103 R RW RG OVPR CCP Solenoid IGN 1 B ECM G203 G207 G205 B G203 80A 60A F11 1 5 8 6 2 7 BW RL PR YG BR BW 11 BW BW LgW BR BR PR RG RL RG RL 2 63 1 YG 3 4 ...

Page 59: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 39 W H MAIN I P c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS ...

Page 60: ...M MSE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 1 2 CMP SENSOR 1 2 3 HFM SENSOR 1 2 3 4 5 C213 W H ECM MAIN C112 W H ENG MAIN 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 CKP SENSOR 1 2 OVPR 2 1 6 7 5 3 4 8 C111 W H ECM MAIN 10 1 20 11 30 21 40 31 RESONANCE FLAP 1 2 ECM SIG SIG SIG SIG SIG 5V 5 2 1 1 2 4 3 2 1 2 71 73 97 104 106 80 105 108 81 100 99 72 70 27 6 A C Relay 85 35 Cooling Fan Motor Relay 86 44 ...

Page 61: ...1 W H MAIN I P c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN GSL W H A C Incar Sensor Water Sensor Resistor SATC Power TR FATC HI Blower Motor Relay SATC MH ML LO Air Con Relay C212 D203 SATC Blower Relay Auto Amp Blower High Relay ...

Page 62: ...R C111 W H ECM MAIN PEDAL MODULE S1 L B S2 1 2 3 4 5 6 10 1 20 11 30 21 40 31 OVPR 2 1 6 7 5 3 4 8 1 13 37 36 60 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 61 73 97 96 120 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 ECM MSE 2 5 1 3 6 4 6 4 2 3 1 5 85 84 87 112 68 67 51 48 50 32 47 31 78 SIG SIG SIG SIG SIG SIG 1 4 1 2 1 2 1 2 4 3 79 5V 5V 5V SIG SIG 2 5V 117 118 114 115 GR BrW Shied V Shied Y GR ECT Sensor KS 1 KS 2 BrW Shied...

Page 63: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 43 W H MAIN I P c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN GSL ...

Page 64: ... S2 1 2 3 4 5 6 10 1 20 11 30 21 40 31 OVPR 2 1 6 7 5 3 4 8 1 13 37 36 60 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 61 73 97 96 120 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 ECM MSE 39 BG BG Condensor Fan Relay 1 85 29 Br Cluster 36 Ter 8 RY Cluster 15 C101 3 2 5 1 3 6 4 6 4 2 3 1 5 85 84 87 112 68 67 51 48 50 32 47 31 78 SIG SIG SIG SIG SIG 1 4 1 2 1 2 79 5V 5V 5V SIG SIG 2 5V 117 118 114 115 GR BrW Shied V Shied Y GR ECT...

Page 65: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 45 W H MAIN I P c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN GSL ...

Page 66: ...side The STICS Beside The TCCU 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 CLUTCH SWITCH 1 2 3 4 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 12 29 38 28 13 20 21 39 43 48 42 CLUSTER 15 IGN 1 31 GND G205 B B B G202 LR G201 S201 Cruise Control Switch 1 7 BrW Y VSS M T 59 55 YB Y 5 F24 2 1 LW BrB BrW S205 LY YW M T CAN 3 3 2 57 Gr 4 52 13 4 3 1 2 2 1 14 43 49 21 29 58 60 ECM GY WB W Y RG Br YW BrB GY YR 5 54 YGr 6 7 4 2 53 38 37 BR BrB L...

Page 67: ...E PACK S201 BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 C204 LW LW DLC 2 Stics 29 EGR Control unit 3 DLC Clock 3 VSS 3 F24 10A Seat Warmer Control unit 9 Stop Lamp Switch 3 GSL LW LW LW LW LW S205 COLORLESS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 BrW BrW BrB YW BrB BrB BrW LY ECM 38 37 ECM TCM A23 A24 TCM TOD A10 A11 TOD RESISTOR M T ...

Page 68: ...ATED O2 SENSOR 1 2 3 4 1 13 37 36 60 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 61 73 97 96 120 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 ECM MSE 2 1 4 3 22 BrY BLg G Y Y 23 6 OVPR 2 Heater Heated O2 Sensor 3 2 1 3 4 16 BrW BrB Y Br 17 9 Heater Heated O2 Sensor 1 2 1 4 3 19 BG BrB GY Y 20 7 Heater Heated O2 Sensor 2 2 1 3 4 25 BrR BR Y BG 26 3 Heater Heated O2 Sensor 4 ECM ...

Page 69: ...POSITION Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Behind The ABS Module HFM Upper The T C GSL Right The I P Fuse Block Upper The ECM Beside The TCCU Beside THe ECM 1 3 5 2 4 6 2 1 6 7 5 3 4 8 FUEL PUMP 1 2 3 4 INJECTOR 2 1 ECM HFM 31 GND IGN1 15 30 BAT 10A 15A F23 20A F12 60A Ef9 20A F11 G205 G203 4 3 6 5 1 Ef2 80A G207 PR B B B B B B BR BR LW BW LR 29 Fuel Pump Relay Fuel Pump Ignition Coil Spark Plug R...

Page 70: ...MS 5 51 W H MAIN I P c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H T M TP Sensor Connector BTRE A T Micro Switch EGR Starter Motor ST C210 C209 C206 C206B C207 C208 C208B P Position Sensor PNP Switch Oil Pressure Swich Speed Sensor ...

Page 71: ...ONNECTORPOSITION Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Behind The ABS Module HFM Upper The ECM 1 3 5 2 4 6 2 1 6 7 5 3 4 8 CCP SOLENOID 1 2 CKP SENSOR 1 2 MAF SENSOR 5 1 2 4 3 ECM HFM DSL GSL THERMO AMP 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 LB 4 1 5 2 71 49 66 C110 G203 30 15 IGN1 BAT GND 31 RL RL RL Br Br B Br YW YG RL 15A F23 LW 3 K3 K2 2 6 K1 5 C110 2 G G SIG SIG 74 73 43 CKP Sensor Thermo Amp 1 CCP Solenoid 27 BW 2 BW Lg...

Page 72: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 53 W H MAIN I P c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN GSL C109 C111 C112 C101 C102 S101 C104 C103 ...

Page 73: ... Tank Behind The ABS Module HFM Behind The Cluster Upper The ECM Beside The TCCU 1 3 5 2 4 6 2 1 6 7 5 3 4 8 VSS 1 2 3 INTAKE AIR TEMP SENSOR ECT SENSOR 2 4 1 3 ECM HFM HEATED O2 SEN SOR OCTANE SELECTOR 4 8 30 15 IGN1 BAT GND 31 8 5 6 RL 39 4 BrW BrW G G 8 B LW G205 1 7 2 3 Y 1 F24 S201 Y Y G203 G203 3 L Y Pu Gr W LG BrB BrW B 48 50 62 83 70 51 r1 r2 7 6 4 2 1 3 5 2 8 M C109 LW R 3 40 27 K3 K2 2 B...

Page 74: ...OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN GSL C109 C111 C112 C101 C102 S101 C104 C103 d SPLICE PACK S201 BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 C204 LW LW DLC 2 Stics 29 EGR Control unit 3 DLC Clock 3 VSS 3 F24 10A Seat Warmer Control unit 9 Stop Lamp Switch 3 GSL LW LW LW LW LW ...

Page 75: ...NNECTORPOSITION Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Behind The ABS Module HFM Upper The T C GSL Right The I P Fuse Block Upper The ECM Beside The TCCU Beside THe ECM 1 3 5 2 4 6 2 1 6 7 5 3 4 8 FUEL PUMP 1 2 3 4 INJECTOR 2 1 ECM HFM GND IGN1 15 31 30 BAT 10A 15A F23 20A F12 60A Ef9 20A F11 G205 G203 4 3 6 5 1 Ef2 80A G207 PR B B B B B B BR BR LW BW LR 29 RL BR B B 1 1 2 4 G201 G203 LW RW R 1 2 46 40...

Page 76: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 57 W H MAIN I P c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN GSL C109 C111 C112 C101 C102 S101 C104 C103 ...

Page 77: ...Module HFM Upper The T C GSL Right The I P Fuse Block Upper The ECM Beside The TCCU Beside THe ECM 31 GND IGN1 15 30 BAT 10A 15A F23 G205 3 6 5 G207 PR T1 2 B B B B B BR BW LR YR R 29 BR B B 1 1 2 4 G201 G203 LW 1 2 46 K3 K1 K2 WL 4 WL 1 2 56 GrG 3 GrG 1 2 68 53 65 32 2 3 87 85 30 86 33 27 GrL 2 GrL 1 2 67 GrB 1 GrB M 2 C206B 1 1 C206B C110 PR T1 1 B BW BW PR PR 2 1 2 3 OVPR ECM 20A F12 60A Ef9 20...

Page 78: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 59 W H MAIN I P c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN GSL C109 C111 C112 C101 C102 S101 C104 C103 ...

Page 79: ...BS Module HFM Upper The ECM Beside The ABS Module 1 3 5 2 4 6 1 2 CCP SOLENOID 1 2 CKP SENSOR 1 2 MAF SENSOR 5 1 2 4 3 ECM HFM CAM SHAFT ACTUATOR OVPR 1 2 2 1 6 7 5 3 4 8 CMP SENSOR 1 2 3 LB 4 1 1 2 3 5 2 71 49 66 C110 G206 30 15 IGN1 BAT GND 31 RL RL Br B Br YW YG RL LW 3 K3 K2 2 5 6 K1 5 C110 2 OVPR 2 Y G G Y 85 SIG SIG SIG SIG 84 74 73 43 45 27 1 SHIELD BW 63 52 2 BW KS 1 LgW BrGr BrG YGr RL RL...

Page 80: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 61 W H MAIN I P c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN GSL C109 C111 C112 C101 C102 S101 C104 C103 ...

Page 81: ...hind The Cluster Upper The ECM Beside The TCCU 1 3 5 2 4 6 2 1 6 7 5 3 4 8 VSS 1 2 3 INTAKE AIR TEMP SENSOR ECT SENSOR 2 4 1 3 ECM HFM HEATED O2 SENSOR OCTANE SELECTOR 4 8 1 2 1 2 3 4 30 15 IGN1 BAT GND 31 8 5 6 RL 39 4 BrW BrW G G 8 B LW G205 2 3 Y 1 Ignition Switch ST 4 F24 S201 1 7 Y Y G203 G203 3 L Y Pu Gr W LG BrB BrW B 48 50 62 83 70 51 r1 r2 7 6 4 2 1 3 5 2 8 M C109 LW R 3 40 27 K3 K2 2 BW ...

Page 82: ...ICE PACK S201 BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 C204 LW LW DLC 2 Stics 29 EGR Control unit 3 DLC Clock 3 VSS 3 F24 10A Seat Warmer Control unit 9 Stop Lamp Switch 3 GSL LW LW LW LW LW TP Sensor Connector BTRE A T Micro Switch EGR Starter Motor ST C210 C209 C206 C206B C207 C208 C208B P Position Sensor PNP Switch Oil Pressure Swich Speed Sensor W H T M ...

Page 83: ... The Engine Room Fuse Block Center The Engine Room Dash Panel Upper The T C GSL Right The I P Fuse Block Upper The ECM Beside The TCCU Beside THe ECM 10 1 20 11 30 21 40 31 2 1 6 7 5 3 4 8 FUEL PUMP 1 2 3 4 INJECTOR 2 1 ECM HFM C104 W H ENGINE 1 4 5 2 8 14 7 9 3 15 13 10 11 6 12 31 GND IGN1 15 30 BAT 10A 15A F23 G205 G203 4 3 6 5 1 G207 PR BW B B B B B B BR BR LW BW BR LR 29 40 RL B B 1 2 G201 G20...

Page 84: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 65 W H MAIN I P c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN GSL ...

Page 85: ...se Block Under The Engine Room Fuse Block Center The Engine Room Dash Panel Upper The T C GSL Right The I P Fuse Block Upper The ECM Beside The TCCU Beside THe ECM 10 1 20 11 30 21 40 31 2 1 6 7 5 3 4 8 FUEL PUMP 1 2 3 4 INJECTOR 2 1 ECM HFM C104 W H ENGINE 1 4 5 2 8 14 7 9 3 15 13 10 11 6 12 31 GND IGN1 15 30 BAT 10A 15A F23 G205 4 3 6 5 1 G207 PR BW B B B B B BR BR BW BR LR 29 40 B B 1 2 G201 G2...

Page 86: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 67 W H MAIN I P c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN GSL ...

Page 87: ...1 2 4 3 ECM HFM CAM SHAFT ACTUATOR OVPR 1 2 2 1 6 7 5 3 4 8 CMP SENSOR 1 2 3 C208 W H T M RESONANCE FLAP OVPR 1 2 LB P 71 P 49 66 9 C208 C208 C110 87 86 16 9 1 2 G205 G203 G203 OVPR 30 15 IGN1 BAT GND 31 RL RL Br BrR BrR B B B Br YW YG RL Pu Pu LW 3 K3 K2 2 5 6 K1 5 C110 2 2 Y G G Y 85 SIG SIG SIG SIG 84 74 73 43 45 Knock Sensor KS 1 Crank Shaft Position CKP Sensor CCP Solenoid KS 2 Knock Sensor O...

Page 88: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 69 W H MAIN I P c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN GSL W H T M ...

Page 89: ...SOR ECT SENSOR 2 4 1 3 ECM HFM HEATED O2 SENSOR 1 2 3 4 OCTANE SELECTOR 4 8 C101 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 CLUTCH SWITCH 2 1 30 15 IGN1 BAT GND 31 8 5 6 RL 39 C110 5 G203 G203 4 BrW BrW G G 8 B LW G205 LW Cluster 16 VSS 2 3 Y 1 S201 1 7 Y Y G203 8 L Y Pu W LG BrB BrW SW R LR B B B 48 50 62 83 51 70 78 r1 r2 2 1 6 4 2 1 3 3 5 4 7 Octane Selector Heated O2 Sensor...

Page 90: ... I P c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN GSL d SPLICE PACK S201 BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 C204 LW LW DLC 2 Stics 29 EGR Control unit 3 DLC Clock 3 VSS 3 F24 10A Seat Warmer Control unit 9 Stop Lamp Switch 3 GSL LW LW LW LW LW W H T M ...

Page 91: ... 2 3 INTAKE AIR TEMP SENSOR ECT SENSOR 2 4 1 3 ECM HFM OCTANE SELECTOR 4 8 C101 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 CLUTCH SWITCH 2 1 8 2 1 5 23 6 4 BrW BrW G LY G 30 15 IGN1 BAT GND 31 RL 39 C110 5 G203 G203 8 B LW G205 LW Cluster 16 S201 1 7 8 L Y Pu W SW R LR B B B 48 50 62 83 51 70 78 r1 r2 2 1 6 3 5 4 7 M F23 RG GR 3 4 27 K3 K2 2 BW 5 6 K1 F7 R R RY OVPR 1 2 C103 1 ...

Page 92: ... H MAIN I P c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS d SPLICE PACK S201 BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 C204 LW LW DLC 2 Stics 29 EGR Control unit 3 DLC Clock 3 VSS 3 F24 10A Seat Warmer Control unit 9 Stop Lamp Switch 3 GSL LW LW LW LW LW W H T M ...

Page 93: ...ICATION SYMBOL PIN NUMBER POSITION a CONNECTOR INFORMATION C203 W H MAIN C103 W H MAIN CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTING WIRINGHARNESS CONNECTORPOSITION Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Left The Audio Beside The Steering Column Beside The I P Relay Block Behind The Cluster Behind The Cluster Right The I P Fuse Block 1 2 3 4 14 15 16 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 DLC C211 W H DLC 1 2 9 10 12 13 1 2 11 3...

Page 94: ...Lamp Tail Lamp d SPLICE PACK S201 BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 C204 LW LW DLC 2 Stics 29 EGR Control unit 3 DLC Clock 3 VSS 3 F24 10A Seat Warmer Control unit 9 Stop Lamp Switch 3 GSL LW LW LW LW LW S202 GRAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 RY RY RY RY RY RY RY RY Stics 1 F17 10A Seat belt Switch 3 Chime Bell 2 Buzzer 3 DLC 14 Key Reminder Switch 3 Clock 1 C212 10 Audio 5 ...

Page 95: ...olumn Upper Left The Audio Right The I P Fuse Block Under THe CO Driver Seat 1 2 3 14 15 16 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 DLC C211 W H DLC 1 12 29 38 28 13 20 21 39 43 48 42 CLUSTER 9 10 12 13 1 2 11 3 4 5 6 7 14 8 31 15 GND G208 G208 G201 12V P W 3 4H 4L 1 2 A2 A30 A23 B 6 7 2 3 S205 1 5 A24 A22 A14 A5 SIG 12V A1 SIG 12V A15 A6 A12 SIG 12V C211 5 38 A3 TOD 37 ECM MSE A10 TOD A11 TOD 14 DLC 8 TCCU...

Page 96: ...WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 77 W H T M c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P d SPLICE PACK S205 COLORLESS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 BrW BrW BrB YW BrB BrB BrW LY ECM 38 37 ECM TCM A23 A24 TCM TOD A10 A11 TOD RESISTOR M T ...

Page 97: ...14 1 12 29 38 28 13 20 21 39 43 48 42 TRANSMISSION CONNECTOR KICK DOWN SWITCH 1 2 3 4 TR SENSOR 1 2 31 GND G208 G201 SOL 1 Temp Sensor 1 SOL 2 2 SOL 3 3 SOL 4 4 SOL 5 5 SOL 6 6 8 SOL 7 7 10 9 B3 B11 A11 44 P R N D 3 2 1 43 27 40 45 41 58 ILL Cluster 42 48 86 30 85 87 B14 B6 2 1 A10 A9 A25 A26 A27 A28 B10 B4 B7 B12 B1 B9 B13 B5 A3 3 4 LB Y Y B 38 B B LB LB Select Lever Position sensor Br RG L G W Y...

Page 98: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 79 c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H T M W H MAIN I P ...

Page 99: ...DLC 1 12 29 38 28 13 20 21 39 43 48 42 CLUSTER C101 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 C208 W H MAIN 14 15 16 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 DLC ENGINE SPEED SENSOR 31 15 GND G208 G208 G201 12V P W 3 4H 4L 1 2 A2 A30 A17 A16 A18 A21 A7 A19 A22 A4 A14 B L R G L R G BrW BrB BrW BrB Y Y Y Y LG LG SIG SIG SIG SIG 5V 5V SIG A1 SIG 12V A15 A6 A12 SIG 12V 5V C211 5 C101 14 C208...

Page 100: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 81 W H T M c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P ...

Page 101: ...BER POSITION a CONNECTOR INFORMATION CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTING WIRINGHARNESS CONNECTORPOSITION Upper The T C Right The I P Fuse Block Beside The STICS Under THe CO Driver Seat C207 W H T M TCM CLUSTER TRANSMISSION CONNECTOR KICK DOWN SWITCH SELECT LEVER POSITION SENSOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 4 5 1 2 6 7 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 B1 A1 B6 B7 B14 A15 A30 A14 1 12 29 38 28 13 20 21 39 43 48 42 ...

Page 102: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 83 W H T M c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P ...

Page 103: ...ht The Audio Right The I P Fuse Block Under THe CO Driver Seat Main T M Main T M Main Main Main Main C208 16Pin Black C208B 15Pin Black S201 Black S203 Gray G201 G208 CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTING WIRINGHARNESS CONNECTORPOSITION B L S1 S2 10A F24 1 1 2 4 7 6 8 D202 E32 E23 E23 E32 E23 E32 15 58 31 IGN 1 ILL GND G201 B G201 G208 P R N 3 2 B 4 10 10A F21 10A F24 10 C208 1 C208 1 C208B 11 C208B 11 C208...

Page 104: ...lock 3 VSS 3 F24 10A Seat Warmer Control unit 9 Stop Lamp Switch 3 GSL LW LW LW LW LW S203 MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 4 7 Ef10 10A C212 C101 ECS Switch 4 Rear Wiper Washer Switch 6 A C Control Panel 11 Tail Lamp Relay 87 Door unlock Switch 4 Defroster Switch 4 Audio 3 4WD Switch 7 Front Cigar Lighter 2 Seat Warmer Switch 6 Fog Lamp Switch 4 Hazard Switch 2 Clock 4 GW GW GW GW GW GW GW GW ...

Page 105: ...mn Right The I P Fuse Block Beside The TCCU 1 2 1 12 29 38 28 13 20 21 39 43 48 42 CLUSTER C101 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 C103 W H MAIN 14 15 16 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 DLC CLUTCH SWITCH C102 W H MAIN C211 W H DLC 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 TCCU 30 15 BAT IGN 1 31 GND Ef2 Ef9 C103 RB LB BrW BrW Cluster Clustor 4WD RB YW TC...

Page 106: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 87 W H T M c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P W H ENGINE GSL W H ENGINE DSL ...

Page 107: ...he ECM 1 2 1 2 3 C101 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 4WD SWITCH 1 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 3 4 4 5 1 2 6 7 3 T C MOTOR C205 W H MAIN C104 W H ENG MAIN 1 4 5 2 8 14 7 9 3 15 13 10 11 6 12 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 TCCU M Ef10 C101 GW 10A 4 31 58 13 7 4 12V 12V 6 C205 W LY YW W LY YW 2 Magnetic Coil TCCU T C Speed Sensor 1 18 5 YW F 3 21 W C GN...

Page 108: ...ACK S203 GRAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 4 7 Ef10 10A C212 C101 ECS Switch 4 Rear Wiper Washer Switch 6 A C Control Panel 11 Tail Lamp Relay 87 Door unlock Switch 4 Defroster Switch 4 Audio 3 4WD Switch 7 Front Cigar Lighter 2 Seat Warmer Switch 6 Fog Lamp Switch 4 Hazard Switch 2 Clock 4 GW GW GW GW GW GW GW GW ...

Page 109: ... P Fuse Block Beside THe ECM 1 2 1 12 29 38 28 13 20 21 39 43 48 42 CLUSTER C101 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 C103 W H MAIN 14 15 16 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 DLC CLUTCH SWITCH C102 W H MAIN C211 W H DLC 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 TCCU 5 C208B 40 Cluster N TCM A9 E23 MB A T N Start Lock Switch E32 MB A T N L L L L L L 9 C208B 3...

Page 110: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 91 W H T M c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P W H ENGINE GSL W H ENGINE DSL ...

Page 111: ... Under Right The Audio Upper The ECM 1 2 3 4WD SWITCH 1 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 3 4 4 5 1 2 6 7 3 T C MOTOR C205 W H MAIN 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 TCCU M 31 58 13 7 4 12V 6 C205 W LY YW W LY YW 2 Magnetic Coil TCCU T C Speed Sensor 1 18 5 YW F 3 21 W C GND G203 ILL 4WD Switch 7 6 4H 4L 9 GW B 5 Br L 10 1 7 S203 3 B 2 1 SIG 5V 1 12 LgW D SIG 5V 2 5 RY E SIG 5V 4 20 Br A 2 ...

Page 112: ...ACK S203 GRAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 4 7 Ef10 10A C212 C101 ECS Switch 4 Rear Wiper Washer Switch 6 A C Control Panel 11 Tail Lamp Relay 87 Door unlock Switch 4 Defroster Switch 4 Audio 3 4WD Switch 7 Front Cigar Lighter 2 Seat Warmer Switch 6 Fog Lamp Switch 4 Hazard Switch 2 Clock 4 GW GW GW GW GW GW GW GW ...

Page 113: ...he Audio Upper The ECM Beside The TCCU A1 A9 A8 A18 B1 B6 B5 B12 1 12 29 38 28 13 20 21 39 43 48 42 CLUSTER C101 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 C103 W H MAIN 4 5 1 2 6 7 3 T C MOTOR 1 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 3 4 4WD SWITCH 1 7 7 S203 GND BAT 30 IGN1 ILL 15 58 31 Ef9 60A F20 10A F10 20A B4 B5 G205 G203 TOD YW LW LgW LgW B11 YW 2 C103 W YW IGN1 F22 10A Ef10 10A A9 LB 18 35 31 ...

Page 114: ...ACK S203 GRAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 4 7 Ef10 10A C212 C101 ECS Switch 4 Rear Wiper Washer Switch 6 A C Control Panel 11 Tail Lamp Relay 87 Door unlock Switch 4 Defroster Switch 4 Audio 3 4WD Switch 7 Front Cigar Lighter 2 Seat Warmer Switch 6 Fog Lamp Switch 4 Hazard Switch 2 Clock 4 GW GW GW GW GW GW GW GW ...

Page 115: ...B1 A1 B6 B7 B14 A15 A30 A14 1 2 ABD 5 3 EBCM C101 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 CLUTCH SWITCH C102 W H MAIN C211 W H DLC TOD A1 A9 A8 A18 B1 B6 B5 B12 4 5 1 2 6 7 3 T C MOTOR A6 G201 G201 TOD B8 5V 5V SIG FRT SIG RR A8 A17 A3 B3 12V T C Front Speed Sensor T C Rear Speed Sensor 1 LY G YW YW Y GL LY GB 3 6 2 5 7 4 Magnetic Clutch TCM A5 B12 W DLC 13 A13 A10 RY RY EBC...

Page 116: ...RAMS 5 97 c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P W H ENGINE GSL W H ENGINE DSL d SPLICE PACK S205 COLORLESS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 BrW BrW BrB YW BrB BrB BrW LY ECM 38 37 ECM TCM A23 A24 TCM TOD A10 A11 TOD RESISTOR M T ...

Page 117: ...Left Rear Speaker C103 W H MAIN ECS CLUSTER 1 14 13 26 1 12 29 38 28 13 20 21 39 43 48 42 C303 W H MAIN 1 2 4 5 7 8 3 9 10 11 12 13 6 14 C109 W H ENGINE C211 W H DLC LATERAL SENSOR VERTICAL SENSOR 2 3 1 WHEEL G SENSOR 2 3 1 G201 G302 LW LB YR 30 18 YR R R GW GB GB B 5V LAMP 1 6 13 SIG Ef8 60A F16 15A Ef2 80A ECS Relay 30 86 87 85 1 C103 1 C303 F24 10A F22 10A B 12 14 B GND YW 11 5V GND 9 C303 Clus...

Page 118: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 99 c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P W H ENGINE GSL W H ENGINE DSL W H FLOOR W H Tail Connector C304 C305 C301 G302 G303 C301 C303 Tail Lamp Tail Lamp ...

Page 119: ...UMBER CONNECTING WIRINGHARNESS CONNECTORPOSITION Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Under The Engine Room Fuse Block Beside The I P Relay Block Beside The I P Relay Block Under Right The Audio Upper The ECM C101 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 C303 W H MAIN C301 W H MAIN C104 W H ENGINE ECS 1 2 3 1 2 3 DAMPER FRT L R DAMPER RR L R 1 4 5 2 8 14 7 9 3 15 13 10 11 6 12 1...

Page 120: ...itch 4 Rear Wiper Washer Switch 6 A C Control Panel 11 Tail Lamp Relay 87 Door unlock Switch 4 Defroster Switch 4 Audio 3 4WD Switch 7 Front Cigar Lighter 2 Seat Warmer Switch 6 Fog Lamp Switch 4 Hazard Switch 2 Clock 4 GW GW GW GW GW GW GW GW c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P W H FLOOR ...

Page 121: ...ht Head Lamp COOLING RESISTER 1 2 C109 W H ENGINE C212 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 COOLING FAN LH 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 A1 A9 A8 A16 B1 B11 B20 B10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 COOLING FAN RH THERMO 1 SWITCH THERMO 2 SWITCH THERMO AMP FATC A C CONTROL PANEL Cooling Fan Relay 2 Cooling Fan Relay 1 30 86 87 BG BG 85 Ef5 30A G103 G101 B B LB L L LW LW LW LW L R M 1 ...

Page 122: ...MS 5 103 W H A C c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P d SPLICE PACK S204 BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 16 Thermo AMP 3 DSL Thermo AMP 4 GSL Rear Wiper Washer Switch 8 LW LW LW C212 LW F19 10A Blower Relay S1 A C Switch 3 ...

Page 123: ... 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 COOLING FAN LH 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 A1 A9 A8 A16 B1 B11 B20 B10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 COOLING FAN RH RECEIVER DRYER SWITCH THERMO AMP FATC A C CONTROL PANEL 1 13 37 36 60 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 61 73 97 96 120 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 ECM MSE C103 W H MAIN Cooling Fan Relay 2 Cooling Fan Relay 1 30 86 87 BG BG BG 85 Ef5 30A G103 B L L LW L...

Page 124: ...MS 5 105 W H A C c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P d SPLICE PACK S204 BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 16 Thermo AMP 3 DSL Thermo AMP 4 GSL Rear Wiper Washer Switch 8 LW LW LW C212 LW F19 10A Blower Relay S1 A C Switch 3 ...

Page 125: ...N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 COOLING FAN DSL NA 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 A1 A9 A8 A16 B1 B11 B20 B10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 COOLING FAN DSL LA RECEIVER DRYER THERMO AMP FATC A C CONTROL PANEL 1 2 THERMO SWITCH Cooling Fan Relay 2 Cooling Fan Relay 1 30 86 87 BG BG BY Y Y BG 85 Ef5 30A G103 G102 B L L LW LW LW LB BY LW L R M 1 1 2 R B B Cooling Fan 30 86 87 85 1 5 S204 F19 1...

Page 126: ...MS 5 107 W H A C c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P d SPLICE PACK S204 BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 16 Thermo AMP 3 DSL Thermo AMP 4 GSL Rear Wiper Washer Switch 8 LW LW LW C212 LW F19 10A Blower Relay S1 A C Switch 3 ...

Page 127: ...he Engine Room Fuse Block Upper The T C DSL Behind The Glove Box Upper Right The Audio Upper The ECM C212 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 BLOWER MOTOR 1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 BLOWER RESISTER BLOWER SWITCH 1 2 3 A C SWITCH C209 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Blower Relay 30 86 87 85 Ef9 60A Ef18 30A 2 C104 14 C212 G203 BW BW L M 1 2 RW LW LY LR LG Blower Motor Blower Resister B L 2 4 3...

Page 128: ...MS 5 109 W H A C c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P d SPLICE PACK S204 BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 16 Thermo AMP 3 DSL Thermo AMP 4 GSL Rear Wiper Washer Switch 8 LW LW LW C212 LW F19 10A Blower Relay S1 A C Switch 3 ...

Page 129: ... ECM C212 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 INTAKE MOTOR 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 MODE MOTOR A C CONTROL PANEL C101 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Ef10 10A 4 C101 G203 1 6 S203 GW GW F19 10A 1 2 S204 LW Lg LgR 7 8 1 C212 A C Control Panel Open Close DEF D F FOOT B L VENT M M 2 1 2 3 11 8 9 10 Intake Motor A C Swit...

Page 130: ...iper Washer Switch 6 A C Control Panel 11 Tail Lamp Relay 87 Door unlock Switch 4 Defroster Switch 4 Audio 3 4WD Switch 7 Front Cigar Lighter 2 Seat Warmer Switch 6 Fog Lamp Switch 4 Hazard Switch 2 Clock 4 GW GW GW GW GW GW GW GW S204 BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 16 Thermo AMP 3 DSL Thermo AMP 4 GSL Rear Wiper Washer Switch 8 LW LW LW C212 LW F19 10A Blower Relay S1 A C Switch 3 ...

Page 131: ...8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 BLOWER MOTOR 1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 BLOWER RESISTER BLOWER SWITCH A C CONTROL PANEL 1 2 3 A C SWITCH C103 W H MAIN 1 2 D203 DIODE 1 2 Blower Relay 30 86 87 85 Max Hi Relay Hi Relay 30 86 87 85 Ef9 60A Ef18 30A 1 C103 2 C104 14 C212 G203 BW BW M 1 2 RW LW Blower Motor Blower Resister LW LY BY B6 30 86 87 85 B12 Low Relay RW 30 86 8...

Page 132: ...MS 5 113 W H A C c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P d SPLICE PACK S204 BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 16 Thermo AMP 3 DSL Thermo AMP 4 GSL Rear Wiper Washer Switch 8 LW LW LW C212 LW F19 10A Blower Relay S1 A C Switch 3 ...

Page 133: ... 15 16 17 INCAR SENSOR 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 AMBIENT SENSOR A C CONTROL PANEL C101 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 AUTO AMP A1 A9 A8 A16 B1 B7 B6 B12 1 2 1 3 5 2 4 6 1 3 4 5 6 2 1 3 4 5 6 2 1 2 SUN SENSOR MICRO SWITCH AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR PTC WATER SENSOR 1 2 S204 F19 10A B9 LW L 16 C212 1 1 2 2 GY Br GR BL GL G G Y BL 5V SIG SIG A3 A7 B10 B11 ...

Page 134: ...iper Washer Switch 6 A C Control Panel 11 Tail Lamp Relay 87 Door unlock Switch 4 Defroster Switch 4 Audio 3 4WD Switch 7 Front Cigar Lighter 2 Seat Warmer Switch 6 Fog Lamp Switch 4 Hazard Switch 2 Clock 4 GW GW GW GW GW GW GW GW S204 BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 16 Thermo AMP 3 DSL Thermo AMP 4 GSL Rear Wiper Washer Switch 8 LW LW LW C212 LW F19 10A Blower Relay S1 A C Switch 3 ...

Page 135: ... Audio Upper The ECM C212 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 INTAKE MOTOR 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 MODE MOTOR A C CONTROL PANEL C101 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Ef10 10A 4 C101 G203 1 6 S203 GW GW F19 10A 1 2 3 S204 LW Lg LgR 7 8 1 C212 A C Control Panel Open Close DEF D F FOOT B L VENT M M 2 1 2 11 8 9 10 Intak...

Page 136: ...iper Washer Switch 6 A C Control Panel 11 Tail Lamp Relay 87 Door unlock Switch 4 Defroster Switch 4 Audio 3 4WD Switch 7 Front Cigar Lighter 2 Seat Warmer Switch 6 Fog Lamp Switch 4 Hazard Switch 2 Clock 4 GW GW GW GW GW GW GW GW S204 BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 16 Thermo AMP 3 DSL Thermo AMP 4 GSL Rear Wiper Washer Switch 8 LW LW LW C212 LW F19 10A Blower Relay S1 A C Switch 3 ...

Page 137: ... Glove Box Upper Right The Audio Upper The ECM C212 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 BLOWER MOTOR 1 2 1 2 3 A1 A9 A8 A16 B1 B11 B20 B10 POWER TR FATC INTAKE MOTOR 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 MODE MOTOR Ef9 60A Ef18 30A 2 C104 14 C212 G203 Blower Lamp Relay 86 30 85 87 BW BW B B RW LW LB B YB IGN2 LB BW M 1 2 Blower Motor SIG DEF 12V A4 Power TR 2 3 F19 10A A2 A15 A5 BrY 30 87 85 86 Blo...

Page 138: ...MS 5 119 W H A C c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P d SPLICE PACK S204 BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 16 Thermo AMP 3 DSL Thermo AMP 4 GSL Rear Wiper Washer Switch 8 LW LW LW C212 LW F19 10A Blower Relay S1 A C Switch 3 ...

Page 139: ...N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 INCAR SENSOR 1 2 1 2 AMBIENT SENSOR C101 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 AUTO AMP A1 A9 A8 A16 B1 B7 B6 B12 1 2 1 3 4 5 6 2 1 2 SUN SENSOR AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR WATER SENSOR 1 8 S202 F17 10A A6 G203 A9 A8 A1 BY BY BY GB FATC RY RY 10 C212 1 6 S203 Ef10 10A A7 GW GW 7 C212 A16 BG 7 1 2 1 2 C212 4 C101 3 C101 A14 WL GY GR G GL B...

Page 140: ...Switch 3 Chime Bell 2 Buzzer 3 DLC 14 Key Reminder Switch 3 Clock 1 C212 10 Audio 5 S203 GRAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 4 7 Ef10 10A C212 C101 ECS Switch 4 Rear Wiper Washer Switch 6 A C Control Panel 11 Tail Lamp Relay 87 Door unlock Switch 4 Defroster Switch 4 Audio 3 4WD Switch 7 Front Cigar Lighter 2 Seat Warmer Switch 6 Fog Lamp Switch 4 Hazard Switch 2 Clock 4 GW GW GW GW GW GW GW GW ...

Page 141: ... B9 B10 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11A12 A13 A14 1 12 29 38 28 13 20 21 39 43 48 42 CLUSTER C101 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 C103 W H MAIN 1 2 3 5 6 7 HEAD LAMP 30 15 BAT IGN 1 G101 G103 G101 G201 GND F22 10A Ef6 40A S Illumination relay 87 85 30 86 Head Lamp Relay Lo 85 87 86 30 Head Lamp Relay Hi Multi Function Switch dimmer Passing Multi Function Switch L...

Page 142: ...23 c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P W H ENGINE GSL W H ENGINE DSL d SPLICE PACK S101 BLACK 3 2 1 Ef2 80A Ef6 40A Ef14 15A W Fusible Link Box Head Lamp Relay Low 30 Fog Lamp Relay 30 Tail Lamp Relay 30 GL GL GL GL GL ...

Page 143: ...NNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTING WIRINGHARNESS CONNECTORPOSITION Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Behind The Right Head Lamp Right The I P Fuse Block C101 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 HLLD SWITCH 1 2 3 HLLD G103 G201 Ef10 10A GW F22 10A LB LB C101 4 7 4 HLLD Switch 6 5 W B M 3 2 B RH HLLD G101 M 3 2 LH HLLD BW BW W W C101 10 C101 12 1 B 1 15 IGN 1 58 ILL 3...

Page 144: ...side The Engine Room Fuse Block Behind The Glove Box Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Under Right The Audio Right The I P Fuse Block Upper The ECM Behind The Ashtray Beside The TCCU Under THe CO Driver Seat C212 W H MAIN FRONT FOG SWITCH DOOR UNLOCK SWITCH HAZARD SWITCH 4WD SWITCH AUDIO CIGAR LIGHTER A C SWITCH MULTI FUNCTION SWITCH POSITION SWITCH 1 2 5 6 7 8 9 10 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 ...

Page 145: ...ink Box Head Lamp Relay Low 30 Fog Lamp Relay 30 Tail Lamp Relay 30 GL GL GL GL GL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 4 7 Ef10 10A C212 C101 ECS Switch 4 Rear Wiper Washer Switch 6 A C Control Panel 11 Tail Lamp Relay 87 Door unlock Switch 4 Defroster Switch 4 Audio 3 4WD Switch 7 Front Cigar Lighter 2 Seat Warmer Switch 6 Fog Lamp Switch 4 Hazard Switch 2 Clock 4 GW GW GW GW GW GW GW GW ...

Page 146: ...mp Behind The Left Lamp Behind The Right Head Lamp Right The I P Fuse Block Beside The STICS Beside The Left Rear Speaker Beside The Right Rear Speaker C301 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 C304 W H MAIN 2 3 4 7 1 6 8 9 10 11 5 12 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 3 4 5 2 1 2 C402 W H FLOOR C401 W H FLOOR TAIL LAMP LICENCE LAMP 1 2 3 5 6 7 HEAD LAMP MULTI FUNCTION SWITCH C1C2 C3 C4 B1 B...

Page 147: ...ad Lamp Relay Low 30 Fog Lamp Relay 30 Tail Lamp Relay 30 GL GL GL GL GL Def Tail Lamp Tail Lamp Door Lock Actuator Tail Gate S W Right Licence Lamp CHMSL Left Licence Lamp Wiper Motor 1 2 3 4 8 9 10 11 B B B Rear RH Combi Lamp 4 Rear LH Combi Lamp 4 5 6 7 12 13 14 2 Door lock Actuator 2 G302 B B B C402 B Rear Wiper Motor 3 High Maunted Stop Lamp 2 B License Lamp 2 License Lamp 2 ...

Page 148: ...lock Upper The ECM Beside The Left Rear Speaker Beside The Right Rear Speaker C301 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 C304 W H MAIN 2 3 4 7 1 6 8 9 10 11 5 12 1 3 4 5 2 TAIL LAMP 1 2 3 5 6 7 HEAD LAMP MULTI FUNCTION SWITCH C1C2 C3 C4 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11A12 A13 A14 1 12 29 38 28 13 20 21 39 43 48 42 CLUSTER C109 W H ENGINE C103 ...

Page 149: ...W H FLOOR d SPLICE PACK S101 BLACK 3 2 1 Ef2 80A Ef6 40A Ef14 15A W Fusible Link Box Head Lamp Relay Low 30 Fog Lamp Relay 30 Tail Lamp Relay 30 GL GL GL GL GL W H TAIL GATE Def Tail Lamp Tail Lamp Door Lock Actuator Tail Gate S W Right Licence Lamp CHMSL Left Licence Lamp Wiper Motor ...

Page 150: ...r Speaker C301 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 3 4 5 2 C402 W H FLOOR C403 W H FLOOR TAIL LAMP BACK UP LAMP PNP SWITCH 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 4 5 2 8 14 7 9 3 15 13 10 11 6 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 7 6 1 2 4 3 8 N P IGN R D 3 9 10 1 2 C207 W H T M C208 W H MAIN DSL C208B W H MAIN C209 W H MAIN C210 W H MAIN START LOCK SWITCH...

Page 151: ... OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H FLOOR d SPLICE PACK S401 GRAY 1 2 3 4 8 9 10 11 B B B Rear RH Combi Lamp 4 Rear LH Combi Lamp 4 5 6 7 12 13 14 2 Door lock Actuator 2 G302 B B B C402 B Rear Wiper Motor 3 High Maunted Stop Lamp 2 B License Lamp 2 License Lamp 2 ...

Page 152: ...ER CONNECTING WIRINGHARNESS CONNECTORPOSITION Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Upper Right The Audio Behind The Left Lamp Beside The Start Motor Upper The ECM FOG LAMP 1 2 FOG LAMP SWITCH 1 2 3 4 5 6 GND BAT 30 58 ILL 31 G203 G101 G102 2 1 S203 Fog Lamp Switch Fog Lamp Relay 1 3 S101 4 1 5 6 2 B GW GrW GW Ef6 40A Ef14 15A Ef2 80A G G GY C101 1 C101 4 86 85 30 87 ...

Page 153: ... Relay Low 30 Fog Lamp Relay 30 Tail Lamp Relay 30 GL GL GL GL GL c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P W H ENGINE GSL W H ENGINE DSL d SPLICE PACK S204 Black 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 16 Thermo AMP 3 DSL Thermo AMP 4 GSL Rear Wiper Washer Switch 8 LW LW LW C212 LW F19 10A Blower Relay S1 A C Switch 3 ...

Page 154: ... Lamp Right The I P Fuse Block Upper The ECM Beside The Left Rear Speaker C301 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 C302 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 MULTI FUNCTION SWITCH C1C2 C3 C4 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11A12 A13 A14 1 2 3 4 5 6 REAR FOG SWITCH C103 W H MAIN 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 C402 W H FLOOR C403 W H FLOOR 30 58 BAT ...

Page 155: ... Control Panel 11 Tail Lamp Relay 87 Door unlock Switch 4 Defroster Switch 4 Audio 3 4WD Switch 7 Front Cigar Lighter 2 Seat Warmer Switch 6 Fog Lamp Switch 4 Hazard Switch 2 Clock 4 GW GW GW GW GW GW GW GW S401 Gray 1 2 3 4 8 9 10 11 B B B Rear RH Combi Lamp 4 Rear LH Combi Lamp 4 5 6 7 12 13 14 2 Door lock Actuator 2 G302 B B B C402 B Rear Wiper Motor 3 High Maunted Stop Lamp 2 B License Lamp 2 ...

Page 156: ...eft Lamp Behind The Left The Lamp Upper The ECM Under THe CO Driver Seat Beside The Left Rear Speaker Beside The Right Rear Speaker C301 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 3 4 5 2 C402 W H FLOOR C401 W H FLOOR TAIL LAMP CHML P POSITION SWITCH DSL GSL STOP LAMP SWITCH 2 1 1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 1 2 SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID 1 2 GND BAT 30 15 IGN1 31 G302 G208 LW F24 10...

Page 157: ...NNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P W H FLOOR d SPLICE PACK S401 Gray 1 2 3 4 8 9 10 11 B B B Rear RH Combi Lamp 4 Rear LH Combi Lamp 4 5 6 7 12 13 14 2 Door lock Actuator 2 G302 B B B C402 B Rear Wiper Motor 3 High Maunted Stop Lamp 2 B License Lamp 2 License Lamp 2 ...

Page 158: ...The Lamp Upper The ECM Under THe CO Driver Seat Beside The Left Rear Speaker Beside The Right Rear Speaker C301 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 3 4 5 2 C402 W H FLOOR C401 W H FLOOR TAIL LAMP CHML P POSITION SWITCH DSL GSL STOP LAMP SWITCH 2 1 1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 1 2 SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID GND BAT 30 15 IGN1 31 G302 G208 LW LW LW F24 10A Ef9 60A F6 15A Ef2 80...

Page 159: ...3 4 5 6 7 8 5 C204 LW LW DLC 2 Stics 29 EGR Control unit 3 DLC Clock 3 VSS 3 F24 10A Seat Warmer Control unit 9 Stop Lamp Switch 3 GSL LW LW LW LW LW 1 2 3 4 8 9 10 11 B B B Rear RH Combi Lamp 4 Rear LH Combi Lamp 4 5 6 7 12 13 14 2 Door lock Actuator 2 G302 B B B C402 B Rear Wiper Motor 3 High Maunted Stop Lamp 2 B License Lamp 2 License Lamp 2 ...

Page 160: ...109 W H ENGINE C212 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 C206 W H MAIN C206B GSL W H MAIN C213 W H ECM MAIN C107 W H GENERATOR DSL GSL C106 W H GENERATOR 10 1 20 11 30 21 40 31 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 1 2 3 C303 W H MAIN 1 2 4 5 7 8 3 9 10 11 12 13 6 14 C111 W H ECM MAIN 1 2 3 4 1 13 37 36 60 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 61 73 97 96 120 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 ECM MSE 1 12 29 ...

Page 161: ...M c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H FLOOR d SPLICE PACK S201 Black W H MAIN I P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 C204 LW LW DLC 2 Stics 29 EGR Control unit 3 DLC Clock 3 VSS 3 F24 10A Seat Warmer Control unit 9 Stop Lamp Switch 3 GSL LW LW LW LW LW ...

Page 162: ...ESS CONNECTORPOSITION Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Under The Engine Room Fuse Block Under The Air Cleaner Housing DSL Turbo Under The Air Cleaner Housing DSL N Turbo Under The Air Cleaner Housing GSL Under The Coolant Reservoir Tank Center The Engine Room Dash Panel Left The Audio Upper The T C Upper The T C Upper The T C Upper The T C DSL Upper The T C GSL Beside Yhe ECM MSE Behind The Left ...

Page 163: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 145 c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P W H MAIN GSL W H T M ...

Page 164: ...TING WIRINGHARNESS CONNECTORPOSITION Beside The Steering Column Beside The I P Relay Block C303 W H MAIN C211 W H DLC DLC EBCM ABS EBCM ABD ECS TCCU TOD TCM 1 2 4 5 7 8 3 9 10 11 12 13 6 14 B1 A1 B6 B7 B14 A15 A30 A14 9 10 12 13 1 2 11 3 4 5 6 7 14 8 14 15 16 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 23 22 21 2...

Page 165: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 147 c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P W H FLOOR ...

Page 166: ...G UNIT TCM MULTI FUNCTION SWITCH HAZARD SWITCH STICS 1 2 1 2 3 5 4 6 B1 A1 B6 B7 B14 A15 A30 A14 C1C2 C3 C4 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11A12 A13 A14 1 2 5 6 7 8 9 10 3 4 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 30 BAT 31 GND G201 Lg 12 Cluster 2 GrR 27 B Preheat g Defroster Winter Turn siganl LH High Beam...

Page 167: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 149 c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P W H ENGINE GSL W H ENGINE DSL ...

Page 168: ...INFORMATION CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTING WIRINGHARNESS CONNECTORPOSITION Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Right The I P Fuse Block C101 W H MAIN CLUSTER 1 12 29 38 28 13 20 21 39 43 48 42 TCM B1 A1 B6 B7 B14 A15 A30 A14 15 58 IGN 1 ILL 31 GND G202 Ef10 12V A11 44 38 37 Br A10 43 RG A9 40 L A25 45 G A26 41 W A27 42 YW A28 48 Gr 10A P 12V R 12V N 12V TCM Cluster D 12V 3 12V 2 12V 1 C101 GW GW B 4 ...

Page 169: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 151 c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P ...

Page 170: ...m Fuse Block Upper The T C GSL Beside The STICS C101 W H MAIN CLUSTER 1 12 29 38 28 13 20 21 39 43 48 42 C208B W H MAIN START LOCK SWITCH B POSITION SWITCH 1 4 5 2 8 14 7 9 3 15 13 10 11 6 12 7 6 1 2 4 3 8 N P IGN R D 3 9 10 1 2 3 4 15 58 IGN 1 ILL 31 GND G202 G201 Ef10 P P 44 38 37 Br R R 43 RG N N 40 L D D 45 G B 3 3 41 W 2 2 Start Lock out Switch 42 Y YW Br RG L G W Y Gr 10A P R Cluster D 2 C10...

Page 171: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 153 c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P W H MAIN I P ...

Page 172: ...r The T C Upper The T C Beside The STICS C101 W H MAIN CLUSTER 1 12 29 38 28 13 20 21 39 43 48 42 START LOCK SWITCH B POSITION SWITCH 7 6 1 2 4 3 8 N P IGN R D 3 9 10 1 2 3 4 C207 W H T M C208 W H T M 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 B YW Gr B Position Switch 2 86 85 30 87 B Switch Interlock Reiay 48 B 15 58 IGN 1 ILL 31 GND G202 G201 Ef10 P P 44 38 37 Br R R 43 RG N N 40 L D D 45 G 3 3 41 W...

Page 173: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 155 c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P W H MAIN I P ...

Page 174: ...2 29 38 28 13 20 21 39 43 48 42 C103 W H MAIN KEY REMINDER SWITH REKES CHIME BELL BUZZER MULTI FUNCTION SWITCH SEAT BELT SWITCH 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 C1C2 C3 C4 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11A12 A13 A14 1 2 3 4 B F24 10A Ef8 60A Ef2 80A F17 10A C103 1 G202 1 5 7 6 SIG ILL 3 2 1 YL Y RY BrW Rekes 4 Illunination Relay S 1 B 31 Multifunction Switch B6 SIG 2 27...

Page 175: ...LW DLC 2 Stics 29 EGR Control unit 3 DLC Clock 3 VSS 3 F24 10A Seat Warmer Control unit 9 Stop Lamp Switch 3 GSL LW LW LW LW LW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 RY RY RY RY RY RY RY RY Stics 1 F17 10A Seat belt Switch 3 Chime Bell 2 Buzzer 3 DLC 14 Key Reminder Switch 3 Clock 1 C212 10 Audio 5 d SPLICE PACK S201 MAIN S202 MAIN ...

Page 176: ...4 33 32 31 30 29 Main Engine Main Main C101 21Pin Colorless G201 G202 a CONNECTOR INFORMATION CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTING WIRINGHARNESS CONNECTORPOSITION Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Right The I P Fuse Block Beside The STICS F18 15A F19 10A G201 SIG SIG SIG SIG G202 86 85 30 87 87a LR LG LG GY GY LG LR LR LW Front Wiper Relay LW B LG OFF INT HI WASHER LO M M Cluster VSS 17 2 3 4 1 Wiper Motor...

Page 177: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 159 c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P ...

Page 178: ... Floor Tail Gate Main C103 2Pin White C201 8Pin White C301 20Pin White C304 12Pin Colorless C351 22Pin Blue C361 22Pin White C401 6Pin Colorless C403 6Pin Colorless G201 CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTING WIRINGHARNESS CONNECTORPOSITION Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Upper The I P Fuse Block Beside The I P Relay Block Inside Co Driver Side Cowl Panel Upper The I P Fuse Block Inside Co Driver Side Cowl...

Page 179: ...mming Room Mirror Room Lamp W H FLOOR W H Tail Connector C304 C305 C301 G302 G303 C301 C303 Tail Lamp Tail Lamp W H DRIVER DOOR W H CO DRIVER DOOR C351 Power Window Motor Door Lock Actuator Door Lock Actuator C371 Power Window Motor W H REAR DOOR Power Window Motor Door Lock Actuator C361 Power Window Motor C381 Door Lock Actuator ...

Page 180: ...s C381 8Pin Colorless C401 6Pin Colorless C402 2Pin Colorless C403 6Pin Colorless S203 S401 G201 G203 G301 G302 G303 CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTING WIRINGHARNESS CONNECTORPOSITION Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Beside The I P Relay Block Inside Co Driver Side Cowl Panel Upper The I P Fuse Block Inside Co Driver Side Cowl Panel Center B Pillar Center Left B Pillar Behind The Left Lamp Behind The Le...

Page 181: ...il Connector C304 C305 C301 G302 G303 C301 C303 Tail Lamp Tail Lamp W H DRIVER DOOR W H CO DRIVER DOOR C351 Power Window Motor Door Lock Actuator Door Lock Actuator C371 Power Window Motor W H REAR DOOR Power Window Motor Door Lock Actuator C361 Power Window Motor C381 Door Lock Actuator ...

Page 182: ...OR STICS 6 8 9 3 4 5 2 1 11 7 12 13 14 10 16 17 20 21 22 18 19 15 6 8 9 3 4 5 2 1 11 7 12 13 14 10 16 17 20 21 22 18 19 15 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 C211 W H DLC C103 W H MAIN C302 W H MAIN C402 W H FLOOR OSRV MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH CLUSTER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 2 1 1 2 3 1 12 29 38 28 13 20 21 39 43 48 ...

Page 183: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 165 W H MAIN I P c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H FLOOR W H Tail Connector C304 C305 C301 G302 G303 C301 C303 Tail Lamp Tail Lamp ...

Page 184: ... DOOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2 3 4 7 1 6 8 9 10 11 5 12 6 8 9 3 4 5 2 1 11 7 12 13 14 10 16 17 20 21 22 18 19 15 6 8 9 3 4 5 2 1 11 7 12 13 14 10 16 17 20 21 22 18 19 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 C104 W H ENGINE C371 W H REAR DOOR LH C381 W H REAR DOOR RH POWER WINDOW SUB SWITCH POWER WINDOW MOTOR C302 W H MAIN 1 4 5 2 8 14 7 9 3 15 13 10 11 ...

Page 185: ...DOOR W H CO DRIVER DOOR C351 Power Window Motor Door Lock Actuator Door Lock Actuator C371 Power Window Motor W H REAR DOOR Power Window Motor Door Lock Actuator C361 Power Window Motor C381 Door Lock Actuator c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS ...

Page 186: ...33 32 31 30 29 C103 W H MAIN C201 W H MAIN C301 W H MAIN C403 W H FLOOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 2 3 4 5 6 C211 W H DLC 9 10 12 13 1 2 11 3 4 5 6 7 14 8 C207 W H T M C208 W H T M C208B W H MAIN C209 W H MAIN C210 W H MAIN REKES KEY REMINDER SWITCH AUTO DIMMING ROOM MIRROR START LOCK SWITCH MB A T PNP SWITCH BTRE A T BACK UP SWITCH M T 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15...

Page 187: ...04 C305 C301 G302 G303 C301 C303 Tail Lamp Tail Lamp W H ROOF C201 Sun Roof Motor MAP Lamp Sun Roof Switch Auto Dimming Room Mirror Room Lamp 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 RY RY RY RY RY RY RY RY Stics 1 F17 10A Seat belt Switch 3 Chime Bell 2 Buzzer 3 DLC 14 Key Reminder Switch 3 Clock 1 C212 10 Audio 5 d SPLICE PACK S202 MAIN ...

Page 188: ...ONNECTORPOSITION Upper The I P Fuse Block Right The I P Fuse Block C201 W H MAIN C261 W H SUN ROOF SUN ROOF MOTOR LIMIT SWITCH SUN ROOF SWITCH 2 1 2 1 1 2 3 1 2 GND BAT 30 15 IGN1 31 G201 F15 15A F24 LW G L R B 10A M G201 86 85 87 30 Sun Roof Relay C201 2 C261 1 2 3 3 9 6 5 2 1 1 Br B B 8 4 2 V B L B Sun Roof Motor Sun Roof Switch 1 2 Limit Switch G Br C261 2 C201 1 Sun Roof Module Open Close 2 3 ...

Page 189: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 171 W H MAIN I P c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H ROOF C201 Sun Roof Motor MAP Lamp Sun Roof Switch Auto Dimming Room Mirror Room Lamp ...

Page 190: ...er Right The Audio Behind The Left The Lamp Upper The ECM Beside The Left Rear Speaker Beside The Right Rear Speaker b CONNECTOR IDENTIFICATION SYMBOL PIN NUMBER POSITION C101 W H MAIN C304 W H MAIN 2 3 4 7 1 6 8 9 10 11 5 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 C302 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 C403 W H FLOOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 C402 W H FLOOR 2 1 C401 W H FLOOR 1 2 3 ...

Page 191: ...r Washer Switch 6 A C Control Panel 11 Tail Lamp Relay 87 Door unlock Switch 4 Defroster Switch 4 Audio 3 4WD Switch 7 Front Cigar Lighter 2 Seat Warmer Switch 6 Fog Lamp Switch 4 Hazard Switch 2 Clock 4 GW GW GW GW GW GW GW GW S204 MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 16 Thermo AMP 3 DSL Thermo AMP 4 GSL Rear Wiper Washer Switch 8 LW LW LW C212 LW F19 10A Blower Relay S1 A C Switch 3 S401 MAIN 1 2 3 4 8 9 10 11 ...

Page 192: ... 2 1 11 7 12 13 14 10 16 17 20 21 22 18 19 15 6 8 9 3 4 5 2 1 11 7 12 13 14 10 16 17 20 21 22 18 19 15 GND ACC 15C 31 G201 F4 10A LY 3 Up Down Up Down In Out Driver Passenger Up Down In Out In Out 1 2 5 3 5 3 4 2 3 1 4 2 3 1 Electric OSRV Mirror Driver Electric OSRV Mirror Passenger C351 B B 12 RR Defroster Relay 87 Br Br G203 G201 1 2 C361 B B 9 RR Defroster Relay 87 Br B Br RY GY GY GR YW YW GR ...

Page 193: ... P c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H FLOOR W H Tail Connector C304 C305 C301 G302 G303 C301 C303 Tail Lamp Tail Lamp W H CO DRIVER DOOR W H DRIVER DOOR C351 Power Window Motor Door Lock Actuator Power Window Motor Door Lock Actuator C361 ...

Page 194: ...e Left B Piller Beside The Left Rear Speaker Beside The Right Rear Speaker b CONNECTOR IDENTIFICATION SYMBOL PIN NUMBER POSITION C101 W H MAIN C304 W H MAIN 2 3 4 7 1 6 8 9 10 11 5 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 C301 W H MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 DIGITAL CLOCK DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH TENSION REDUCER PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 ...

Page 195: ...212 C101 ECS Switch 4 Rear Wiper Washer Switch 6 A C Control Panel 11 Tail Lamp Relay 87 Door unlock Switch 4 Defroster Switch 4 Audio 3 4WD Switch 7 Front Cigar Lighter 2 Seat Warmer Switch 6 Fog Lamp Switch 4 Hazard Switch 2 Clock 4 GW GW GW GW GW GW GW GW S201 MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 C204 LW LW DLC 2 Stics 29 EGR Control unit 3 DLC Clock 3 VSS 3 F24 10A Seat Warmer Control unit 9 Stop Lamp Switc...

Page 196: ...4 33 32 31 30 29 Main Engine Main Main C101 21Pin Colorless G201 G202 a CONNECTOR INFORMATION CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTING WIRINGHARNESS CONNECTORPOSITION Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Right The I P Fuse Block Beside The STICS F18 15A F19 10A G201 SIG SIG SIG SIG G202 86 85 30 87 87a LR LG LG GY GY LG LR LR LW Front Wiper Relay LW B LG OFF INT HI WASHER LO M M Cluster VSS 17 2 3 4 1 Wiper Motor...

Page 197: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 159 c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P ...

Page 198: ... Floor Tail Gate Main C103 2Pin White C201 8Pin White C301 20Pin White C304 12Pin Colorless C351 22Pin Blue C361 22Pin White C401 6Pin Colorless C403 6Pin Colorless G201 CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTING WIRINGHARNESS CONNECTORPOSITION Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Upper The I P Fuse Block Beside The I P Relay Block Inside Co Driver Side Cowl Panel Upper The I P Fuse Block Inside Co Driver Side Cowl...

Page 199: ...mming Room Mirror Room Lamp W H FLOOR W H Tail Connector C304 C305 C301 G302 G303 C301 C303 Tail Lamp Tail Lamp W H DRIVER DOOR W H CO DRIVER DOOR C351 Power Window Motor Door Lock Actuator Door Lock Actuator C371 Power Window Motor W H REAR DOOR Power Window Motor Door Lock Actuator C361 Power Window Motor C381 Door Lock Actuator ...

Page 200: ...s C381 8Pin Colorless C401 6Pin Colorless C402 2Pin Colorless C403 6Pin Colorless S203 S401 G201 G203 G301 G302 G303 CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTING WIRINGHARNESS CONNECTORPOSITION Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Beside The I P Relay Block Inside Co Driver Side Cowl Panel Upper The I P Fuse Block Inside Co Driver Side Cowl Panel Center B Pillar Center Left B Pillar Behind The Left Lamp Behind The Le...

Page 201: ...il Connector C304 C305 C301 G302 G303 C301 C303 Tail Lamp Tail Lamp W H DRIVER DOOR W H CO DRIVER DOOR C351 Power Window Motor Door Lock Actuator Door Lock Actuator C371 Power Window Motor W H REAR DOOR Power Window Motor Door Lock Actuator C361 Power Window Motor C381 Door Lock Actuator ...

Page 202: ...OR STICS 6 8 9 3 4 5 2 1 11 7 12 13 14 10 16 17 20 21 22 18 19 15 6 8 9 3 4 5 2 1 11 7 12 13 14 10 16 17 20 21 22 18 19 15 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 C211 W H DLC C103 W H MAIN C302 W H MAIN C402 W H FLOOR OSRV MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH CLUSTER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 2 1 1 2 3 1 12 29 38 28 13 20 21 39 43 48 ...

Page 203: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 165 W H MAIN I P c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H FLOOR W H Tail Connector C304 C305 C301 G302 G303 C301 C303 Tail Lamp Tail Lamp ...

Page 204: ... DOOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2 3 4 7 1 6 8 9 10 11 5 12 6 8 9 3 4 5 2 1 11 7 12 13 14 10 16 17 20 21 22 18 19 15 6 8 9 3 4 5 2 1 11 7 12 13 14 10 16 17 20 21 22 18 19 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 C104 W H ENGINE C371 W H REAR DOOR LH C381 W H REAR DOOR RH POWER WINDOW SUB SWITCH POWER WINDOW MOTOR C302 W H MAIN 1 4 5 2 8 14 7 9 3 15 13 10 11 ...

Page 205: ...DOOR W H CO DRIVER DOOR C351 Power Window Motor Door Lock Actuator Door Lock Actuator C371 Power Window Motor W H REAR DOOR Power Window Motor Door Lock Actuator C361 Power Window Motor C381 Door Lock Actuator c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS ...

Page 206: ...ay G101 G103 G201 G205 G302 CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTING WIRINGHARNESS CONNECTORPOSITION Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Beside The I P Relay Block Under Right The Audio Behind The Left Lamp Behind The Right Head Lamp Right The I P Fuse Block Beside The TCCU Beside The Left Rear Speaker Ef8 G 60A Ef16 15A C103 1 GND BAT 30 15C ACC 58 ILL 31 G205 G201 G302 Ef10 GW...

Page 207: ...G209 C206B C206 C207 C208 C208B C209 C210 G207 C304 G203 TCM G208 W H Tail Connector C304 C305 C301 G302 G303 C301 C303 Tail Lamp Tail Lamp 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 4 7 Ef10 10A C212 C101 ECS Switch 4 Rear Wiper Washer Switch 6 A C Control Panel 11 Tail Lamp Relay 87 Door unlock Switch 4 Defroster Switch 4 Audio 3 4WD Switch 7 Front Cigar Lighter 2 Seat Warmer Switch 6 Fog Lamp Switch 4 Hazard Switch 2 Clo...

Page 208: ...eat Driver Seat AUX Main C102 2Pin Colorless C204 10Pin White C251 3Pin Black G205 CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTING WIRINGHARNESS CONNECTORPOSITION Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Under The Driver Seat Under The Driver Seat Beside The TCCU GND IGN1 15 31 G205 Ef9 60A F10 20A Ef2 80A C102 3 RB YW BW C204 10 8 Power Seat Switch Slide FRT RR M 1 2 Slide Motor 4 3 BR Y M 1 2 Tilt Motor 2 1 BR LB Down Up ...

Page 209: ...NECTORS AND GROUNDS W H DRIVER SEAT W H MAIN I P C204 C251 Seat Warming Unit S201 C201 C351 C301 C303 G201 S202 C212 G204 C203 C110 C361 C213 S204 S203 S205 G202 C204 G205 TCCU C305 EBCM G209 C206B C206 C207 C208 C208B C209 C210 G207 C304 G203 TCM G208 ...

Page 210: ...203 Gray G205 CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTING WIRINGHARNESS CONNECTORPOSITION Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Under The Driver Seat Behind The Cluster Under Right The Audio Beside The TCCU GND BAT 30 15 IGN1 58 ILL 31 G205 G205 F24 10A 1 4 S201 1 8 S203 LW LW Ef9 60A F10 25A Ef2 80A C103 1 RB YW GW C204 1 Seat Warmer Control Unit 10 B 9 IGN 1 C204 5 C204 3 18 B B GW 6 Seat Warmer Switch L L 1 H H 3 ...

Page 211: ...207 C208 C208B C209 C210 G207 C304 G203 TCM G208 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 C204 LW LW DLC 2 Stics 29 EGR Control unit 3 DLC Clock 3 VSS 3 F24 10A Seat Warmer Control unit 9 Stop Lamp Switch 3 GSL LW LW LW LW LW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 4 7 Ef10 10A C212 C101 ECS Switch 4 Rear Wiper Washer Switch 6 A C Control Panel 11 Tail Lamp Relay 87 Door unlock Switch 4 Defroster Switch 4 Audio 3 4WD Switch 7 Front Cigar Light...

Page 212: ...Pin White S202 Gray S203 Gray G204 Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Beside The I P Relay Block Inside Co Driver Side Cowl Panel Upper The I P Fuse Block Inside Co Driver Side Cowl Panel Behind The Cluster Under Right The Audio Right The I P Fuse Block CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTING WIRINGHARNESS CONNECTORPOSITION GND BAT 30 15C ACC 58 ILL 31 B G204 G204 F17 1 4 S202...

Page 213: ...1 d SPLICE PACK S203 GRAY S202 GRAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 4 7 Ef10 10A C212 C101 ECS Switch 4 Rear Wiper Washer Switch 6 A C Control Panel 11 Tail Lamp Relay 87 Door unlock Switch 4 Defroster Switch 4 Audio 3 4WD Switch 7 Front Cigar Lighter 2 Seat Warmer Switch 6 Fog Lamp Switch 4 Hazard Switch 2 Clock 4 GW GW GW GW GW GW GW GW 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 RY RY RY RY RY RY RY RY Stics 1 F17 10A Seat belt Switch 3 ...

Page 214: ...C Connector Main Main Floor Main C102 2Pin Colorless C109 16Pin Black C211 14Pin Black C302 16Pin White G206 CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTING WIRINGHARNESS CONNECTORPOSITION Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Under The Coolant Reservoir Tank Beside The Steering Column Beside The I P Relay Block Beside The ABS Module F22 R R G LB BW 2 C102 18 17 18 20 15 B B G206 16 19 B B 1 2 LH 1 2 RH SIG GND GND IGN1 ...

Page 215: ...IN I P W H MAIN GSL S201 C201 C351 C301 C303 G201 S202 C212 G204 C203 C110 C361 C213 S204 S203 S205 G202 C204 G205 TCCU C305 EBCM G209 C206B C206 C207 C208 C208B C209 C210 G207 C304 G203 TCM G208 C109 C111 C112 C101 C102 S101 C104 C103 W H MAIN DSL C109 C101 C102 S101 C104 C103 ...

Page 216: ...Engine Room Fuse Block Under The Coolant Reservoir Tank Beside Center Console Behind The Cluster Right The I P Fuse Block Beside The EBCM Ef8 F22 60A F17 10A 10A F3 10A R G RY RY LB BW LW 1 C103 18 50 32 1 B G209 G201 1 8 S202 28 29 B B LY GW WR 1 2 LH 1 2 RH SIG SIG IGN1 5V SIG 36 39 51 43 10 15 14 BrB BrB BrB BrB BrW BrW BrW BrW 1 2 3 Front Wheel Speed Sensor 1 2 LH 1 2 RH SIG SIG 13 12 11 38 Br...

Page 217: ... c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P W H FLOOR d SPLICE PACK S202 GRAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 RY RY RY RY RY RY RY RY Stics 1 F17 10A Seat belt Switch 3 Chime Bell 2 Buzzer 3 DLC 14 Key Reminder Switch 3 Clock 1 C212 10 Audio 5 ...

Page 218: ...ain C102 2Pin Colorless C211 14Pin Black G206 CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTING WIRINGHARNESS CONNECTORPOSITION Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Beside The Steering Column Beside The ABS Module G206 2 C102 30 30 EBCM 87 87 86 86 85 85 Motor Relay Valve Relay YB YB Pump Motor LG WB LR Y RB RL R L BR BY YW Br R R R R R GL 19 5 37 48 7 2 ABD Modulator R 86 ABS Warning Lamp Relay GY GY RY RY 18 Stop Lamp S...

Page 219: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 191 c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P ...

Page 220: ...eering Column Beside The Start Motor F2 F22 10A 10A BR BR LB LB LB LB LW YL 1 C203 3 C203 18 11 Cluster Air Bag Warning Lamp 5 2 1 C211 2 C203 20 1 IGN1 GND DLC 9 SDM Shorting Bar B 4 C203 11 C104 G102 Driver Air Bag Module A B A B Contact Coil 13 14 Br L 30 BAT 31 GND b CONNECTOR IDENTIFICATION SYMBOL PIN NUMBER POSITION C203 W H MAIN C211 W H DLC DLC 14 15 16 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 C104 W...

Page 221: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 193 W H MAIN I P c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS ...

Page 222: ...4 Generator Engine Main Main Main Main C106 4Pin Black S201 Black G201 G202 G203 CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTING WIRINGHARNESS CONNECTORPOSITION Under The Air Cleaner Housing DSL Turbo Behind The Cluster Right The I P Fuse Block Beside The STICS Upper The ECM 15 IGN 1 31 GND G202 G203 G201 11 DLC B B B F24 S201 1 LW LW LW LW LW G BR Immobilizer Immobilizer Sol Valve Immobilizer Unit Y 8 1 2 9 GY GY 11...

Page 223: ... c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H ENGINE GSL W H ENGINE DSL d SPLICE PACK S201 BLACK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 C204 LW LW DLC 2 Stics 29 EGR Control unit 3 DLC Clock 3 VSS 3 F24 10A Seat Warmer Control unit 9 Stop Lamp Switch 3 GSL LW LW LW LW LW ...

Page 224: ... T M Main T M Main Main Main Main C101 21Pin Colorless C104 15Pin Black C110 6Pin Black C111 40Pin Black C206B 4Pin Black C208 16Pin Black C208B 15Pin Black S202 Gray G201 G203 G205 CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTING WIRINGHARNESS CONNECTORPOSITION 30 15C BAT ACC 31 GND G205 G203 G205 G201 C104 ECM HFM 29 OVPR 6 F17 S202 1 RY RL B ACC B GND GND GND ACC LY BW 2 3 A11 A8 B2 B6 B4 B5 LgW RW LgW RW LgW RW A6...

Page 225: ... H MAIN I P W H MAIN GSL d SPLICE PACK S202 MAIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 RY RY RY RY RY RY RY RY Stics 1 F17 10A Seat belt Switch 3 Chime Bell 2 Buzzer 3 DLC 14 Key Reminder Switch 3 Clock 1 C212 10 Audio 5 c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS ...

Page 226: ... A13 A14 Main Engine Main Floor Main Floor Main Floor C101 21Pin Colorless C301 20Pin White C303 14Pin White C304 12Pin Colorless CONNECTOR NUMBER CONNECTING WIRINGHARNESS CONNECTORPOSITION Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Beside The I P Relay Block Beside The I P Relay Block Inside Co Driver Side Cowl Panel 58 ILL 31 GND G303 B Y Y Ef10 Trailer Connector 10A C101 GW GW GW GW GW GW 4 2 4 10 C304 ...

Page 227: ...ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS 5 199 c POSITION OF CONNECTORS AND GROUNDS W H MAIN I P W H FIOOR ...

Page 228: ... 0B 12 Each Time the Oil is Changed 0B 13 At Least Annually 0B 13 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0B 14 General Description and System Operation 0B 15 General Repair Instructions 0B 15 Vehicle Identification Number System 0B 16 Vehicle Lifting Procedures 0B 19 SPECIFICATIONS TECHNICAL DATA Transaxle Performance Application Maximum Speed Km h Minimum Turning Radius m 661LA 143 5 7 662NA 145 5 7 6...

Page 229: ... Spark Plug Type Ignition System Clutch Manual Type 2 0L DOHC 6 2 1 3 4 2 0 8 0 1 2 3L DOHC 6 2 1 3 4 2 0 8 0 1 2 0L DOHC 8 2 1 5 3 6 2 4 0 8 0 1 Distributorless Ignition Bosch Chapion Beru F8DC4 BOSCH C11YCC CHAMPION 14F8DU4 BERU 661LA 225 150 9 2 662NA 225 150 9 2 662LA 240 150 9 2 2 0L DOHC 225 150 9 2 2 3L DOHC 225 150 9 2 3 2L DOHC 240 155 9 3 Application Type Outside Diameter mm Inside Diame...

Page 230: ... 3rd 4th Reverse Final Drive Ratio Oil Capacity L 662LA BTRA M74 4WD 2 741 1 508 1 000 0 708 2 429 4 89 9 2 3L DOHC BTRA M74 4WD 2 741 1 508 1 000 0 708 2 429 5 86 9 3 2L DOHC BTRA M74 4WD 2 741 1 508 1 000 0 708 2 429 4 89 9 Tire and Wheel Specifications P235 75 R15 255 70 R15 7JJ 15 30 Psi 30 Psi 30 Psi 30 Psi Application Standard Tire Size Standard Wheel Size Inflation Pressure At Full Lode P23...

Page 231: ...ing Type Oil Pump Type Oil Filter Type Oil Capacity L Including Oil Filter Lubricating System 661LA 8 0 662NA 9 0 662LA 9 5 2 0L DOHC 7 2 2 3L DOHC 7 5 3 2L DOHC 8 2 External Gear pump Combination Full Part Full Flow Cooling Type Coolant Capacity L Radiator Type Water Pump Type CoolingSystem 661LA 9 5 10 662NA 10 5 662LA 10 5 11 2 0L DOHC 10 5 2 3L DOHC 10 5 3 2L DOHC 11 3 Forced Circulation Centr...

Page 232: ...eDimensions Application Manual Curb Weight kg Gross Vehicle Weight kg Automatic Curb Weight kg Gross Vehicle Weight kg Passenger Capacity Vehicle Weights Application 4656 1864 1735 2630 1510 1520 661LA 1860 2520 1916 2520 5 662NA 1968 2520 1989 2520 5 662LA 1890 2520 2005 2520 5 2 0L DOHC 1937 2520 5 2 3L DOHC 1850 2520 1942 2520 5 3 2L DOHC 1930 2520 2025 2520 5 ...

Page 233: ...b in 44 1 N m 33 lb in 82 3 N m 61 lb in 77 4 N m 57 lb in 127 4 N m 94 lb in 196 0 N m 145 lb in 284 2 N m 210 lb in 392 0 N m 290 lb in 529 2 N m 392 lb in 686 0 N m 508 lb in 666 4 N m 493 lb in 0 7 N m 6 3 lb in 1 6 N m 14 lb in 3 1 N m 28 lb in 5 4 N m 49 lb in 12 7 N m 9 lb in 25 5 N m 19 lb in 24 5 N m 18 lb in 45 0 N m 33 lb in 43 1 N m 32 lb in 71 6 N m 53 lb in 107 8 N m 80 lb in 156 8 N...

Page 234: ... and Wheel in section 2E l To be driven on reasonable road surfaces and within legal operating limits EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICES The services listed in the maintenance schedule are further explained below When the following maintenance services are performed make sure all the parts are replaced and all the necessary repairs are done before driving the vehicle Always use the prop...

Page 235: ...ndition short distance driving extensive idling or driving in dusty condition Change engine oil and the filter every 7 500 km or 6 months whichever comes first 2 More frequent maintenance is required if under dusty driving condition 3 Refer to Recommended fluids and lubricants Drive belt Engine oil filter 1 3 Cooling system hose connections Engine coolant 3 Fuel filter 2 Fuel line connections Air ...

Page 236: ...I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I R R I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Transfer case fluid R I I I Inspect ADJUST when abnormal condition is noted I I I I I I I I I Chart Symbols I Inspect these items and their related parts If necessary correct clean replenish adjust or replace R Replace or change 3 Refer to Recommended fluids and lubricants 4 Change the brake clutch fluid every 15 000 k...

Page 237: ...e R Replace or change 1 If vehicle is operated under severe condition short distance driving extensive idling or driving in dusty condition change engine oil every 5 000km or 3 months whichever comes first 2 More frequent maintenance is required if under dusty driving conditing 3 Refer to Recommended fluids and lubricants Drive belt Engine oil fillter 1 3 Cooling system hose connections Engine coo...

Page 238: ...I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Transfer case fluid 3 R I R I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Inspect ADJUST when abnormal condition is noted I I I Chart Symbols I Inspect these items and their related parts If necessary correct clean replenish adjust or replace R Replace or change 3 Refer to Recommended fluids and lubricants 4 Change the brake clutch fluid mo...

Page 239: ...he oil level on it 5 Add oil if needed to keep the oil level above the lower mark Avoid overfilling the engine since this may cause engine damage 6 Push the indicator all the way back down into the engine after taking the reading If you check the oil level when the oil is cold do not run the engine first The cold oil will not drain back to the pan fast enough to give a true oil level reading Engin...

Page 240: ... for cracks fraying wear and proper tension Adjust or replace the belts as needed Hood Latch Operation When opening the hood note the operation of the secondary latch It should keep the hood from opening all the way when the primary latch is released The hood must close firmly AT LEAST ANNUALLY Lap and Shoulder Belts Condition and Operation Inspect the belt system including the webbing the buckles...

Page 241: ... 10 5 L 10 5 11 0 L 9 5 10 0 L Approx 0 5L level must be maintained between MAX MIN level 1 0 L As required As required As required As required Fluid Lubricant Quality class API SH grade or above ACEA A2 or A3 MB sheet 229 1 Viscosity MB sheet 224 1 Quality class API CG grade or above ACEA B2 or B3 MB sheet 228 1 228 3 228 5 229 1 Viscosity MB sheet 224 1 ALUTEC P 78 DOT 3 SAE J 1703 ATFDEXRON II ...

Page 242: ...re important for efficient and reliable performance of the service repairs l Use genuine DAEWOO parts l Discard used cotter pins gaskets O rings oil seals lock washers and self locking nuts Prepare new ones for installation Normal function of these parts cannot be maintained if these parts are reused l Keep the disassembled parts neatly in groups to facilitate proper and smooth reassembly l Keep a...

Page 243: ...iesel OM602 8 1998cc In line 4Cylinder Gasoline E20 6 2295cc In line 4Cylinder Gasoline E23 9 3199cc In line 6Cylinder Gasoline E32 A 2299cc In line 4Cylinder Diesel OM601 B 2874cc In line 5Cylinder Diesel OM602 C 2299cc In line 4Cylinder Diesel SY662LA D 2874cc In line 5Cylinder Diesel SY662LA 7 Restraint System 0 NO Seat Belt 1 3 Point Seat Belts 2 2 Point Seat Belts 6 TrimLevel A Standard B Del...

Page 244: ...GENERAL INFORMATION 0B 17 Manufacturer s Plate Manufacturer sPlateLocation 1 Type Approval No 2 Vehicle Identification Number Diesel Engine Gasoline Engine ...

Page 245: ...r Gasolind Engine Number 162 990 1 0 012345 Serial Number 0 Manual T M 1 Hydr Auto Coupling 2 Automatic T M 99 3 2L 97 2 3L 94 2 0L 0 Common 1 Left Hand Drive 2 Right Hand Drive ENGINE TYPE 0 MUSSO Diesel Engine Number 662 920 1 0 012345 Serial Number 0 Manual T M 1 Hydr Auto Coupling 2 Automatic T M 910 Non Intercooler Engine 920 Intercooler Engine 0 Common 1 Left Hand Drive 2 Right Hand Drive 66...

Page 246: ...ies and service stations are equipped with automative hoists that bear upon some parts of the frame in order to lift the vehicle If any other hoist method is used take special care to avoid damaging the fuel tank the filter neck the exhaust system or the underbody Vehicle Lifting Points Using Jack Rearward of Front Tire Using Jack Forward of Rear Tire 2300 DOHC The engine number is stamped on the ...

Page 247: ... 13 Cleanliness and Care 1A1 13 On Engine Service 1A1 13 Application Engine Model Displacement CC Cylinder Bore x Stroke mm Fuel Injection Ignition System Compression Ratio Number of Cylinders Camshaft Valve Arrangement Camshaft Drive Type Max Output ps rpm Max Torque kg m rpm Firing Order Ignition Type Ignition Timing Valve Timing Intake Open Close Exhaust Open Close Valve Clearance Adjustment SP...

Page 248: ...pacity liter Lubrication Type Oil Filter Type Fuel ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS Cont d E32 Engine 700 50 3 4 8 2 Forced by Gear Pump Full Flow with Paper Filter Unleaded Gasoline MSE 3 62S 3 53S Motorsteuer Elektronik German MSE Engine Control Electronic 3 62S 6 Cylinder Version 3 53S 4 Cylinder Version ...

Page 249: ...der Head Cover 5 Exhaust Camshaft 6 Intake Camshaft 7 Cylinder Head 8 Spark Plug Connector 9 Valve Tappet 10 Injector 11 Exhaust Valve 12 Intake Manifold 13 Connecting Rod 14 Exhaust Manifold 15 Crankshaft 16 Engine Mounting Bracket 17 Starter 18 Crankcase 19 Oil Pump Sprocket 20 Oil Strainer 21 Oil Pan 22 Drain Plug ...

Page 250: ...1 4 GENERAL ENGINE INFORMATION 23 Camshaft Adjuster 24 Cooling Fan and Viscous Clutch 25 Piston 26 Flywheel of Drive Plate 27 Oil Pump Drive Chain 28 Oil Return Pipe 29 Timing Chain 30 Oil Pump SIDE VIEW ...

Page 251: ...GENERAL ENGINE INFORMATION 1A1 5 PERFORMANCE CURVE E32 ENGINE ...

Page 252: ...1A1 6 GENERAL ENGINE INFORMATION SPECIAL TOOLS SPECIAL TOOLS TABLE 000 589 10 99 01 Torque Wrench 001 589 76 21 00 Compression Pressure Tester 119 589 01 09 00 Spark Plug Wrench 001 589 65 09 00 Socket ...

Page 253: ... the suspected component You should be able to trace the leak path over the white powder surface to the source Black Light and Dye Method A dye and light kit is available for finding leaks Refer to the manufacturer s directions when using the kit 1 Pour the specified amount of dye into the engine oil fill tube 2 Operate the vehicle normal operating conditions as directed in the kit 3 Direct the li...

Page 254: ...moval of cooling fan 1 Vibration Damper Assembly 2 Crankshaft Pulley Notice l Remove the negative ground cable before proceeding the work l Rotate the pulley in normal engine rotating direction when cranking 3 Bolt 8 6 0 9 Nm Tools Required 000 589 10 99 01 Torque wrench 001 589 65 09 00 Socket ...

Page 255: ...s Required 001 589 76 21 00 Compression Pressure Tester 119 589 01 09 00 Spark Plug Wrench Standard Service Data Compression Ratio Normal Engine Temperature Normal Compression Pressure Permissible Pressure Difference Between Individual Cylinders 10 1 80 C Min 10 bar Max 14 bar Min 6 bar Max 10 bar Max 1 5 bar General Fuel Optimization ...

Page 256: ...hole 5 Crank the engine approx eight revolutions by using the start motor 6 Compare the measurements of compression pressure tester with the specifications 7 Measure the compression pressure of the other cylinders in the same way 8 If measured value is not within the specifications perform the cylinder pressure leakage test Notice l Discharge the combustion residues in the cylinders before testing...

Page 257: ...e 6 Cylinder Pressure Leakage Tester with Connecting Hose Universal Tool At Whole Engine At Valve and Cylinder Head Gasket At Piston and Piston Ring Max 25 Max 10 Max 20 Cylinder Number By Mark On Vibration Damper At TDC TDC Mark Cylinder Number b 240 3 4 a 120 2 5 OT TDC 1 6 Cylinder Pressure Leakage Tester Bosch EFAW 210A Sun CLT 228 ...

Page 258: ...e and adjust the scale of tester 7 Install the connecting hose to spark plug hole 9 Connect the connecting hose to tester and measure the leakage volume after blowing up 5bar of compressed air Notice Measure the leakage volume in the completely opening condition of throttle valve by pulling the acceleration cable 10 Perform the pressure test according to the firing order Notice Firing Order 1 5 3 ...

Page 259: ... kept in order They should be installed in the same locations and with the same mating surfaces as when they were removed Battery cables should be disconnected before any major work is performed on the engine Failure to disconnect cables may result in damage to wire harness or other electrical parts ON ENGINE SERVICE Caution Disconnect the negative battery cable before removing or installing any e...

Page 260: ...e 1A2 14 On Engine Service 1A2 14 E20 Engine M161 940 1998 89 9 x 78 7 9 6 1 135 5500 19 3 4000 ATDC 13 15 ABDC 13 57 BBDC 16 58 BTDC 17 05 Application Engine Model Displacement CC Cylinder Bore x Stroke mm Fuel Injection Ignition System Compression Ratio Number of Cylinders Camshaft Valve Arrangement Camshaft Drive Type Max Output ps rpm Max Torque kg m rpm Firing Order Ignition Type Ignition Tim...

Page 261: ...l Capacity liter Lubrication Type Oil Filter Type Fuel ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS Cont d E23 Engine 750 50 3 2 4 2 7 5 Forced by Gear Pump Full Flow with Paper Filter Unleaded Gasoline MSE 3 62S 3 53S Motorsteuer Elektronik German MSE Engine Control Electronic 3 62S 6 cylinder version 3 53S 4 cylinder version ...

Page 262: ...LA Engine 1A3 5 Performance Curve 1A3 7 OM662LA Engine 1A3 7 OM661LA Engine 1A3 8 Special Tools 1A3 9 SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS Special Tools Table 1A3 9 Diagnosis 1A3 10 Oil Leak Diagnosis 1A3 10 Compression Pressure Test 1A3 11 Cylinder Pressure Leakage Test 1A3 13 General Information 1A3 15 Cleanliness and Care 1A3 15 On Engine Service 1A3 15 OM662LA Four Stroke Diesel 2874 89 x 92 4...

Page 263: ...mbined Full Flow and Partial Flow Filter Diesel Application Idle Speed rpm Fuel Injection Pressure bar Oil Capacity liter Lubrication Type Oil Filter Type Fuel ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS Cont d OM661LA 750 850 135 143 6 5 8 0 Forced by Gear Pump Combined Full Flow and Partial Flow Filter Diesel ...

Page 264: ...d 1B1 35 Timing Gear Case Cover 1B1 38 Crankshaft Sealing Rear Cover 1B1 40 Belt Pulley and Vibration Damper 1B1 42 Crankshaft Front Radial Seal 1B1 45 Crankshaft Rear Radial Seal 1B1 46 Crankshaft 1B1 47 Flywheel Driven Plate 1B1 53 Camshaft Adjuster 1B1 55 Camshaft Sprocket Bolt 1B1 58 Camshaft 1B1 59 TABLE OF CONTENTS Camshaft Timing Position 1B1 64 Valve Spring 1B1 67 Valve Stem Seal 1B1 71 Ch...

Page 265: ...ler Shaft to Transmission Engine Mounting Nut Alternator Carrier Bolt Belt Pulley Bolt Steering Pump Bolt A C Bracket Bolt Intake Air Duct Bolt Ignition Cable Cover Bolt Cylinder Head Cover Bolt Camshaft Adjuster Bolt Cylinder Head Front Cover Bolt Flange Bolt in Exhaust Camshaft Sprocket Cylinder Head Bolt Cooling Fan Bracket Bolt Timing Gear Case Cover Bolt M8 M6 Crankshaft Rear Cover Bolt Vibra...

Page 266: ...ft Oil Pump Sprocket Bolt Tensioning Device Bolt Water Pump Pulley Upper Intake Manifold Bolt Lower Intake Mainfold Bolt Flange Bolt to Exhaust Mainfold Exhaust Mainfold Nut to Stud Bolt Rivet Nut in Exhuast Mainfold Hole Pre silencer Bolt Oil Drain Plug Oil Filter Cover Oil Filter Bolt Oil Pump Drive Sprocket Bolt Oil Pump Mounting Bolt Oil Strainer Bracket Bolt Oil Pressure Relief Valve Screw Pl...

Page 267: ... 001 589 66 21 00 Torque Wrench 000 589 01 10 00 Box Wrench Insert 124 589 15 21 00 Radiator Cap Testing Unit 116 589 02 34 00 Screw Fixed Pin 000 589 10 99 01 Torque Wrench 112 589 00 72 00 Oil Extractor 000 589 72 21 00 Torque Wrench 000 589 40 37 00 Hose Clamp ...

Page 268: ...1 00 Spanner 111 589 18 61 00 Lever Pusher 111 589 25 63 00 Thrust Piece SPECIAL TOOLS TABLE Cont d 111 589 01 59 00 Supporting Bar 116 589 06 63 00 Magnetic Finger 119 589 00 43 00 Drift 000 589 58 43 00 Chain Assembly 104 589 00 37 00 Pliers ...

Page 269: ...0 Sliding Hammer 602 589 00 40 00 Engine Lock 103 589 00 33 00 Puller SPECIAL TOOLS TABLE Cont d 601 589 03 43 00 Sleeve 001 589 65 09 00 Socket Wrench Insert 001 589 74 21 00 Torque Wrench 000 589 04 14 00 Clamping Strap 000 589 88 33 00 Puller ...

Page 270: ...00 Rivet Set 103 589 02 09 00 Oil Filter Socket Wrench 102 589 12 15 00 Drift SPECIAL TOOLS TABLE Cont d 615 589 01 33 00 Caulking Bolt 102 589 00 15 00 Drift 000 589 51 37 00 Clamping Strap 001 589 72 21 00 Torque Wrench 601 589 03 14 00 Sleeve ...

Page 271: ...1B1 8 M162 ENGINE MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ON VEHICLE SERVICE ENGINE ASSEMBLY Tools Required 000 589 10 99 01 Torque Wrench 000 589 40 37 00 Hose Clamp 112 589 00 72 00 Oil Extractor ...

Page 272: ...n cock and drain the coolant Notice Open the coolant reservoir cap 5 Remove the air cleaner cover Remove the mounting bolts and air cleaner housing and element assembly Removal Installation Procedure 1 Disconnect the negative terminal of battery 2 Remove the hood 3 Remove the under cover Installation Notice Tightening Torque 28 47 Nm ...

Page 273: ... then remove the radiator 7 Loosen the cylinder block drain plug and then drain the coolant completely Installation Notice Tightening Torque 30 Nm Notice Replace the seal before installation of the drain plug 8 Remove the cooling fan shroud 9 Disconnect the each hose from radiator ...

Page 274: ...compressor 14 Remove the fuel feed and return line Notice Before removing the fuel lines release the pressure in the fuel system Installation Notice 13 Remove the acceleration control cable and automatic transmission pressure cable 11 Remove the hydraulic pipe of power steering Notice Completely drain the oil Tightening Torque 21 25 Nm ...

Page 275: ...connect the engine ground wire 15 Remove the automatic transmission dipstick guide tube 16 Disconnect the wire of alternator 17 Disconnect the wire of starter motor and remove the starter motor 18 Disconnect the engine main harness ground ...

Page 276: ...mshaft and crankshaft sensors 21 After removing the ignition coil cover disconnect the ignition coil connector 22 Remove the harness cover and disconnect the 6 injection valve connectors Disconnect the main harness 23 Separate the hose toward engine from canister purge solenoid valve 24 Remove the automatic transmission oil cooler line ...

Page 277: ...Notice 25 Separate the vacuum hose for brake booster 26 Separate the other vacuum hoses 27 Remove the propeller shaft from the front axle Installation Notice 28 By rotating the crankshaft from the front of engine remove the 6 torque converter mounting bolts from the engine ring gear plate Tightening Torque 81 89 Nm ...

Page 278: ...on Notice Tightening Torque 65 Nm 31 Remove the bolts for engine mounting bracket Installation Notice Tightening Torque 50 75 Nm 32 Hook the chain to the bracket of engine and by using a hoist or crane carefully separate the engine assembly from the vehicle 33 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 279: ...ain Pipe 8 Oil Pan 9 Air Admission Line 10 Vent Line 11 Restriction Hole Diameter 2 mm 12 Intake Manifold 13 Intake Air Duct Cross Pipe 14 Cylinder Head Cover 15 Oil Separator 16 Oil Separator 17 Air Admission and Vent Connection 18 Air Admission and Vent Connection 19 Throttle Valve 20 Vent Line A Fresh Air B Blowby Gas in Partial Load C Blowby Gas in Full Load ...

Page 280: ...d at the air conditioner bracket 6 and then returns into the oil pan through the drain pipe 7 The vacuum pressure generated at the crankcase sucks fresh air from intake air line 13 through the air admission and vent connection 17 18 The fresh air prevents engine oil from being contami nated and the air admission and vent connection 17 18 is designed to control the rapid pressure changes in intake ...

Page 281: ...Nm Removal Installation Procedure 1 Remove the drive belt 2 Remove the alternator 3 Unscrew the alternator carrier bolts and remove the carrier Installation Notice 4 Bolt M8 x 70 1 piece 22 5 27 5 Nm 5 Bolt M8 x 75 1 piece 22 5 27 5 Nm Tightening Torque 10 15 Nm 4 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 282: ...oud 1 Vent Hose 2 Bolt M8 x 91 2 pieces 22 5 27 5 Nm 3 Power Steering Pump 4 Bolt M8 x 105 4 pieces 22 5 27 5 Nm 5 Washer 6 A C Compressor 7 Bolt M8 x 40 3 pieces M8 x 95 2 pieces 22 5 27 5 Nm 8 A C Bracket 9 Gasket Replace 10 Bracket 11 Bolt M8 x 22 2 pieces 22 5 27 5 Nm 12 Tensioning Pulley 13 Nut 40 5 49 5 Nm ...

Page 283: ...he oil 3 Unscrew the bolts arrows and remove the steering pump Installation Notice Notice Pull the tensioning pulley clockwise as shown in the figure 4 Remove the compressor after disconnecting the wiring connector and refrigerant pipe of A C compressor Notice Discharge all the refrigerant before removing the pipes Tightening Torque 40 5 49 5 Nm Tightening Torque 22 5 27 5 Nm ...

Page 284: ...bolts arrows and remove the A C bracket and the gasket Installation Notice 7 Clean the sealing surface 8 Replace the gasket with new one 9 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 10 Check the oil leakage by operating the engine after installation Tightening Torque 22 5 27 5 Nm ...

Page 285: ...1B1 22 M162 ENGINE MECHANICAL HYDRAULIC ENGINE MOUNTING INSULATOR Service Data ...

Page 286: ... 1B1 23 Sectional View 1 Rubber Body 2 Brackek 3 Core 4 Lower Bolt 5 Rubber Plunger 6 Plunger Plate 7 Rubber 8 Plate 9 Lower Orifice 10 Upper Orifice 11 Diaphram 12 Cover Plate 13 Upper Bolt 14 Flange Bolt 15 Rivet 16 Fluid ...

Page 287: ...ine mounting and remove the engine Installation Notice 3 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Tightening Torque 62 93 Nm 2 Unscrew the lower nut 3 and remove the hydraulic engine mounting insulator Installation Notice Tightening Torque 28 47 Nm Notice If the insulator is spotted with oil replace the hydraulic insulator assembly ...

Page 288: ... Procedure 1 Release the belt tension by turning the belt tensioning pulley nut clockwise 2 Remove the poly v belt Notice Check the belt for damage and tensioning pulley bearing point for wear and replace them if necessary 3 Install the belt by turning the nut of tensioning pulley clockwise 2 Belt Tensioning Pulley ...

Page 289: ...ECHANICAL Poly V Belt Arrangement 1 Belt Tensioning Pulley 2 Crankshaft Belt Pulley 3 A C Compressor Pulley 4 Cooling Fan Pulley 5 Alternator Pulley 6 Idler 7 Power Steering Pump Pulley 8 Cooling Fan and Water Pump Pulley ...

Page 290: ...5 2 Bolt Combi M8 x 14 3 pieces Washer 22 5 27 5Nm Removal Installation Procedure 1 Remove the poly v belt 2 Remove the tensioning pulley by turning its mounting nut counter clockwise as shown in figure Installation Notice 3 Water Pump Pulley 4 Nut 5 Tensioning Pulley Tightening Torque 40 5 49 5 Nm ...

Page 291: ...nsioning device and remove the tensioning device arrow Installation Notice 3 Remove the 3 bolts 2 and remove the water pump pulley arrow Installation Notice 5 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Tightening Torque 22 5 27 5 Nm Tightening Torque 26 32 Nm ...

Page 292: ...Y V BELT INSPECTION l Make marks on the belt with chalk l Rotate the engine and check the belt for damage Notice If one of the following types of damages is found replace the belt 1 Rubber lumps in the base of rib 2 Dirt or grit ingrained 5 Cord torn out at the side 6 Outer cords frayed ...

Page 293: ...1B1 30 M162 ENGINE MECHANICAL 7 Rib detached from the base of belt 8 Splits across the rib 9 Sections of rib torn out 10 Splits across several ribs 11 Splits across the back of the belt ...

Page 294: ...x 65 8 pieces 9 11 Nm 3 Bolt M6 x 50 4 pieces 9 11 Nm 4 Spacer Sleeve 5 Thrust Piece Composition of The Cylinder Head Cover Bolts A M6 x 50 4 Pieces Bolts Washers B M6 x 65 8 Pieces Bolts Washers 6 Cylinder Head Cover 7 Gasket Replace 8 Spart Plug Hole Seal Replace 9 Camshaft Seal Replace ...

Page 295: ...le 4 Unscrew all the bolts 2 3 and remove the head cover and the gasket Installation Notice Notice Unscrew the seven M6 x 60 bolts and remove the ignition cable cover Notice Replace the gasket with a new one if necessary 5 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 6 Check for oil leaks by operating the engine Tightening Torque 8 9 Nm Tightening Torque 9 10 Nm Tightening...

Page 296: ...ction fitting 1 Camshaft Position Sensor 2 Magnet Assembly 3 Upper Guide Rail 4 Bolt M6 x 60 3 pieces 22 5 27 5 Nm 5 Bolt M8 x 80 3 pieces 22 5 27 5 Nm 6 Front Cover 7 Rubber Gasket Replace 8 Bolt M6 x 16 3 pieces 9 11 Nm Removal Installation Procedure 1 Remove the magnet assembly Installation Notice Tightening Torque 9 11 Nm ...

Page 297: ...e gasket with new one and apply the sealant 5 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Apply the sealant at the mating surface of the cylinder head and the front cover 3 Remove the upper guide rail pin and the guide rail 3 Installation Notice Install it while the chain tensioner is loose Tightening Torque 22 5 27 5 Nm ...

Page 298: ...er Removal of cylinder head front cover Removal of upper intake manifold 1 Cylinder Head Bolt 14 pieces 1st step 55 Nm 2nd step 90 3rd step 90 2 Washers 14 pieces 3 Flange Bolts 3 pieces 1st step 20 Nm 2nd step 90 4 Exhaust Camshaft Sprocket 5 Cylinder Head 6 Gasket Replace 7 Dowel Sleeve ...

Page 299: ... bolts Tools Required 000 589 01 10 00 Box Wrench Insert 116 589 02 34 00 Screw fixed Pin 116 589 20 33 00 Sliding Hammer Removal Installation Procedure 1 Rotate the crankshaft so that the piston of number 1 cylinder is at TDC Notice Rotate the crankshaft in the normal engine direction 2 Put the alignment marks arrows on the timing chain and camshaft sprocket 3 Drain the coolant from the crankcase...

Page 300: ... length l Apply the oil to the thread surface of bolt 9 Carefully remove the cylinder head and check the mating surface 10 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 6 Remove the guide rail fixing pin from the cylinder head using the sliding hammer 01 and the threaded pin 02 Sliding Hammer 116 589 20 33 00 Threaded Pin 116 589 02 34 00 Tightening Torque 1st step 55 Nm 2n...

Page 301: ...eces 22 5 27 5 Nm 2 A C Bracket 3 Bolt M8 x 65 3 pieces 22 5 27 5 Nm 4 Bolt M8 x 40 1 piece 22 5 27 5 Nm 5 Bolt M8 x 60 1 piece 22 5 27 5 Nm 6 Seal 7 Timing Gear Case Cover 8 Roll Pin 9 Bolt M6 x 22 6 pieces 9 11 Nm Removal Installation Procedure 1 Put the alignment marks arrows on the timing chain and camshaft sprocket 2 Unscrew the A C bracket bolts 1 and remove the bracket Installation Notice T...

Page 302: ...gear case cover and the bolt 9 from the oil pan Notice Be careful not to damage the oil pan gasket Installation Notice l Apply the sealant after cleaning the timing gear case cover surface l Be careful not to stain the oil chamber of chain tensioner with the sealant 5 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 6 Warm up the engine and check for oil leaks Tightening Torqu...

Page 303: ...MECHANICAL CRANKSHAFT SEALING REAR COVER Preceding Work Removal of the automatic transmission drive plate 1 Bolt M6 x 20 6 pieces 9 11 Nm 2 Radial Shaft Seal 3 Rear Cover 4 Sleeve 5 Bolt M6 x 85 2 pieces 9 11 Nm 6 Washer ...

Page 304: ...e rear sealing cover 3 Check the radial shaft seal and replace it if necessary 4 Apply the Loctite 573 to the rear cover sealing surface 5 Apply the engine oil to the dust lip of the radial shaft seal Notice Do not use the grease 6 Using the special tool press the radial shaft seal and the rear cover 7 Tighten the rear cover bolt 1 and then tighten the oil pan bolt 5 as specified and remove the sp...

Page 305: ... 2 Vibration Damper Disk 3 Bolt M6 x 20 6 pieces 7 7 9 5 Nm BELT PULLEY AND VIBRATION DAMPER Preceding Work Removal of cooling fan and viscous clutch Removal of fan shroud Removal of drive belt 4 Vibration Damper Assembly 5 Woodruff Key 6 Bolt M6 x 12 4 pieces 9 11 Nm 7 Cooling Fan Pulley ...

Page 306: ...iven 8 Crankshaft Sprocket Oil pump Driven 9 Crankshaft 10 Oil Pan 11 Oil Pan Gasket 12 Oil Pan Mounting Bolt M6 x 22 Service Data Standard Permissble Deviation of The Vibration Damper Radial Runout Axial Runout 0 6 mm 0 6 mm Tools Required 103 589 00 33 00 Puller 001 589 65 09 00 Socket Wrench Insert 602 589 00 40 00 Engine Lock Removal Installation Procedure 1 Adjust the piston of number 1 cylin...

Page 307: ...he flywheel ring gear 3 Remove the center bolt Installation Notice Tightening Torque 1st step 200 220 Nm 2nd step 90 10 4 Remove the vibration damper assembly using the puller 5 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Notice If possible don t separate the vibration damper and the pulley ...

Page 308: ... seal with a screw driver Notice Use a clean cloth not to damage the radial seal mounting hole and the crankshaft 5 Remove the sleeve and install the belt pulley and the vibration damper 6 Check for leaks while operating the engine 2 Coat the radial sealing lip with engine oil 3 Using the sleeve assemble the radial seal 4 Align the sleeve groove and the woodruff key and tighten the center bolt unt...

Page 309: ...dre 1 Remove the radial seal with a screw driver Notice Use a clean cloth not to damage the radial seal mounting hole and the crankshaft 2 Install the special tool 2 to the crankshaft 3 Apply the engine oil on the special tool 2 Notice Do not use the grease 4 Install the radial seal on the inner parts assembler 5 Press in the special tool 1 until the radial seal is stopped 6 Check for leaks while ...

Page 310: ...val of engine assembly Removal of timing gear case cover Removal of cylinder head Removal of oil pump Removal of oil shield 1 12 sided Stretch Bolt 55 Nm x 90 Iubricate 2 Crank Shaft Bearing Cap 3 Crank Shaft Low Main Bearing 4 Lower Thrust Bearing 5 Crank Shaft ...

Page 311: ... 7 l Color Dot Marking The color dot marking are put on the 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 and it indicates the diameter of crankshaft journal by color as below A Crankcase Side B Bearing Cap Side Oil Pan Side C Axial Fit Bearing Number 5 Bearing Point D Radial Bearing 1 Upper Main Bearing 2 Upper Thrust Bearing 3 Crankshaft 4 Lower Main Bearing 5 Lower Thrust Bearing ...

Page 312: ...nkshaft Journal Diameter mm 57 960 57 965 57 955 57 960 57 950 57 955 57 945 57 950 57 940 57 945 Punching Mark Bearing Color Selected Blue Yellow Red Marking Letter B Y R W V Bearing Color Selected Blue Yellow Red White Violet Service Data Unit mm Crankshaft Bearing Jour nal Diameter Crankshaft Bearing Diameter Crankshaft Journal Width at fit bearing Connecting Rod Bearing Journal Diameter Connec...

Page 313: ...r and lower bearing shells do not change each other and coat with engine oil l The oil grooves arrows in the thrust washers must face outward and insert the thrust bearing into the bearing cap l There are five kinds of thrust washers by thickness Select the proper washer when repaired 3 Remove the crankshaft 4 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 5 After completion...

Page 314: ...e at 2 points 1 2 l Measure A B and C as shown If average value of B and C is less than value A then the average value of B and C is actual average value If average value of B and C is more than value A is actual average value 4 Measure and record the diameter of the crankshaft bearing journal Notice l Record the mean value when measured at 3 points A B C l Measure the inner diameter of bearing an...

Page 315: ...g Journal NO 3 4 6 Measuring Position Radial Axial Radial Axial Gap mm Static condition 0 015 0 039 Dynamic condition 0 031 0 051 Consider the expansion 0 011 0 016 0 010 0 254 Static condition 0 011 0 039 Dynamic condition 0 031 0 051 Consider the expansion 0 015 0 022 0 010 0 254 Item Connecting Rod Bearing Measuring Position Radial Gap mm 0 030 0 050 ...

Page 316: ...Flywheel Mounting Bolt M10 x 22 8 pieces 1st step 45 5 Nm 2nd step 90 10 2 Plate 3 Driven Plate A T 4 Dowel Pin Service Data Standard Stretch Bolt Nominal Size Stretch Side Diameter Bolt Length Tightening Torque M x 1 5 8 5 0 2 mm 8 0 mm 21 8 22 2 mm When New Min Diameter When New D d L 1st step 50 Nm 2nd step 90 ...

Page 317: ... Rivet 13 Segment 14 Ring Gear l Replace the bolt when the stretch side diameter d of the flywheel mounting bolt is less than 8 0mm l For the stretch bolt tightening keep the socket wrench and Tommy bar to be 90 and tighten as specified 2 Remove the flywheel for manual transmission vehicles or the driven plate 3 and plate 2 for Auto transmission vehicle 3 Installation should follow the removal pro...

Page 318: ...Nut M20 x 1 5 60 70 Nm 7 Front Cover 8 Seal 9 Camshaft Position Sensor 10 Bolt M6 x 16 2 pieces 9 11 Nm 11 Seal 12 Seal Cover 13 Camshaft Sprocket and Position Indicator b 14 Adjuster piston 15 Flange bolt M7 x 13 3 pieces 1st step 18 22 Nm 2nd step 90 5 16 Flange Shaft 17 Compression Spring 18 Control Piston 19 Circlip 20 Oil Gallery 21 Pin 22 Intake Camshaft ...

Page 319: ...nscrew the bolt 3 from the armature 4 and remove the armature Installation Notice 3 Bolt 4 Amarture 6 Nut M20 x 1 5 11 Seal Cover 5 Unscrew the nut 6 and remove the ring and seal cover 11 Installation Notice Tightening Torque 35 Nm Tightening Torque 60 70 Nm 12 Camshaft Sprocket 17 Control Piston 21 Intake Camshaft 6 Unscrew the sprocket bolt from the exhaust camshaft and remove the sprocket Insta...

Page 320: ...t 16 from the intake camshaft 22 after removing the bolt 15 Installation Notice The sprocket bolt is designed to be used only once so always replace with new one 8 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 9 Adjust the camshaft timing Tightening Torque 1st step 18 22 Nm 2nd step 90 5 ...

Page 321: ...haft Sprocket Bolt Notice The sprocket bolts are designed to be used only once so always replace with new one C M7 x 13 Collar Bolt Torx T30 e 6 8mm 16 Flange Shaft 18 Control Piston 22 Intake Camshaft E M7 x 13 Collar Bolt Torx T30 e 6 8mm 13a Camshaft Sprocket 22a Exhaust Camshaft Tightening Torque 1st step 18 22 Nm 2nd step 90 5 Tightening Torque 1st step 18 22 Nm 2nd step 90 5 ...

Page 322: ...ding Work Removal of cylinder head cover removal of coolant connection fitting 1 Chain Tensioner Assembly 72 88 Nm 2 Exhaust Camshaft Sprocket 3 Upper Guide Rail 4 Cylinder Head Front Cover 5 Intake Camshaft Sprocket 6 Chain 7 Wrench Special Tool ...

Page 323: ... BTDC 30 2 Remove the alternator 3 Remove the chain tensioner 4 Remove the cylinder head front cover and the upper guide rail 6 Unscrew the exhaust camshaft sprocket bolt and remove the sprocket 7 Separate the chain from the intake camshaft sprocket and put the chain not to be dropped into timing case 5 Put the alignment marks arrows on the camshaft sprocket 2 5 and the timing chain 6 ...

Page 324: ...ice Turn the crankshaft in the direction of engine rotation 3 Turn the camshaft using the wrench special tool so that the intake camshaft adjustment hole lines up with the cylinder head upper side 3 o clock direction at the intake 9 o clock direction at the exhaust Notice Turn the crankshaft and adjust it to OT so that No 1 cylinder s piston would be at TDC Install the bearing caps according to th...

Page 325: ... Notice 7 Rotate the crankshaft 2 revolutions and check followings TDC of no 1 cylinder OT Alignment between camshaft adjustment hole and cylinder head surface Alignments between timing chain and sprocket marks Notice l Turn the crankshaft in the direction of engine rotation l Read just if not aligned 6 Install the chain tensioner and tighten it as specified Notice l Make sure that the camshaft sp...

Page 326: ...M162 ENGINE MECHANICAL 1B1 63 8 Install the upper guide rail and cylinder head front cover 9 Install the alternator ...

Page 327: ...ITION Preceding Work Removal of cylinder head cover Removal of cylinder head front cover 1 Chain Tensioner Assembly 2 Exhaust Camshaft Sprocket 3 Upper Guide Rail 4 Cylinder Head Front Cover 5 Wrench Special Tool 6 Adjustment Hole Fitting Pin φ 4 0 mm ...

Page 328: ...he guide rail in gear case cover Tools Required 104 589 01 01 00 Spanner Inspection 1 Position the No 1 cylinder piston to TDC OT by turning the crankshaft Notice When the OT mark on vibration damper is aligned with timing gear case cover the intake and exhaust cam of cylinder will make the slope to the center and will face up In this way the adjustment hole of the intake and exhaust camshaft will...

Page 329: ...ce so replace with new one 10 Install the chain tensioner Installation Notice Tightening Torque 1st step 18 22 Nm 2nd step 90 5 9 Install the chain to the exhaust camshaft sprocket and install it to the camshaft Installation Notice Sprocket Bolt Tightening Torque Screw Plug 40 Nm Tensioner Assembly 72 88 Nm ...

Page 330: ...moval of camshaft Removal of spark plug 1 Valve Tappet Assembly 2 Valve Cotter 3 Upper Retainer 4 Valve Spring Check Replace if necessary 5 Valve Stem Seal 6 Lower Retainer 7 Connecting Hose 8 Thrust Piece 9 Slide 10 Adjust Bolt 11 Lever Pusher 12 Supporting Bar ...

Page 331: ... to position the each cylinder piston at TDC 5 Install the engine lock to the ring gear to prevent the crankshaft from rotating 6 Blow up with compressed air Notice l Remove the valve spring only at TDC l Always rotate the crankshaft by holding the chain to prevent from timing chain damage and tangling and for smooth rotation 3 Remove the valve tappet 1 using the magnetic finger 4 Install the leak...

Page 332: ...e thrust piece 8 and the slide 9 perpendicular to each other 11 Secure the slide 9 by turning the adjust bolt 10 12 Press the valve spring 4 by using the lever pusher 11 14 Remove the upper retainer 3 and the valve spring 4 15 Remove the valve stem seal and replace if necessary Notice Check the valve stem seal and replace if necessary 16 Remove the lower retainer 6 Notice Check the retainer for da...

Page 333: ... ENGINE MECHANICAL Test Upper and Lower Valve Tappet and Valve Cotter l Upper Valve Spring Retainer l Lower Valve Spring Retainer l Valve Cotter 12 3 D d 8 5 Size mm Thickness mm a 0 8 1 0 9 2 9 8 H B 9 0 Size mm ...

Page 334: ...00 Pliers 104 589 00 37 00 Tools Required 104 589 00 37 00 Pliers 119 589 00 43 00 Drift Replacement Procedure 1 Remove the valve stem seal 2 using the pliers Notice Check the valve stem seal for damage and replace if necessary 2 Coat the valve stem seal with oil and assemble it with the protective sleeve 3 Insert the valve stem seal by pressing it with the drift ...

Page 335: ...ion and check whether the intake camshaft cam s lobe arrow stays in the upper side 2 Cover the alternator with a clean cloth 3 Release the tension by unscrewing the screw plug once Notice In case that the tension is reduced by unscrewing the screw plug reinstall after completely removing the chain tensioner If the chain tensioner is tightened again without completely reducing its tension then the ...

Page 336: ... the removal of screw plug be careful that it can be jumped out due to the force of compression spring l Remove the screw plug only when the seal and compression spring are damaged 5 Carefully remove the filler pin 3 compression spring 4 snap ring 5 and the thrust pin 6 6 Remove the chain tensioner housing 7 and the seal 8 3 Insert the compression spring 4 with the filler pin 3 into chain tensione...

Page 337: ...ller Pin 7 Compression Spring 8 Snap Ring 9 Thrust Pin 10 Ball Nonreturn Valve 11 Compression Spring 12 Thrust Piece 13 Chain Tensioner Housing 14 Seal 15 Timing Gear Case Cover 16 Cylinder Head 17 Bolt Washer 18 Tensioning Rail 19 Cylinder Head Gasket 20 Timing Chain 21 Tensioning Rail Base Sliding Surface A Oil Supply Hole B Chain Tensioner Oil Storage Hole 5 Check for leaks by operating the eng...

Page 338: ...M162 ENGINE MECHANICAL 1B1 75 TIMING CHAIN Preceding Work Removal of cylinder head cover Removal of spark plug 1 Pin 2 New Timing Chain 3 Timing Chain Used 4 Wedge 5 Link 6 Center Plate 7 Outer Plate ...

Page 339: ...sition the No 1 cylinder to TDC OT 4 Mount the wedges to both sides of the camshaft sprocket as shown in the figure 2 Insert the φ 4mm pin to the intake and exhaust camshaft flange not to rotate camshaft 3 Remove the chain tensioner 5 Cover the chain housing with a clean cloth and grind off the timing chain pin from the intake camshaft sprocket with the grinder ...

Page 340: ...ng chain against the exhaust camshaft sprocket to prevent it to be tangled Notice Be sure to remove the wedge before cranking the engine 9 Take out the used timing chain out from the chain housing 10 Connect both separators of the new timing chain with the link 5 and the center plate 6 6 Remove the outer plate 7 with the screw driver and remove the link 5 11 Install the jaw a and the thrust piece ...

Page 341: ... 13 Install the assembly tool above the link and tighten the spindle c until a block is felt 14 Place the assembly tool 12 Place the outer plate 7 thickness 1 2mm inside the thrust piece b 16 Install the assembly tool to the link pin and tighten the spindle c Tightening Torque 30 Nm ...

Page 342: ...B1 79 17 Rivet the link pin Check the condition and it again if necessary 18 Install the chain tensioner Installation Notice 19 Check the camshaft timing position Tightening Torque Screw Plug 40 Nm Tensioner Assembly 72 88 Nm ...

Page 343: ...mark at the camshaft sprocket and the timing chain with the paint arrow 2 Remove the exhaust camshaft sprocket 3 Remove the tensioning rail 1 from the tensioning rail pin 3 Notice l Replace the plastic guide 2 if it is damaged l For installation exactly align the plastic guide 2 with the tensioning rail 1 4 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 5 Check the camshaft ...

Page 344: ... the guide rail 2 4 Turn the exhaust camshaft to the opposite direction of rotation using the wrench 4 special tool 104 589 01 01 00 5 Check for damages at the upper sliding rail and replace it if necessary Install the upper guide rail pin 6 Install the chain tensioner Installation Notice CYLINDER HEAD GUIDE RAIL Preceding Work Removal of cylinder head cover 1 Chain Tensioner 2 Upper Guide Rail 3 ...

Page 345: ... mark at the camshaft sprocket and the timing chain with the paint arrow 2 Remove the exhaust camshaft sprocket 3 Remove the guide rail 1 from the guide rail pin 3 Notice l Replace the plastic guide 2 if damaged l Connect the plastic guide 2 and the guide rail 1 by aligning them accurately when installing 4 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 5 Check the camshaft ...

Page 346: ...l pan Removal of tensioning rail Removal of crank case guide rail 6 Bolt M8 x 20 1 piece Washer 29 35 Nm 7 Oil Pump Sprocket 8 Oil Pump 9 Oil Pump Roller Chain 10 Timing Chain 1 Oil Pump Chain Tensioner 2 Oil Pump Chain Bushing 3 Oil Pump Chain Spring 4 Crankshaft Sprocket 5 Key ...

Page 347: ...stalling 2 Unscrew the bolt 6 and remove the oil pump sprocket 7 from the oil pump Installation Notice Puller 04 615 589 01 33 00 3 Remove the oil pump roller chain 9 4 Remove the oil pump chain tensioner 1 oil pump chain bushing 2 and the oil pump chain spring 3 5 Remove the crankshaft sprocket 4 using the puller 04 special tool Notice l Make sure not to lose the crankshaft pulley key 5 when remo...

Page 348: ...Removal of engine Removal of cylinder head Removal of oil pan Removal of oil pump Removal of baffle plate 1 Connecting Rod Bearing Cap 2 Connecting Rod 3 Connecting Rod Bolt M9 x 52 12 pieces 1st step 40 Nm 2nd step 90 5 4 Piston 5 Snap Ring 6 Piston Pin ...

Page 349: ...nd remove the cap 2 Remove the connecting rod and the piston upward Notice Make sure that the bearing cap and shell are not changed each other 3 Remove the snap ring 5 and pull out the piston pin 6 Notice Remove the snap ring using a clean cloth as shown in the right picture so that the piston piston ring and the snap ring don t get damaged Installation Procedure ...

Page 350: ...earing shell and the piston and coat them with engine oil 4 Install the piston ring using the tensioning strap 000 589 04 14 00 5 Install the piston so that the arrow on the piston head faces to the forward of the vehicle 6 After aligning the connecting rod and the bearing cap mark or a number tighten the bolts Installation Notice Tightening Torque 1st step 35 45 Nm 2nd step 90 5 Apply the engine ...

Page 351: ...The Connecting Rod b at Bushing Bore Basic Bore at The Bearing Shell D1 Basic Bore at The Bushing d1 Bushing Inner Diameter d Clearance Between The Piston Pin and The Bushing Peak to valley Height of Connecting Rod Bushing on Inside Permissible Wwist of Connecting Rod Bearing Bore to Connecting Rod Bushing Bore Permissible Deviation of Axial Paralleism of Connecting Rod Bearing Bore to Connecting ...

Page 352: ...indication or number arrow of the connecting rods and the bearing cap when installing Notice l Make sure it doesn t exceed over 4g with other connecting rods when replacing the connecting rods l Check if the connecting rod and the bearing cap are accurately seated on the groove when replacing the bearing Notice If the length exceeds max length replace it Length When New L Max Length L Tightening T...

Page 353: ... 6 Hook Spring Notice If out of specification replace the piston ring Tools Required 000 589 51 37 00 Clamping Strap Replacement Procedure 1 Measure the piston ring s gap Gap Between The Piston and The Piston Ring Groove 1 0 20 0 40 mm Groove 2 0 20 0 40 mm Groove 3 0 20 0 45 mm Groove 1 0 015 0 050 mm Groove 2 0 020 0 040 mm Groove 3 0 010 0 045 mm End Gap of The Piston Ring ...

Page 354: ...with a pliers 3 For installation position the piston ring to be the TOP mark on the piston ring upward and arrange the piston ring ends to be 120 apart 4 Adjust the hook spring joint in the oil ring 180 away from the ring end Clamping Strap 000 589 51 37 00 ...

Page 355: ...3 Engine Oil Filler Cap 4 Dipstick Gauge Specifications Application Capacity Descrition Min 6 7L Max 8 2L l API SH or above grade l ACEA A2 or A3 l Approved oil by MB Sheet 229 1 l Approved oil by MB Sheet 224 1 l Initial at 1000 1500km Replace every 15000km Quality Viscosity Replacemant ...

Page 356: ...il level switch 3 Unscrew the bolts 10 for oil level switch and check the O ring 11 for wear or damage And replace it if necessary 4 Unscrew the bolts and remove the oil pan and gasket Notice Arrange the bolts according to each size 5 Clean the inside of oil pan and sealing surface then apply the sealant 6 Replace the gasket with new one 7 Install the oil pan with gasket and tighten each bolt in s...

Page 357: ...r Head 16 Ball φ 15mm 17 Oil Restriction Inner φ 4mm 18 Oil Supply To Exhaust Camshaft 19 Oil Supply To Intake Camshaft 20 Oil Supply To Exhaust Camshaft Bearing 21 Oil Supply To Intake Camshaft Bearing 22 Oil Gallery Oil Supply to Exhaust Valve Tappet 23 Oil Gallery Oil Supply to Exhaust Valve Tappet 24 Camshaft Closing Cover 25 Ball φ 8 mm 26 Screw Plug 27 Camshaft Adjuster 28 Front Closing Cove...

Page 358: ...special tool 2 Install the wrench to the upper bolt in the socket wrench and remove the oil cover by turning it 3 Remove the oil filter element Notice Work with a cloth under the vehicle when removing the oil filter element to not drain the oil Replace the seal washer with new one 6 Replace the O ring 5 in the oil filter cover with new one Notice Apply the engine oil to the O ring 7 Insert new oil...

Page 359: ... Dipstick Gauge 9 Fill up engine oil through the engine oil filler opening 3 10 Check for oil leaks at normal engine temperature after starting the engine 11 Stop the engine and wait 5 minutes Check the oil level and fill up as specified if necessary ...

Page 360: ...M162 ENGINE MECHANICAL 1B1 97 OIL FILTER Preceding Work Removal of starter motor Removal of upper intake manifold 1 Coolant Line 2 O ring Replace 3 Clip 4 Hose 5 Bolt 23 Nm 6 Oil Filter 7 Gasket Replace ...

Page 361: ...low the removal procedure in the reverse order 5 Check engine oil level 6 Run the engine at idle and check the engine for leaks 3 Remove the oil filter bolt and then remove the oil filter Installation Notice Removal Installation Procedure 1 Drain the coolant from the crank case 2 Remove the each coolant line and hose ...

Page 362: ...M162 ENGINE MECHANICAL 1B1 99 1 Bolt M8 x 20 1 piece 29 35 Nm 2 Sprocket Oil Pump Drive 3 Bolt M8 x 35 3 pieces 22 5 27 5 Nm OIL PUMP Preceding Work Removal of oil pan 4 Spring Pin 5 Oil Pump ...

Page 363: ...lace the strainer in oil pump if necessary 6 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Tighten the baffle plate and the oil pump with the two bolts in right side first and then tighten the other bolt 3 Unscrew the bolt 9 from the oil strainer bracket Installation Notice 2 Unscrew the oil pump mounting bolts 3 Installation Notice Tightening Torque 29 35 Nm Tightening Tor...

Page 364: ... 2 Compression Spring Removal Installation Procedure 1 Remove the screw plug 1 Installation Notice 2 Remove the spring 2 guide pin 3 and the piston 4 3 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Notice Don t use the seal for the screw plug 3 Guide Pin 4 Piston Tightening Torque 50 Nm ...

Page 365: ...turn valve prevents the oil in the chain tensioner from drying up In other words it stops oil returning in order to prevent the oil in the chain tensioner from getting dry As a result the chain tensioner can be activated with oil in itself Replacement Procedure 1 Remove the non return valve using a pliers 2 Insert new non return valve with hand ...

Page 366: ... dipstick level gauge 1 2 Remove the bolt 4 in the upper intake manifold and remove the oil dipstick guide tube Installation Notice 3 Install new O ring to the dipstick guide tube 4 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 5 Check for leaks by starting the engine 3 O ring 4 Bolt M6 x 12 1 piece 9 11 Nm Tightening Torque 9 11 Nm ...

Page 367: ... Removal of crankshaft removal of oil spray nozzle 1 Plug 2 Steel Ball Cleaning Procedure 1 Remove the plug 1 with a screwdriver 2 Using a round bar 3 and hammer remove the steel ball 2 3 Using the compressed air blow into the oil galleries and clean it off 3 Round Bar φ 11 x 750 mm ...

Page 368: ...ameter of 16mm depth of 15mm 2 Using an M16 x 1 5 thread tap make the thread at the end of main oil gallery 4 3 Throughly clean the oil gallery with compressed air and tighten the screw plug M16 x 1 5 after applying sealing bond on it 4 Apply Loctite 270 on new plug and tighten to the hole until the drift is stopped after inserting new plug into the drift 3 Screw Plug ...

Page 369: ... of cylinder head Removal of camshaft Removal of tappet 1 Screw Plug 15 Nm 2 Seal Cleaning Procedure 1 Remove the screw plug 1 and the seal 2 Installation Notice Replace the seal with new one 2 Clean the oil gallery using the compressed air 3 Steel Ball φ 8mm Tightening Torque 15 Nm ...

Page 370: ...g the round bar 12 φ 6 x 700 mm 4 Enlarge the oil gallery at the rear of the cylinder head to be diameter 9mm depth 8mm 5 Tap in the steel ball 3 from the side to the oil gallery using the punch 13 6 Pull out the steel ball 3 using the round bar 12 7 Enlarge the oil gallery to be diameter 9mm depth 8mm Tightening Torque 15 Nm 3 Remove the plug 8 using the screw driver ...

Page 371: ...rrow Screw Plug Part No 000 908 01 00 02 Seal Part No 007 603 01 01 03 8 Make a screw hole at the oil gallery using M10 x 1 thread 9 All the oil gallery should be cleaned with the compressed air 10 Apply the Loctite 270 to new plug and press in using a suitable drift arrow ...

Page 372: ...M162 ENGINE MECHANICAL 1B1 109 CORE PLUGS IN CRANKCASE Preceding Work Draining of the coolant 1 Core Plug Replace ...

Page 373: ... the core plug until the end of one side comes out using the screw driver 3 Pull out the plug carefully using a pliers 5 Press in new plug using a drift Notice Wait for about 45minutes before filling the coolant so that the Loctite 240 hardens 6 Warm up the engine and check the coolant for leaks 4 Clean the sealing surface and apply Loctite 241 ...

Page 374: ...to be Used A or X A X or B X or B X 5 X 10 Cylinder Bore Size mm φ 89 900 φ 90 906 φ 89 906 φ 89 912 φ 89 912 φ 89 918 φ 89 950 φ 89 968 φ 90 000 φ 90 018 Type Standard Size φ 89 9 1st Repair Size Standard Size 0 25 2nd Repair Size Standard Size 0 5 Group Code Letter1 A X B A X B A X B Cylinder Bore Size mm φ 89 900 φ 90 906 φ 89 906 φ 89 912 φ 89 912 φ 89 918 φ 90 150 φ 90 156 φ 89 156 φ 90 162 φ...

Page 375: ...ansverse Direction a LocationoftheNo 1PistonRingatTDC b Location of the Piston BDC c Location of the Oil Ring at BDC ChamferAngle Wear Limit in Longitudinal and Transverse Direction Permissible Deviation of Cylinder Out of round Permissible Deviation of Rectangular Cylinder Height Except Chamfered Area Basic Peak to valley Height After Final Honing and Brushing Chamfer Angle Honing Angle When new ...

Page 376: ...g Flatness Permissible Deviation of Parallelism of The Upper to Lower Mating Surface Peak to valley Height Crankcase Upper Mating Surface Crankcase Lower Mating Surface Axial Direction Transverse Direction Crankcase Upper Mating Surface Crankcase Lower Mating Surface 282 25 282 35mm 281 95mm 0 03mm 0 04mm 0 1mm 0 05mm 0 005 0 020mm 0 025mm ...

Page 377: ...1B1 114 M162 ENGINE MECHANICAL Chamfering Procedure 1 Chamfer angle 60 2 Polish the lower chamfered area evenly with a grinder after finishing the chamfering with a suitable tool e g hand milling cutter ...

Page 378: ...he mating surface of crankcase and cylinder head Overall Height of Cylinder Head Minimum Height After Machining Flatness Distance T Between Camshaft Bearing and Valve Stem Axial Direction Transverse Direction Standard Size Repair Size 135 9 136 0 mm 135 5 mm 0 08 mm 0 0 mm 24 21 24 75 mm 22 21 22 75 mm 23 96 24 51 mm 21 96 22 51 mm Intake Exhaust Intake Exhaust ...

Page 379: ...d 3 Mill the sharp edge of the combustion chamber 4 Re measure the height H of the cylinder head 5 Seal the intake and exhaust valves 6 Measure the dimension T between the camshaft bearing and the valve system refer to Service data standard 7 Mill the cylinder head valve seat refer to Service data standard Universal Tool Surface Grinding Machine Sceledum Type RTY Roaro Schio Italy ...

Page 380: ...1B2 32 Cylinder Head Cover 1B2 35 Cylinder Head Front Cover 1B2 37 Cylinder Head 1B2 39 Timing Gear Case Cover 1B2 44 Crankshaft Sealing Rear Cover 1B2 47 Belt Pulley and Vibration Damper 1B2 49 Crankshaft Front Radial Seal 1B2 52 Crankshaft Rear Radial Seal 1B2 53 Crankshaft 1B2 54 Flywheel Driven Plate 1B2 60 Camshaft Adjuster 1B2 62 TABLE OF CONTENTS Camshaft Sprocket Bolt 1B2 65 Camshaft 1B2 6...

Page 381: ...ler Shaft to Transmission Engine Mounting Nut Alternator Carrier Bolt Belt Pulley Bolt Steering Pump Bolt A C Bracket Bolt Intake Air Duct Bolt Ignition Cable Cover Bolt Cylinder Head Cover Bolt Camshaft Adjuster Bolt Cylinder Head Front Cover Bolt Flange Bolt in Exhaust Camshaft Sprocket Cylinder Head Bolt Cooling Fan Bracket Bolt Timing Gear Case Cover Bolt M8 M6 Crankshaft Rear Cover Bolt Vibra...

Page 382: ...ft Oil Pump Sprocket Bolt Tensioning Device Bolt Water Pump Pulley Upper Intake Manifold Bolt Lower Intake Mainfold Bolt Flange Bolt to Exhaust Mainfold Exhaust Mainfold Nut to Stud Bolt Rivet Nut in Exhuast Mainfold Hole Pre Silencer Bolt Oil Drain Plug Oil Filter Cover Oil Filter Bolt Oil Pump Drive Sprocket Bolt Oil Pump Mounting Bolt Oil Strainer Bracket Bolt Oil Pressure Relief Valve Screw Pl...

Page 383: ... 000 589 10 99 01 Torque Wrench 112 589 00 72 00 Oil Extractor 000 589 72 21 00 Torque Wrench 001 589 66 21 00 Torque Wrench 000 589 01 10 00 Box Wrench Insert 124 589 15 21 00 Radiator Cap Testing Unit 116 589 02 34 00 Screw Fixed Pin 000 589 40 37 00 Hose Clamp ...

Page 384: ...S TABLE Cont d 104 589 01 01 00 Spanner 111 589 18 61 00 Lever Pusher 111 589 25 63 00 Thrust Piece 111 589 01 59 00 Supporting Bar 116 589 06 63 00 Magnetic Finger 119 589 00 43 00 Drift 000 589 58 43 00 Chain Assembly 104 589 00 37 00 Pliers ...

Page 385: ...ABLE Cont d 116 589 20 33 00 Sliding Hammer 602 589 00 40 00 Engine Lock 103 589 00 33 00 Puller 601 589 03 43 00 Sleeve 001 589 65 09 00 Socket Wrench Insert 001 589 74 21 00 Torque Wrench 000 589 04 14 00 Clamping Strap 000 589 88 33 00 Puller ...

Page 386: ...TABLE Cont d 103 589 01 63 00 Rivet Set 103 589 02 09 00 Oil Filter Socket Wrench 102 589 12 15 00 Drift 615 589 01 33 00 Caulking Bolt 102 589 00 15 00 Drift 000 589 51 37 00 Clamping Strap 001 589 72 21 00 Torque Wrench 601 589 03 14 00 Sleeve ...

Page 387: ...1B2 8 M161 ENGINE MECHANICAL SPECIAL TOOLS TABLE Cont d 617 589 00 10 00 Wrench Socket 104 589 00 40 00 Holder 111 589 03 15 00 Insert Pin 116 589 01 34 00 Threaded Bolt ...

Page 388: ...M161 ENGINE MECHANICAL 1B2 9 MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ON VEHICLE SERVICE ENGINE ASSEMBLY Tools Required 000 589 10 99 01 Torque Wrench 000 589 40 37 00 Hose Clamp 112 589 00 72 00 Oil Extractor ...

Page 389: ...n cock and drain the coolant Notice Open the coolant reservoir cap 5 Remove the air cleaner cover Remove the mounting bolts and air cleaner housing and element assembly Removal Installation Procedure 1 Disconnect the negative terminal of battery 2 Remove the hood 3 Remove the under cover Installation Notice Tightening Torque 28 47 Nm ...

Page 390: ... then remove the radiator 7 Loosen the cylinder block drain plug and then drain the coolant completely Installation Notice Tightening Torque 30 Nm Notice Replace the seal before installation of the drain plug 8 Remove the cooling fan shroud 9 Disconnect the each hose from radiator ...

Page 391: ...compressor 14 Remove the fuel feed and return line Notice Before removing the fuel lines release the pressure in the fuel system Installation Notice 13 Remove the acceleration control cable and automatic transmission pressure cable 11 Remove the hydraulic pipe of power steering Notice Completely drain the oil Tightening Torque 21 25 Nm ...

Page 392: ...connect the engine ground wire 15 Remove the automatic transmission dipstick guide tube 16 Disconnect the wire of alternator 17 Disconnect the wire of starter motor and remove the starter motor 18 Disconnect the engine main harness ground ...

Page 393: ...mshaft and crankshaft sensors 21 After removing the ignition coil cover disconnect the ignition coil connector 22 Remove the harness cover and disconnect the 6 injection valve connectors Disconnect the main harness 23 Separate the hose toward engine from canister purge solenoid valve 24 Remove the automatic transmission oil cooler line ...

Page 394: ...Notice 25 Separate the vacuum hose for brake booster 26 Separate the other vacuum hoses 27 Remove the propeller shaft from the front axle Installation Notice 28 By rotating the crankshaft from the front of engine remove the 6 torque converter mounting bolts from the engine ring gear plate Tightening Torque 81 89 Nm ...

Page 395: ...on Notice Tightening Torque 65 Nm 31 Remove the bolts for engine mounting bracket Installation Notice Tightening Torque 50 75 Nm 32 Hook the chain to the bracket of engine and by using a hoist or crane carefully separate the engine assembly from the vehicle 33 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 396: ...ir Duct Cross Pipe 5 Vent Line Full Load or Over Mid Load 6 Throttle Valve 7 Restrictor Diameter 1 1mm Mid Load at Idling 8 Intake Manifold 9 Vent Line Mid Load at Idling 10 Air Conditioner Bracket 11 Oil Separation Chamber Mid Load at Idling 12 Crank Chamber 13 Oil Return Pipe 14 Oil Pan 15 Timing Gear Case Cover 16 Crankcase 17 Chain Housing A Fresh Air C Blow by Gas D Vent Connection ...

Page 397: ...crank chamber 12 through the oil separation chamber 11 air conditioner bracket 10 vent line 9 and restrictor 7 mounted to the cylinder head The circulated engine oil returns to the oil pan through the oil return pipe 13 at the bottom of oil separation chamber 11 The fresh air gets supplied to the crank chamber 12 through the HFM sensor 1 intake air duct 4 vent line 5 oil separation chamber 3 chain...

Page 398: ...oss Pipe 5 Vent Line Full Load or Over Mid Load 6 Throttle Valve 7 Restrictor Diameter 1 1mm Mid Load at Idling 8 Intake Manifold 9 Vent Line Mid Load at Idling 10 Air Conditioner Bracket 11 Oil Separation Chamber Mid Load at Idling 12 Crank Chamber 13 Oil Return Pipe 14 Oil Pan 15 Timing Gear Case Cover 16 Crankcase 17 Chain Housing A Fresh Air C Blow by Gas D Vent Connection ...

Page 399: ...d The air flows very rapidly through the vent line 5 s connection D and the intake air duct when full load at partial load Consequently most of the low by gases are supplied to the combustion chamber through the timing gear case cover 15 chain housing 17 oil separation chamber 3 vent line 5 throttle valve 6 and intake manifold 8 ...

Page 400: ...n Notice Tightening Torque 22 5 27 5 Nm Notice Apply 3Nm of torque when mounting the bolt 1 apply 25 2 5Nm of torque when mounting the bolts 2 and 3 and then tighten the bolt 1 with 25 2 5Nm of torque 4 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 1 Bolt M8 X 40 3 pieces 22 5 27 5 Nm 2 Bolt M8 X 70 2 pieces 22 5 27 5 Nm 3 Bolt M8 X 85 1 piece 22 5 27 5 Nm 4 Alternator Brac...

Page 401: ...elt 1 Nut 35 2 28 8 Nm 2 Washer 3 Belt Pulley 4 Bolt M8 X 91 2 pieces 22 5 27 5 Nm 5 Power Steering Pump 6 Bracket 7 Washer 8 Bolt M8 X 20 2 pieces 22 5 27 5 Nm 9 Washer 10 Bolt M8 X 105 4 pieces 22 5 27 5 Nm 11 A C Compressor 12 Bolt M8 X 50 5 pieces M8 X 80 5 pieces 22 5 27 5 Nm 13 A C Bracket 14 Vent Hose 15 Bracket Gasket Replace ...

Page 402: ...and drain the oil 3 Unscrew the bolts arrows and remove the steering pump Installation Notice Notice Pull the tensioning pulley counterclockwise as shown in the figure 4 Remove the compressor after disconnecting the wiring connector and refrigerant pipe of A C compressor Notice Discharge all the refrigerant before removing the pipes Tightening Torque 40 5 49 5 Nm Tightening Torque 22 5 27 5 Nm ...

Page 403: ...bolts arrows and remove the A C bracket and the gasket Installation Notice 7 Clean the sealing surface 8 Replace the gasket with new one 9 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 10 Check the oil leakage by operating the engine after installation Tightening Torque 22 5 27 5 Nm ...

Page 404: ...M161 ENGINE MECHANICAL 1B2 25 HYDRAULIC ENGINE MOUNTING INSULATOR Service Data ...

Page 405: ...HANICAL Sectional View 1 Rubber Body 2 Brackek 3 Core 4 Lower Bolt 5 Rubber Plunger 6 Plunger Plate 7 Rubber 8 Plate 9 Lower Orifice 10 Upper Orifice 11 Diaphram 12 Cover Plate 13 Upper Bolt 14 Flange Bolt 15 Rivet 16 Fluid ...

Page 406: ...ine mounting and remove the engine Installation Notice 3 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Tightening Torque 62 93 Nm 2 Unscrew the lower nut 3 and remove the hydraulic engine mounting insulator Installation Notice Tightening Torque 28 47 Nm Notice If the insulator is spotted with oil replace the hydraulic insulator assembly ...

Page 407: ...l Installation Procedure 1 Release the belt tension by turning the stud on the cap with 12 sided wrench or spanner counterclockwise 2 Remove the poly v belt Notice Check the belt for damage and tensioning pulley bearing point for wear and replace them if necessary 3 Install the belt after prying the tensioning pulley 3 Belt Tensioner ...

Page 408: ...M161 ENGINE MECHANICAL 1B2 29 Poly V belt Arrangement 1 Belt Tensioning Pulley 2 Crankshaft Belt Pulley 3 A C Compressor Pulley 5 Alternator Pulley 7 Power Steering Pump Pulley 8 Water Pump Pulley ...

Page 409: ...r 22 5 27 5 Nm Removal Installation Procedure 1 Turn the stud bolt to counterclockwise 2 Insert the pin 111 589 01 15 00 into the hole in tensioning arm 3 Unscrew the bolts 1 2 and remove the tensioning device Installation Notice 4 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 3 Tensioning Device 4 Stud bolt 5 Tensioning Arm Tightening Torque 22 5 27 5 Nm ...

Page 410: ... 5 Nm Removal Installation Procedure 1 Remove the end cover 1 2 Remove the nut 2 and remove the tensioning pulley 3 Installation Notice 5 Tensioning Device 6 Bolt M8 X 35 Washer 22 5 27 5 Nm 7 Shock Absorber Tightening Torque 40 5 49 5 Nm 3 Unscrew the bolts 4 6 and remove the shock absorber 7 Installation Notice Tightening Torque 22 5 27 5 Nm ...

Page 411: ...le in the base of rib POLY V BELT INSPECTION l Make marks on the belt with chalk l Rotate the engine and check the belt for damage Notice If one of the following types of damages is found replace the belt 1 Rubber lumps in the base of rib 2 Dirt or grit ingrained ...

Page 412: ...M161 ENGINE MECHANICAL 1B2 33 5 Cord torn out at the side 6 Outer cords frayed 7 Rib detached from the base of belt 8 Splits across the rib 9 Sections of rib torn out 10 Splits across several ribs ...

Page 413: ...1B2 34 M161 ENGINE MECHANICAL 11 Splits across the back of the belt ...

Page 414: ...M161 ENGINE MECHANICAL 1B2 35 CYLINDER HEAD COVER 1 Ignition Coil Cover 2 Spark Plug Connector 3 Bolt M6 X 45 4 pieces M6 X 60 6 pieces 10 1 Nm 4 Cylinder Head Cover 5 Gasket Replace ...

Page 415: ...ke air duct Installation Notice 2 Remove the ignition coil cover Installation Notice 3 Remove the spark plug connector and ignition cable Notice Release 3 screws from the ignition cover and remove the cover for M161 Engine coil Tightening Torque 9 11 Nm Tightening Torque 9 10 Nm ...

Page 416: ...Installation Procedure 1 Disconnect the camshaft adjuster connector and remove the camshaft adjuster E23 engine only Installation Notice Tightening Torque 9 11 Nm 1 Bolt M6 X 16 3 pieces 9 11 Nm 2 Camshaft Adjuster 3 Bolt M8 X 35 2 pieces 22 5 27 5 Nm 4 Bolt M6 X 22 6 pieces 9 11 Nm 5 Front Cover E23 M161 973 6 Front Cover E20 M161 943 7 Sleeve 8 O ring Replace 9 Thermostat Housing ...

Page 417: ...ng Torque 3 22 5 27 5 Nm Tightening Torque 4 9 11 Nm Apply the sealant at the mating surface of the cylinder head and the front cover 3 Remove the O ring Installation Notice Replace the O ring with new one and apply the sealant 4 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 418: ...over Removal of intake manifold Removal of cylinder head lower line intake manifold side 1 Cylinder Head Bolt M12 X 100 10 pieces 1st step 55 Nm 2nd step 90 rotation added 3rd step 90 rotation added 3 Bolt M8 X 35 4 pieces 22 5 27 5 Nm 4 Camshaft Bearing cap 22 5 27 5 Nm 5 Cylinder Head 6 Gasket Replace 7 Dowel Sleeve Note ...

Page 419: ...iston of number 1 cylinder is at ATDC 20 2 Put the pin into the camshaft bearing cap number 1 6 Pin 111 589 03 15 00 3 Put the alignment marks arrows on the timing chain and camshaft sprocket 4 Remove the chain tensioner Installation Notice Tightening Torque 72 88 Nm Tightening Torque 1st step 18 22 Nm 2nd step 85 95 5 Remove the exhaust camshaft sprocket Installation Notice Notice The flange bolt...

Page 420: ... Piston 5 Camshaft Sprocket 6 Seal Cover 7 Nut Tightening Torque 1st step 18 22 Nm 2nd step 85 95 Notice The flange bolt is designed to be used only once so always replace with new one 8 Remove the guide rail pin using the sliding hammer 02 and the threaded pin 03 Notice Apply the sealant on guide rail pin when installation 9 Unscrew the bolts A Installation Notice Tightening Torque 22 5 27 5 Nm B...

Page 421: ...Gasket 6 Hanger Bracket Tightening Torque 1st step 55 5 Nm 2nd step 90 3rd step 90 11 Remove the No 1 bearing cap of the exhaust camshaft Installation Notice Tightening Torque 22 5 27 5 Nm 12 Install the special tool 05 on the bearing cap removed place and hook the engine hoist into them and remove the cylinder head carefully 13 Check the cylinder head mating surface and clean the crankcase head b...

Page 422: ...heck the length of the cylinder head bolt Tightening Torque When New 100 mm Max Length 105 mm Notice Replace the bolt if the measured length exceed the max length 16 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 423: ...ch Removal of cylinder head front cover Removal of tensioning device Removal of water pump Removal of oil filter element Removal of oil pan Removal of alternator bracker 1 Bolt M8 X 60 3 pieces 22 5 27 5 Nm 2 Bolt M8 X 75 1 piece 22 5 27 5 Nm 3 Seal 4 Timing gear case cover 5 O ring 6 Sleeve ...

Page 424: ...33 00 Threaded Pin 116 589 02 34 00 4 Put the alignment marks arrows on the timing chain and camshaft sprocket 5 Remove the chain tensioner Installation Notice Tightening Torque 78 88 Nm 6 Remove the intake and exhaust camshaft sprocket remove the camshaft adjuster assembly in E23 engine Installation Notice Tightening Torque 1st step 18 22 Nm 2nd step 85 95 Notice The flange bolt is designed to be...

Page 425: ...tion Notice Tightening Torque 22 5 27 5 Nm Notice Be careful not to damage the cylinder head gasket 11 Remove the radial shaft seal Notice Installation note replace the seal with new one 12 Clean the timing gear case cover and crankcase sealing surface 13 Replace the O ring with new one and apply the sealant on the sealing surface Notice Be careful not to stain the oil chamber of chain tensioner w...

Page 426: ...2 47 CRANKSHAFT SEALING REAR COVER Preceding Work Removal of the automatic transmission drive plate or flywheel 1 Bolt M6 x 20 6 pieces 9 11 Nm 2 Radial Shaft Seal 3 Rear Cover 4 Sleeve 5 Bolt M6 x 85 2 pieces 9 11 Nm 6 Washer ...

Page 427: ...e rear sealing cover 3 Check the radial shaft seal and replace it if necessary 4 Apply the Loctite 573 to the rear cover sealing surface 5 Apply the engine oil to the dust lip of the radial shaft seal Notice Do not use the grease 6 Using the special tool press the radial shaft seal and the rear cover 7 Tighten the rear cover bolt 1 and then tighten the oil pan bolt 5 as specified and remove the sp...

Page 428: ...VIBRATION DAMPER Preceding Work Removal of cooling fan and viscous clutch Removal of fan shroud Removal of drive belt 1 Center Bolt M18 X 55 1st step 200 220 Nm 2nd step 90 10 rotation added 2 Vibration Damper Disk 5 Vibration Damper Assembly 6 Key ...

Page 429: ...00 Puller 000 589 88 33 00 Torque Wrench 602 589 00 40 00 Engine Lock Removal Installation Procedure 1 Adjust the piston of number 1 cylinder to the TDC 1 Center Bolt M18 x 50 2 Center Bolt Washer 3 Vibration Damper and Pulley Assembly 4 Key 5 Crankshaft Front Seal 6 Timing Gear Case Cover 7 Crankshaft Sprocket Camshaft Driven 8 Crankshaft Sprocket Oil pump Driven 9 Crankshaft 10 Oil Pan 11 Oil Pa...

Page 430: ... the flywheel ring gear 3 Remove the center bolt Installation Notice 4 Remove the vibration damper assembly using the puller 5 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Notice If possible don t separate the vibration damper and the pulley Tightening Torque 1st step 180 220 Nm 2nd step 90 ...

Page 431: ... seal with a screw driver Notice Use a clean cloth not to damage the radial seal mounting hole and the crankshaft 5 Remove the sleeve and install the belt pulley and the vibration damper 6 Check for leaks while operating the engine 2 Coat the radial sealing lip with engine oil 3 Using the sleeve assemble the radial seal 4 Align the sleeve groove and the woodruff key and tighten the center bolt unt...

Page 432: ...dre 1 Remove the radial seal with a screw driver Notice Use a clean cloth not to damage the radial seal mounting hole and the crankshaft 2 Install the special tool 2 to the crankshaft 3 Apply the engine oil on the special tool 2 Notice Do not use the grease 4 Install the radial seal on the inner parts assembler 5 Press in the special tool 1 until the radial seal is stopped 6 Check for leaks while ...

Page 433: ...gear case cover Removal of crankcase sealing rear cover Removal of oil pan Removal of baffle plate Removal of oil pump 1 Bearing Cap Bolt M8 X 55 10 pieces 1st step 50 60 Nm 2nd step 90 5 rotation added 2 Bearing Cap 3 Upper Main Bearing 4 Lower Main Bearing 5 Upper Thrust Bearing 6 Lower Thrust Bearing 8 Crank Shaft ...

Page 434: ...int j1 j5 Journal Main Bearing 1 5 l Color Dot Marking The color dot marking are put on the 1 2 4 6 8 and it indicates the diameter of crankshaft journal by color as below A Crankcase Side B Bearing Cap Side Oil Pan Side 1 Upper Main Bearing 2 Upper Thrust Bearing 3 Crankshaft 4 Lower Main Bearing 5 Lower Thrust Bearing ...

Page 435: ...nkshaft Journal Diameter mm 57 960 57 965 57 955 57 960 57 950 57 955 57 945 57 950 57 940 57 945 Punching Mark Bearing Color Selected Blue Yellow Red Marking Letter B Y R W V Bearing Color Selected Blue Yellow Red White Violet Service Data Unit mm Crankshaft Bearing Jour nal Diameter Crankshaft Bearing Diameter Crankshaft Journal Width at fit bearing Connecting Rod Bearing Journal Diameter Connec...

Page 436: ...r and lower bearing shells do not change each other and coat with engine oil l The oil grooves arrows in the thrust washers must face outward and insert the thrust bearing into the bearing cap l There are five kinds of thrust washers by thickness Select the proper washer when repaired 3 Remove the crankshaft 4 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 5 After completion...

Page 437: ...e at 2 points 1 2 l Measure A B and C as shown If average value of B and C is less than value A then the average value of B and C is actual average value If average value of B and C is more than value A is actual average value 4 Measure and record the diameter of the crankshaft bearing journal Notice l Record the mean value when measured at 3 points A B C l Measure the inner diameter of bearing an...

Page 438: ... Connecting Rod Bearing Gap Item Main Bearing Journal NO 1 5 7 Measuring Position Radial Axial Gap mm Static condition 0 015 0 039 Dynamic condition 0 031 0 051 Consider the expansion 0 011 0 016 0 010 0 254 Item Connecting Rod Bearing Measuring Position Radial Gap mm 0 020 0 065 ...

Page 439: ...el Mounting Bolt M10 x 22 8 pieces 1st Step 45 Nm 2nd Step 90 10 2 Plate 3 Driven Plate A T 4 Dowel Pin 5 Flywheel M T Service Data Standard Stretch Bolt Nominal Size Stretch Side Diameter Bolt Length Tightening Torque M x 1 5 8 5 0 2 mm 8 0 mm 21 8 22 2 mm When New Min Diameter When New D d L 1st step 50 Nm 2nd step 90 ...

Page 440: ... Rivet 13 Segment 14 Ring Gear l Replace the bolt when the stretch side diameter d of the flywheel mounting bolt is less than 8 0mm l For the stretch bolt tightening keep the socket wrench and Tommy bar to be 90 and tighten as specified 2 Remove the flywheel for manual transmission vehicles or the driven plate 3 and plate 2 for Auto transmission vehicle 3 Installation should follow the removal pro...

Page 441: ... Roll Pin 6 Nut M20 X 1 5 60 70 Nm 7 Seal Cover 8 Camshaft Sprocket 9 Adjust Piston 10 Conical Spring 11 Flange Bolt M7 X 13 3 pieces 1st Step 20 2 Nm 2nd Step 90 5 Rotation Added 12 Flange Shaft 13 Compression Spring 14 Control Piston 15 Circlip 16 Oil Gallery 17 Straight Pin 18 Intake Camshaft Y49 Magnetic Actuator 2 pin connector ...

Page 442: ...he alignment marks arrows on the camshaft sprocket and the timing chain 4 Insert the insert pin into the no 1 and no 6 bearing cap hole on camshaft to secure intake and exhaust camshaft 5 Remove the chain tensioner 6 Unscrew the exhaust sprocket bolt and remove the exhaust camshaft sprocket Installation Notice Tightening Torque 1st step 20 Nm 2nd step 90 Notice The flange bolt is designed to be us...

Page 443: ...f nut toward armarture 9 Take off the timing chain from intake camshaft sprocket 10 Remove the cover 7 adjuster piston 9 and conical spring 10 from intake camshaft sprocket 11 Unscrew the bolt 11 and remove the flange shaft Installation Notice Tightening Torque 1st step 20 Nm 2nd step 95 Notice The flange bolt is designed to be used only once so always replace with new one 12 Installation should f...

Page 444: ... Camshaft Sprocket Bolt Notice The sprocket bolts are designed to be used only once so always replace with new one C M7 x 13 Collar Bolt Torx T30 e 6 8mm 16 Flange Shaft 18 Control Piston 22 Intake Camshaft E M7 x 13 Collar Bolt Torx T30 e 6 8mm 13a Camshaft Sprocket 22a Exhaust Camshaft Tightening Torque 1st step 20 Nm 2nd step 90 Tightening Torque 1st step 20 Nm 2nd step 90 ...

Page 445: ...tuator and cylinder head front cover 1 Bolt M7 X 13 3 pieces 1st Step 18 22 Nm 2nd Step 90 5 Rotation Added 2 Exhaust Camshaft Sprocket 3 Timing Chain 4a Intake Camshaft Spocket E20 4b Camshaft Adjuster and Camshaft Sprocket E23 5 Bearing Cap Bolt 20 pieces 22 5 27 5 Nm 6 Camshaft Bearing Cap 7 Wrench Special Tool ...

Page 446: ...in tensioner Installation Notice Tightening Torque 40 Nm 72 88 Nm Screw Plug Tensioner Assembly 4 Remove the exhoust camshaft sprocket Installation Notice Tightening Torque 1st step 35 45 Nm 2nd step 85 95 Notice The sprocket bolt is designed to be used only once so always replace with new one 5 Take off the timing chain from intake camshaft sprocket and secute it not to fall down into the timing ...

Page 447: ...on the bearing cap not to be miked up 8 Apply the engine oil on the valve tappet and camshaft bearing 9 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Notice l Base circle of cam should cantact with the valve tappet l Install the camshaft bearing caps according to the numbers on the cylinder head cast and bearing cap 10 Check the camshaft timing position ...

Page 448: ...moval of cylinder head cover Removal of cylinder head front cover 1 Insert Pin φ 6 5mm Special Tool 2 Intake Camshaft Sprocket 3 Camshaft Bearing Cap 4 Timing Chain 5 Exhaust Camshaft Sprocket 6 Bolt M7 X 13 3 pieces 1st step 20 2 Nm 2nd step 90 5 rotation added 7 Strate Pin ...

Page 449: ...se cover the intake and exhaust cam of cylinder will make the slope to the center and will face up In this way the insert hole in NO 1 and NO 4 camshaft bearing cap will match in line with the flange hole for camshaft sprocket 2 Check the timing as below procedure Check if the insert pin 111 589 03 15 00 can be inserted into the NO 1 and NO 4 bearing cap hole At this condition check if the ATDC 20...

Page 450: ...hole and flange hole while rotating the camshaft by using wrench 104 589 01 01 00 5 Install the chain to the intake camshaft sprocket 6 Install the chain to the exhaust camshaft sprocket and tighten the bolt Installation Notice Tightening Torque 1st step 20 Nm 2nd step 90 The sprocket bolt is designed to be used only once so replace with new one 7 Install the chain tensioner Installation Notice Sc...

Page 451: ...moval of camshaft Removal of spark plug 1 Valve Tappet Assembly 2 Valve Cotter 3 Upper Retainer 4 Valve Spring Check Replace if necessary 5 Valve Stem Seal 6 Lower Retainer 7 Connecting Hose 8 Thrust Piece 9 Slide 10 Adjust Bolt 11 Lever Pusher 12 Supporting Bar ...

Page 452: ...shaft to position the each cylinder piston at TDC 5 Install the engine lock to the ring gear to prevent the crankshaft from rotating 6 Blow up with compressed air Notice l Remove the valve spring only at TDC l Always rotate the crankshaft by holding the chain to prevent from timing chain damage and tangling and for smooth rotation 3 Remove the valve tappet 1 using the magnetic finger 4 Install the...

Page 453: ...e thrust piece 8 and the slide 9 perpendicular to each other 11 Secure the slide 9 by turning the adjust bolt 10 12 Press the valve spring 4 by using the lever pusher 11 14 Remove the upper retainer 3 and the valve spring 4 15 Remove the valve stem seal and replace if necessary Notice Check the valve stem seal and replace if necessary 16 Remove the lower retainer 6 Notice Check the retainer for da...

Page 454: ... MECHANICAL 1B2 75 Test Upper and Lower Valve Tappet and Valve Cotter l Upper Valve Spring Retainer l Lower Valve Spring Retainer l Valve Cotter 12 3 D d 8 5 Size mm Thickness mm a 0 8 1 0 9 2 9 8 H B 9 0 Size mm ...

Page 455: ...00 Pliers 104 589 00 37 00 Tools Required 104 589 00 37 00 Pliers 119 589 00 43 00 Drift Replacement Procedure 1 Remove the valve stem seal 2 using the pliers Notice Check the valve stem seal for damage and replace if necessary 2 Coat the valve stem seal with oil and assemble it with the protective sleeve 3 Insert the valve stem seal by pressing it with the drift ...

Page 456: ...position and check whether the intake camshaft cam s lobe arrow stays in the upper side 2 Cover the alternator with a clean cloth 3 Release the tension by unscrewing the screw plug once Notice In case that the tension is reduced by unscrewing the screw plug reinstall after completely removing the chain tensioner If the chain tensioner is tightened again without completely reducing its tension then...

Page 457: ... the removal of screw plug be careful that it can be jumped out due to the force of compression spring l Remove the screw plug only when the seal and compression spring are damaged 5 Carefully remove the filler pin 3 compression spring 4 snap ring 5 and the thrust pin 6 6 Remove the chain tensioner housing 7 and the seal 8 3 Insert the compression spring 4 with the filler pin 3 into chain tensione...

Page 458: ...ller Pin 7 Compression Spring 8 Snap Ring 9 Thrust Pin 10 Ball Nonreturn Valve 11 Compression Spring 12 Thrust Piece 13 Chain Tensioner Housing 14 Seal 15 Timing Gear Case Cover 16 Cylinder Head 17 Bolt Washer 18 Tensioning Rail 19 Cylinder Head Gasket 20 Timing Chain 21 Tensioning Rail Base Sliding Surface A Oil Supply Hole B Chain Tensioner Oil Storage Hole 5 Check for leaks by operating the eng...

Page 459: ...1B2 80 M161 ENGINE MECHANICAL TIMING CHAIN Preceding Work Removal of cylinder head cover Removal of spark plug 1 Pin 2 New Timing Chain 3 Timing Chain Used 4 Wedge 5 Link 6 Center Plate 7 Outer Plate ...

Page 460: ...Procedure 1 Position the NO 1 cylinder to ATDC 20 4 Mount the wedges to both sides of the camshaft sprocket as shown in the figure 2 Insert the pin to the intake and exhaust camshaft flange 3 Remove the chain tensioner 5 Cover the chain housing with a clean cloth and grind off the timing chain pin from the intake camshaft sprocket with the grinder ...

Page 461: ...ng chain against the exhaust camshaft sprocket to prevent it to be tangled Notice Be sure to remove the wedge before cranking the engine 9 Take out the used timing chain out from the chain housing 10 Connect both separators of the new timing chain with the link 5 and the center plate 6 6 Remove the outer plate 7 with the screw driver and remove the link 5 11 Install the jaw a and the thrust piece ...

Page 462: ... 13 Install the assembly tool above the link and tighten the spindle c until a block is felt 14 Place the assembly tool 12 Place the outer plate 7 thickness 1 2mm inside the thrust piece b 16 Install the assembly tool to the link pin and tighten the spindle c Tightening Torque 30 Nm ...

Page 463: ...NICAL 17 Rivet the link pin Check the condition and it again if necessary 18 Install the chain tensioner Installation Notice 19 Check the camshaft timing position Tightening Torque Screw Plug 40 Nm Tensioner Assembly 72 88 Nm ...

Page 464: ...tice Be careful not to damage the gasket 2 Remove the sliding rail 1 from the sliding rail pin 2 Notice l Replace the plastic guide 2 if it is damaged l For installation exactly align the plastic guide 2 with the sliding rail 1 3 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 1 Sliding Rail Pin 2 Sliding Rail 3 Timing Gear Case Cover ...

Page 465: ...r 1 cylinder to ATDC20 guide rail 2 Install the pin special tool 111 589 03 15 00 into the no 1 and no 6 bearing cap hole 3 Remove the chain tensioner Installation Notice Tightening Torque Screw Plug 40 Nm Tensioner Assembly 72 88 Nm 4 Unscrew the bolt 1 and remove the guide rail Installation Notice Tightening Torque 9 11 Nm 5 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 466: ...o damage the gasket when removing installing the timing gear case cover 2 Remove the guide rail 2 from the guide rail pin 1 Notice l Replace the plastic guide 2 if damaged l Connect the plastic guide 2 and the guide rail 1 by aligning them accurately when installing 3 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 1 Guide Rail Pin 2 Guide Rail 3 Timing Gear Case Cover ...

Page 467: ...of tensioning rail Removal of crank case guide rail Removal of cylinder head 6 Bolt M8 x 20 1 piece Washer 29 35 Nm 7 Oil Pump Sprocket 8 Oil Pump 9 Oil Pump Roller Chain 10 Timing Chain 1 Oil Pump Chain Tensioner 2 Oil Pump Chain Spring 3 Oil Pump Chain Bushing Pin 4 Crankshaft Sprocket 5 Key ...

Page 468: ...installing 2 Unscrew the bolt 6 and remove the oil pump sprocket 7 from the oil pump Installation Notice Caulking 04 615 589 01 33 00 3 Remove the oil pump roller chain 9 4 Remove the oil pump chain tensioner 1 oil pump chain bushing 3 and the oil pump chain spring 2 5 Remove the crankshaft sprocket 4 using the puller 04 special tool Notice l Make sure not to lose the crankshaft pulley key 5 when ...

Page 469: ...Removal of engine Removal of cylinder head Removal of oil pan Removal of oil pump Removal of baffle plate 1 Connecting Rod Bearing Cap 2 Connecting Rod 3 Connecting Rod Bolt M9 x 52 8 pieces 1st step 40 Nm 2nd step 90 5 4 Piston 5 Snap Ring 6 Piston Pin ...

Page 470: ...nd remove the cap 2 Remove the connecting rod and the piston upward Notice Make sure that the bearing cap and shell are not changed each other 3 Remove the snap ring 5 and pull out the piston pin 6 Notice Remove the snap ring using a clean cloth as shown in the right picture so that the piston piston ring and the snap ring don t get damaged Installation Procedure ...

Page 471: ...earing shell and the piston and coat them with engine oil 4 Install the piston ring using the tensioning strap 000 589 04 14 00 5 Install the piston so that the arrow on the piston head faces to the forward of the vehicle 6 After aligning the connecting rod and the bearing cap mark or a number tighten the bolts Installation Notice Tightening Torque 1st step 35 45 Nm 2nd step 90 5 Apply the engine ...

Page 472: ...re Basic Bore at The Bearing Shell D1 Basic Bore at The Bushing d1 Bushing Inner Diameter d Clearance Between The Piston Pin and The Bushing Peak to valley Height of Connecting Rod Bushing on Inside Permissible Wwist of Connecting Rod Bearing Bore to Connecting Rod Bushing Bore Permissible Deviation of Axial Paralleism of Connecting Rod Bearing Bore to Connecting Rod Bushing Bore Permissible Devia...

Page 473: ...indication or number arrow of the connecting rods and the bearing cap when installing Notice l Make sure it doesn t exceed over 4g with other connecting rods when replacing the connecting rods l Check if the connecting rod and the bearing cap are accurately seated on the groove when replacing the bearing Notice If the length exceeds max length replace it Length When New L Max Length L Tightening T...

Page 474: ...6 Side Rail Notice If out of specification replace the piston ring Tools Required 000 589 51 37 00 Clamping Strap Replacement Procedure 1 Measure the piston ring s gap Gap Between The Piston and The Piston Ring Groove 1 0 20 0 40 mm Groove 2 0 20 0 40 mm Groove 3 0 20 0 45 mm Groove 1 0 028 0 060 mm Groove 2 0 010 0 045 mm Groove 3 0 010 0 045 mm End Gap of The Piston Ring ...

Page 475: ...with a pliers 3 For installation position the piston ring to be the TOP mark on the piston ring upward and arrange the piston ring ends to be 120 apart 4 Adjust the hook spring joint in the oil ring 180 away from the ring end Clamping Strap 000 589 51 37 00 ...

Page 476: ...rrange the bolts according to each size 3 Clean the inside of oil pan and sealing surface then apply the sealant 4 Replace the gasket with new one 5 Install the oil pan with gasket and tighten each bolt in specified torque 6 Check for oil leaks while running the engine M8 X 40 4 pieces M6 X 35 1 pieces M6 X 100 2 piece M6 X 85 3 pieces M6 X 20 20 pieces 5 Bolt 6 Oil Pan 7 Gasket u ...

Page 477: ...kshaft Bearing 12 Connecting Rod 13 Piston 14 Oil Spray Piston Crown Area 15 Non Return Valve Crankcase 16 Oil Supply To Chain Tensioner 17 Camshaft 18 Cam Bearing 19 Valve 20 Oil Gallery Supply Oil to Intake Tappet 21 Oil Gallery Supply Oil to Exhaust Tappet 22 Ball φ 8mm 23 Camshaft Plug 24 Seal 25 Screw Plug 26 Oil Return Gallery Cylinder Head and Crankcase 27 Oil Return Gallery Crankcase 28 En...

Page 478: ...M161 ENGINE MECHANICAL 1B2 99 ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER ELEMENT 1 Oil Filter Cover 25 Nm 2 O ring Replace 3 Oil Filter Element 4 Oil Drain Plug 5 Oil Filter Bypass Valve 6 Oil Filter Cap ...

Page 479: ...er 2 Notice Make the screw cover removable by tightening the bolt at the side of the socket wrench special tool 2 Install the wrench to the upper bolt in the socket wrench and remove the oil cover by turning it 3 Remove the oil filter element Notice Work with a cloth under the vehicle when removing the oil filter element to not drain the oil Replace the seal washer with new one 6 Replace the O rin...

Page 480: ... Nm 2 Oil Pump 3 Oil Strainer Assembly 4 Bolt M6 X 12 2 pieces 9 11 Nm In E23 Engine These Bolts are Combined with Baffle Plate 5 Bolt M8 X 20 1 pieces 29 35 Nm 6 Washer 7 Sprocket Oil Pump Drive 8 Chain Oil Pump Drive 9 Plate Baffle 10 Bolt M6 X 12 6 piece 9 11 Nm E23 Engine Only Baffle Plate Mounting Bolt ...

Page 481: ...11 Nm Bolt 5 9 11 Nm Tightening Torque 29 35 Nm 2 Unscrew the bolts 4 5 and remove the oil strainer assembly 3 Installation Notice Insert the steel gasket into the oil pump and bolt 4 mounting surface 3 Unscrew the six bolts 11 and remove the haffle plate Installation Notice Tightening Torque 9 11 Nm 4 Unscrew the three bolt 1 and remove the oil pump Installation Notice Tightening Torque 22 5 27 5...

Page 482: ... 2 Compression Spring Removal Installation Procedure 1 Remove the screw plug 1 Installation Notice 2 Remove the spring 2 guide pin 3 and the piston 4 3 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Notice Don t use the seal for the screw plug 3 Guide Pin 4 Piston Tightening Torque 50 Nm ...

Page 483: ...turn valve prevents the oil in the chain tensioner from drying up In other words it stops oil returning in order to prevent the oil in the chain tensioner from getting dry As a result the chain tensioner can be activated with oil in itself Replacement Procedure 1 Remove the non return valve using a pliers 2 Insert new non return valve with hand ...

Page 484: ... 1 2 Unscrew the bolt 4 and remove the oil dipstick guide tube 2 Installation Notice 4 Bolt M6 X 16 1 piece 9 11 Nm 5 Clamp Tightening Torque 9 11 Nm It is very hard to remove the oil dipstick guide tube without special tool If it is not necessary do not remove the guide tube 3 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 4 Check for leaks by starting the engine ...

Page 485: ...1B2 106 M161 ENGINE MECHANICAL UNIT REPAIR CORE PLUGS IN CRANKCASE Preceding Work Draining of the coolant 1 Core Plug Replace ...

Page 486: ... the core plug until the end of one side comes out using the screw driver 3 Pull out the plug carefully using a pliers 5 Press in new plug using a drift Notice Wait for about 45minutes before filling the coolant so that the Loctite 241 hardens 6 Warm up the engine and check the coolant for leaks 4 Clean the sealing surface and apply Loctite 241 ...

Page 487: ...5 X 10 A X B X 5 X 10 Piston Type to be Used A or X A X or B X or B X 5 X 10 A or X A X or B X or B X 5 X 10 Cylinder Bore Size mm φ 90 906 φ 90 912 φ 90 906 φ 90 912 φ 90 912 φ 90 918 φ 90 950 φ 90 968 φ 91 000 φ 91 018 φ 89 900 φ 90 906 φ 89 906 φ 89 912 φ 89 912 φ 89 918 φ 89 950 φ 89 968 φ 90 000 φ 90 018 Engine E23 E20 ...

Page 488: ... round Permissible Deviation of Rectangular Cylinder Height Except Chamfered Area Basic Peak to valley Height After Final Honing and Brushing Chamfer Angle Honing Angle When new Wear limit 0 1 mm 0 007 mm 0 05 mm 0 05 mm 0 003 0 006 mm 75 50 10 1 The group code letters are carved on the surface of the piston crown and in the mating surface of the crankcase Type Standard Size E20 φ 89 9 E23 φ 90 9 ...

Page 489: ...latness Permissible Deviation of Parallelism of the Upper to Lower Mating Surface Peak to valley Height Crankcase Upper Mating Surface Crankcase Lower Mating Surface Axial Direction Transverse Direction Crankcase Upper Mating Surface Crankcase Lower Mating Surface 289 35 289 45mm 289 05mm 0 03mm 0 04mm 0 1mm 0 05mm 0 012 0 009mm 0 025 0 020mm ...

Page 490: ...M161 ENGINE MECHANICAL 1B2 111 Chamfering Procedure 1 Chamfer angle 75 2 Polish the lower chamfered area evenly with a grinder after finishing the chamfering with a suitable tool e g hand milling cutter ...

Page 491: ...he mating surface of crankcase and cylinder head Overall Height of Cylinder Head Minimum Height After Machining Flatness Distance T Between Camshaft Bearing and Valve Stem Axial Direction Transverse Direction Standard Size Repair Size 135 9 136 0 mm 135 5 mm 0 08 mm 0 0 mm 24 21 24 75 mm 22 21 22 75 mm 23 96 24 51 mm 21 96 22 51 mm Intake Exhaust Intake Exhaust ...

Page 492: ...d 3 Mill the sharp edge of the combustion chamber 4 Re measure the height H of the cylinder head 5 Seal the intake and exhaust valves 6 Measure the dimension T between the camshaft bearing and the valve system refer to Service data standard 7 Mill the cylinder head valve seat refer to Service data standard Universal Tool Surface Grinding Machine Sceledum Type RTY Roaro Schio Italy ...

Page 493: ...B3 80 Crankshaft Ball Bearing 1B3 82 Crankshaft 1B3 83 Flywheel 1B3 93 Machining of Flywheel 1B3 97 Flywheel Ring Gear 1B3 98 Hydraulic Valve Clearance Compensation Element Check 1B3 101 Valve Tappets 1B3 103 Valve Spring Check 1B3 105 Valve Springs Cylinder Head Removed 1B3 106 TABLE OF CONTENTS Valve Springs Cylinder Head Installed 1B3 109 Valve Stem Seals 1B3 112 Check and Replacement of Valve ...

Page 494: ...ft Bolt Nut Axle Propeller Shaft Bolt Nut T C Engine Mounting Nut Application Cooling Fan Belt Pulley Bolt Socket Bolt Tighten The Bolt End Cover Bolt Crankshaft Bearing Cap Bolt Ball Bearing Camshaft Sprocket Bolt Oil Pump Sprocket Bolt Application Connecting Rod Bolt Application 12 Sided Stretch Bolt EngineAssembly CrankshaftAssembly Piston Flywheel Cylinder Head Application Prechamber Threaded ...

Page 495: ...n Bolt M6 Oil Pan Bolt M23 Belt Pulley Bolt Guide Pulley Bolt Guide Pulley Bracket Nut Chain Tensioner Tesioning Lever Bolt Cylinder Head Application Camshaft Bearing Cap Bolt Camshaft Sprocket Bolt Exhaust Pipe Bolt Nut Chain Tensioner Injection Nozzle Intake Manifold Not Injection Nozzle Pipe Not Oil Dipstick Tube Bolt Screw Plug M18 x 15 N m 25 25 90 25 80 40 25 18 10 50 Cam Support Shaft Timin...

Page 496: ...TABLE 603 589 00 09 00 Serration Wrench 657 589 03 63 00 Sliding Hammer 000 589 77 03 00 Box Wrench Insert 601 589 00 66 00 Counter Sink 667 589 00 23 00 Height Gauge 602 589 00 40 00 Engine Lock 116 589 20 33 00 Sliding Hammer 603 589 00 40 00 Counter Holder ...

Page 497: ... Type Socket Wrench 601 589 00 25 00 SPECIAL TOOLS TABLE Cont d 115 589 34 63 00 601 589 00 10 00 Cylinder Head Bolt 102 102 589 12 15 00 φ φ φ φ φ 17 Drift 102 589 00 15 00 φ φ φ φ φ 34 Drift 617 589 10 21 00 RI Sensor 601 589 05 14 00 Assembly Cage ...

Page 498: ...08 15 00 Drift 001 589 53 21 00 Dial Gauge 601 589 03 14 00 Sleeve SPECIAL TOOLS TABLE Cont d 103 589 00 33 00 Puller 601 589 07 21 00 Depth Gauge 667 589 01 21 00 Fixing Device 366 589 00 21 05 Extension 601 589 03 43 00 Oil Seal Assembler ...

Page 499: ...Gauge Holder 000 589 33 33 00 Counter Support 000 589 04 14 00 Tensioning Strap SPECIAL TOOLS TABLE Cont d 116 589 07 15 00 Drift 000 589 25 33 00 Internal Extractor 102 589 05 33 00 Puller 601 589 01 59 00 Assembling Board 102 589 03 40 00 Magnetic Bar ...

Page 500: ...Supporting Bridge 667 589 00 31 00 Press Lever 104 589 00 37 00 Pliers SPECIAL TOOLS TABLE Cont d 667 584 02 63 00 Supporting Bar 116 589 06 63 00 Magnetic Finger 603 589 01 40 00 Holding Wheel 000 589 10 68 00 Cylinder Brush 601 589 02 43 00 Drift ...

Page 501: ... 589 03 15 00 Drift for Intake 601 589 06 15 00 Drift for Exhaust SPECIAL TOOLS TABLE Cont d 601 589 05 15 00 Drift for Intake 103 589 02 15 00 Drift for Exhaust 346 589 00 63 00 Super Cooling Box 000 589 21 53 00 Reamer for Intake 000 589 10 53 00 Reamer for Exhaust ...

Page 502: ...ial Gauge 001 589 53 21 00 Dial Gauge 667 589 02 21 00 TDC Pulse Generator SPECIAL TOOLS TABLE Cont d 124 589 15 21 00 Tester 000 589 58 43 00 Chain Assembling Device 201 589 13 21 00 Vacuum Tester 617 589 04 21 00 Tester 501 589 73 21 00 Vacuum Pump ...

Page 503: ... Tester 001 589 65 09 00 Serration Wrench 116 589 02 34 00 Thread Bolt SPECIAL TOOLS TABLE Cont d 000 589 00 68 00 Cleaning Set 601 589 05 21 00 Looking Screw 617 589 08 21 00 Position Sensor 667 589 04 63 00 Retaining Plate 601 589 00 08 00 Flange ...

Page 504: ...1B3 12 OM600 ENGINE MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ON VEHICLE SERVICE ENGINE ASSEMBLY ...

Page 505: ...ightening Torque 28 47 Nm 5 Remove the drain plug 1 and seal 2 from the cylinder block and drain the coolant completely 6 After draining replace the seal and reinstall the drain plug Installation Notice 7 Disconnect the lower coolant hose from the radiator Tightening Torque 30 Nm Removal Installation Procedure 1 Disconnect the negative terminal of battery 2 Remove the hood ...

Page 506: ...t and remove the coolant pipe and cooling fan shroud 10 Remove the hoses air intake to intercooler intercooler to intake duct 8 Disconnect the upper coolant hose from the radiator Tightening Torque 3 7 Nm 11 Remove the pipes connected to intercooler ...

Page 507: ...rom the compressor Notice Evacuate the refrigerant before removal 12 Remove the hose air cleaner to turbocharger with blow by hose 13 Disconnect the air cleaner intake hose and remove the air cleaner cover and element 14 Disconnect the coolant hose from the water inlet ...

Page 508: ...Completely drain the fluid 17 Disconnect the fuel feed line with prefilter from the feed pump on injection pump 18 Vehicle with automatic transmission Remove the hydraulic lines 19 20 from oil cooler 2 19 Disconnect the engine harness 20 Disconnect the preheating time relay cable ...

Page 509: ...res and remove the starter motor 21 Remove the fuel lines from the fuel filter and cover the filter with plug 22 Disconnect the brake booster hose from vacuum pump 23 Disconnect the other vacuum lines 24 Disconnect the ground cable 25 Disconnect the alternator wires ...

Page 510: ...me relay sensor plug 28 Disconnect the coolant temperature sensor plug 29 Disconnect the accelerator cable from the control linkage Installation Notice Tightening Torque 8 18 Nm 30 Loosen the connection of control pressure cable an arrow used in auto transmission ...

Page 511: ...tening Torque Axle 70 80 Nm T C 81 89 Nm Tightening Torque 20 34 Nm 31 Separate the exhaust pipe flange from the turbo charger Installation Notice 32 Loosen the installing bolt of clutch release cylinder and remove the clutch release cylinder Installation Notice Tightening Torque 30 Nm Tightening Torque 30 Nm 34 Remove the propeller shaft from the transmission Installation Notice ...

Page 512: ...7 Loosen the engine mounting bracket nut Installation Notice 38 Remove the engine assembly from the vehicle by using a hoist or crane 39 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Tightening Torque 50 75 Nm ...

Page 513: ...OM600 ENGINE MECHANICAL 1B3 21 POLY V BELT 1 Nut 23Nm 2 Tensioning Lever 3 Bolt 4 Spring 5 Tensioning Lever 6 Poly V Belt ...

Page 514: ...ll out the bolt to the rear 3 Push back the tensioning lever arrow direction to release the spring tension and remove the belt 4 Install the poly V belt beginning at the tensioning pulley 7 7 Tensioning Pulley 8 Crankshaft 9 Alternator 10 Coolant Pump 11 Guide Pulley 12 Power Steering Pump 13 Aircon Compressor Lengthe of Belt Length L Without Air Conditioner 2 100 mm 2 040 mm ...

Page 515: ...f cooling fan 1 Bolt 21Nm 2 Damper 3 Nut 21Nm 4 Tensioning Lever 5 Guide Rail Pin 6 Bolt 7 Poly V Belt 8 Belt Pulley 9 Bolt 10Nm 10 Tensioning Pulley 11 Socket Bolt 29Nm 12 Closing Cover 13 Washer 14 Tensioning Lever 15 Fit Bolt 100Nm 16 Closing Cover 17 Spring 18 Bolt 20Nm ...

Page 516: ...nsioning lever in direction of arrow with a rod F12 180mm and push out the bolt to the rear 3 Push back the tensioning lever to release the spring tension and remove the belt 4 Remove the bolt 9 and then remove the belt pulley 8 5 Remove the bolt 1 18 and take off the damper 2 Notice Pay attention to installation position of the damper ...

Page 517: ...emove the socket bolt 11 and then remove the tensioning pulley 10 Installation Notice Tightening Torque 29 Nm 9 Pry off the closing cover 16 and remove the fit bolt 15 10 Remove the tensioning lever 14 and washer 13 11 Clean thread in the timing case cover and fit bolt Installation Notice Apply Loctite on thread of fit bolt Tightening Torque 100 Nm 12 Installation should follow the removal procedu...

Page 518: ...1B3 26 OM600 ENGINE MECHANICAL POLY V BELT ALIGNMENT INSPECTION Without Air Conditioner With Air Conditioner ...

Page 519: ... point with chalk l Rotate the engine and check the belt Notice If one of the following types of damage is found replace the belt 1 Rubber lumps in the base of rips 2 Dirt or grit ingrained 5 Cord torn out at the side 6 Outer cords frayed 3 Pointed rips 4 Belt cord visible in the base of rips ...

Page 520: ...1B3 28 OM600 ENGINE MECHANICAL 7 Belt detached from the base of rip 8 Splits across the rips 9 Sections of rip torn out 10 Splits across several rips 11 Splits across the back ...

Page 521: ...OM600 ENGINE MECHANICAL 1B3 29 1 Threaded Ring 130 Nm 2 Prechamber PRECHAMBER Preceding Work Removal of glow plug Removal of fuel injection nozzle 3 Cylinder Head ...

Page 522: ...readed ring 1 Serration Wrench 603 589 00 09 00 3 Remove the perchamber 2 Notice After removing the prechamber cover over the bores with clean rag 603 589 00 09 00 Serration Wrench 667 589 03 63 00 Sliding Hammer 4 Inspect the prechamber Notice If the prechamber seats in the cylinder head are leaking or if the prechambers are replaced the sealing surfaces in the cylinder head must be remachined ...

Page 523: ...mber 2 Insert the prechamber into the cylinder head at the same time aligning the cam on the collar of the prechambers with the slots in the cylinder head Notice If the spacer rings are fitted to the prechambers the spacer rings should be replaced with rings of the same thickness Thickness of Spacer Ring 0 3 0 6 1 0 mm 3 Coat the threaded ring with oil and assemble the ring by using the serration ...

Page 524: ...essential to adhere to the specified projection C of the prechamber of 7 6 8 1mm This ensures that the required clearance exists between prechamber and piston crown with the piston in TDC For this reason spacer rings should be inserted on remachined sealing surfaces If a spacer ring is already fitted or a marking is made on the cylinder head the cylinder head must be removed and size C measured if...

Page 525: ...njection nozzle 2 Remove the prechamber 3 Cover the prechamber bore to avoid any chips dropping into the combustion chamber 4 Remove the protective sleeve from the countersink and rotate the countersink into the prechamber bore to be machined as far as the stop Counter Sink 601 589 00 66 00 5 Maintain size X from the top edge of mandrel to the top edge of the sleeve with the gauge Height Gauge 667...

Page 526: ...nstalled is 0 3mm 9 Remove the countersink tool and clean the chips Notice If the sealing surface is not completely flat remachine the sealing surface 10 emove rag from the prechamber bore and crank the engine with starter motor to threw out any chips which may have got into the combustion chamber 11 Insert the proper spacer ring into the prechamber sealing surface 12 Punch a mark on the cylinder ...

Page 527: ... 00 Fixing Device Notice l The TDC sensor bracket must be adjusted in case of followings l When replacing the TDC sensor bracket l When replacing the crankshaft the hub or the vibration damper l When replacing or installing the timing case cover l After engine overhauling If the cylinder head is removed the measuring pin of the dial gauge can be positioned on the piston crown This is done by placi...

Page 528: ...f TDC is when the large pointer on the dial gauge is stopped before moving back 5 remove the reinstall the measuring device and position the dial gauge scale at 0 6 Slowly rotate the crankshaft in the direction of engine rotation until the dial gauge has moved back counterclockwise by 3 65mm 7 Insert fixing device into the sensor bracket Notice The pin on the vibration damper must engage into the ...

Page 529: ...Washer 15 Bolt 25 Nm 16 Cylinder Head Bolt See Table 17 Cylinder Head Cover 18 Bolt 10 Nm 19 Gasket 20 Camshaft 21 Camshaft Drive Sprocket Replace 22 Washer 23 Bolt 12 Sided 25Nm 90 24 Sliding Rail 25 Sliding Rail Pin 26 Sliding Rail Pin 27 Chain Tensioner 80 Nm 28 Gasket Replace 29 Cooling Fan Check 30 Hexagon Socket Bolt 45 Nm 31 Tensioning Lever 32 Bolt 25 Nm 33 Bolt 34 Nut 23 Nm 35 Fuel Filter...

Page 530: ...0 T Type Socket Wrench 116 589 20 33 00 Sliding Hammer 601 589 00 10 00 Cylinder Head Bolt Wrench 602 589 00 40 00 Engine Lock 603 589 00 40 00 Counter Holder Tools Required Cylinder Bolts 12 sided socket head Engine cold M8 Cylinder Head Bolts Tightening Torque stage1 stage2 stage3 10 Nm 35 Nm 180 25 Nm Tightening Sequence for Cylinder Head Bolts OM 662LA Engine OM 661LA Engine ...

Page 531: ...ngle It is not necessary to retighten the cylinder head bolts at the 1000 1500km inspection or after 1000 1500km of repairs Notice The cylinder head may only be removed when the engine has cooled down The cylinder head is removed together with the exhaust manifold As the cylinder head bolts undergo a permanent tightening They require to be replaced if they exceed the maximum lengthes indicated in ...

Page 532: ...olt and then remove the cooling fan Notice Keep the fan in vertical position Counter Holder 603 589 00 40 00 5 Remove the nut 6 Remove the nut on the tensioning lever and insert the rod F12 180mm By pushing the rod to the arrow direction pull back the bolt 7 Push the tensioning lever to the opposite direction to release the spring tension and remove the poly V belt 4 Remove the bracket oil dipstic...

Page 533: ...ove the oil return hose and plug Notice Cover them to prevent chips from coming into 10 Unscrew the EGR pipe mounting bolts onto the exhaust manifold 11 Remove the duct bracket from the cylinder head 12 Unscrew the intake duct mounting bolts onto the intake manifold 13 Separate the connecting rod from the control lever ...

Page 534: ... Remove the fuel injection line 1 from the fuel injection nozzle 12 Box Wrench Inset 000 589 77 03 00 16 Remove the fuel injection line from the fuel injection pump Box Wrench Insert 000 589 77 03 00 17 Remove the bracket mounting bolts and then remove the fuel injection line 1 ...

Page 535: ...NICAL 1B3 43 18 Disconnect the booster hose connected to intake manifold 19 Remove the intake manifold and gasket 20 Remove the cylinder head cover and gasket with the blow by gas hose 21 Disconnect the glow plug cables ...

Page 536: ...e the cable channel 23 Disconnect the cables from the glow plug sensor and coolant temperature sensor 24 Remove the heater pipe bracket from the oil filter 25 Pry off the clamp and push the heater feed pipe forward and then pull out the pipe ...

Page 537: ...5 26 Disconnect the fuel lines from the fuel filter 27 Disconnect the fuel lines from the injection pump 28 Remove the fuel filter 35 29 Remove the fuel injection nozzle 12 and nozzle washer 11 Socket Wrench Insert 001 589 65 09 00 ...

Page 538: ...te the crankshaft to the opposite direction of engine revolution 31 Place alignment marks on the camshaft gear and timing chain 32 Ensure that the camshaft and the bearing cap marking are aligned 33 Remove the starter motor and install the engine lock onto the flywheel ring gear Engine Lock 602 589 00 40 00 ...

Page 539: ...e exhaust manifold and gasket 36 Remove the chain tensioner and seal 37 Remove the bolt and separate the drive sprocket 21 Notice During removal be careful not to drop the sprocket and chain into the timing case Carefully pull off the chain and then pull out the sprocket ...

Page 540: ...move the No 2 bolts Do not remove the bolts at a time completely but remove them step by step evenly or camshaft can be seriously damaged OM662LA 39 Remove the bearing caps and then pull out the camshaft 20 upward Notice Be careful not to miss the locking washer 40 Remove the locking washer Notice Check the locking washer and replace if necessary OM661LA ...

Page 541: ...l out the tensioning lever 31 43 Pry off the closing cover Remove the bolt and then remove the idle pulley 44 Using the sliding hammer 36 and the threaded pin 37 pull out the sliding rail pins 25 26 and remove the sliding rail 24 SlidingHammer116589203300 Threaded Pin 116 589 02 34 00 ...

Page 542: ... thermo valve 47 Remove the socket bolts 13 of the chain box T Type Socket Wrench 116 589 03 07 00 Magnetic Bar 102 589 03 40 00 48 Remove the cylinder head bolts in numerical se quence Cylinder Head Bolt Wrench 601 589 00 10 00 45 Remove the vacuum line from the vacuum pump ...

Page 543: ...OM600 ENGINE MECHANICAL 1B3 51 49 Remove the cylinder head 2 and gasket 3 OM661LA ...

Page 544: ... with the guide pins 3 Measure the length L of cylinder head bolts Notice If the max length is exceeded replace the bolts Thread Dia Max Limit L M10 M10 M10 80mm 102mm 115mm 82mm 104mm 117mm when new 4 Coat the head contact surface of bolts and thread with oil and insert them as shown Cylinder head bolts arrangement Bore 1 M10 80 2 M10 102 3 M10 115 4 M 8 50 5 M 8 80 OM662LA ...

Page 545: ...ad bolts to specified torque and torque angle OM 662LA OM 661LA 6 Install the socket bolts in the chain box Tightening Torque 25 Nm Stage 1 Stage 2 Torque angle Wait for Torque angle 15 Nm 35 Nm 90 10 minutes 90 7 Connect the vacuum pipe to the thermo valve ...

Page 546: ...tening Torque 25 Nm Notice Be careful not to be confused the connections and hoses 10 Connect the fuel pipe to the injection pump 11 Install the sliding rail 24 and insert the sliding rail pins 25 26 Notice Apply sealing compound on the each collar of the sliding rail pins SlidingHammer 116589203300 Threaded Pin 116 589 02 34 00 ...

Page 547: ...ightening Torque 25 Nm 13 Insert the tensioning lever 31 and install the spring 14 Install the damper Tightening Torque 23 Nm Notice Insert the tensioning lever bolts onto the mounting hole 15 Insert the locking washer 16 Inspect the valve tappet and check that the tappet moves smoothly ...

Page 548: ...ay 0 06 0 21mm Notice If out of standard adjust it with the proper thickness of locking washer 19 Install the bearing caps on the camshaft according to the number on the caps 20 Tighten the bearing cap bolts according to the numerical sequence Tightening Torque 25 Nm Notice Tighten the No 1 bolts light arrow first and then tighten the No 2 bolts dark arrow stage by stage OM662LA OM661LA ...

Page 549: ... Position the camshaft on marking and install the camshaft sprocket Notice Align the alignment marks on the chain and sprocket 23 Install the camshaft sprocket bolt 22 Check the TDC position of the crankshaft Tightening Torque 25 Nm 90 ...

Page 550: ...ANICAL 24 Install the exhaust manifold and gasket 25 Install the turbocharger 26 Install the exhaust pipe onto the turbocharger Tightening Torque 25 Nm Notice Measure the max length L and replace the bolt if it exceeds 53 6mm ...

Page 551: ...ensioner Tightening Torque 80 Nm 28 Remove the engine lock 29 Insert the nozzle washer into the hole to face round part downward 30 Install the fuel injection nozzle Tightening Torque 40 Nm 31 Connect the fuel hose 32 Install the cable channel and connect the cables to glow plugs ...

Page 552: ...he coolant temperature sensor and the glow plug sensor 36 Replace the intake manifold gasket 37 Install the intake manifold Tightening Torque 25 Nm 33 Replace the gasket and install the cylinder head cover Tightening Torque 10 Nm 34 Install the blow by hose ...

Page 553: ...r head Notice For installation clean the hole 39 Install the bracket of heater feed pipe to the oil filter 40 Install the fuel pipe and the accelerator control linkage 41 Connect the fuel lines to the injection nozzles and to the injection pump Box Wrench Insert 000 589 77 03 00 Tightening Torque 18 Nm ...

Page 554: ...and pulling the rod install the bolt and then tighten the nut 44 Install the oil dipstick tube bracket Tightening Torque 10 Nm 45 Hold the cooling fan with the counter holder and tighten the bolt 42 Install the poly V belt Notice Be careful not to contaminate the belt Tightening Torque 23 Nm ...

Page 555: ...olt 10Nm 2 Cylinder Head Cover 3 Gasket Replace 4 Socket Bolt 25Nm 5 Fuel Filter 6 Square Nut 7 Oil Pan 8 Socket Bolt 10Nm 9 Bolt M6 10Nm M8 23Nm 10 Power Steering Pump 11 Bolt 12 Belt Pulley 13 Bolt 32Nm 14 Timing Case Cover 15 Bolt 23Nm 16 Alternator Bracket 17 Bolt 45Nm 18 Bolt 25Nm 19 Bolt 10Nm 20 Closing Cover 21 Socket Bolt 23Nm 22 Guide Pulley 23 Bolt 9Nm 24 Guide Pulley Bracket 25 Nut 23Nm...

Page 556: ...ve the fan clutch and cooling fan belt pulley 2 Drain the engine oil completely 3 Remove the oil dipstick tube bracket bolts 4 Remove the crankshaft pulley 5 Loosen the bolt 1 and then remove the cylinder head cover 2 and gasket 6 Remove the vacuum pump 7 Detach the closing cover 20 Remove the bolts 21 and then remove the guide pulley 22 ...

Page 557: ...the alternator bracket 16 9 Disconnect the pipes of power steering pump and remove the belt pulley Notice Be careful not to lose the key 10 Remove the nut and pull out the bolt and then remove the power steering pump 12 Remove the fuel filter ...

Page 558: ...mage the cylinder head gasket or oil pan gasket 13 Remove the camshaft 14 Remove the socket bolts 4 in the chain box Socket Wrench 115 589 03 07 00 15 Remove the injection pump Notice See the Removal of fuel injection pump 16 Remove the oil pan bolts 8 9 in the area of the timing case cover 14 17 Slightly loosen the remaining oil pan bolts ...

Page 559: ...ce and apply sealant 2 Install the timing case cover Notice Bolts arrangement 1 M6 x 60 2 M6 x 70 3 M6 x 40 3 Tighten the socket bolts in the chain box Tightening Torque 10 Nm Tightening Torque 23 Nm 4 Tighten the oil pan bolts Tightening Torque 10 Nm 10 Nm 23 Nm Socket bolt M6 bolt M8 bolt ...

Page 560: ...shaft belt pulley Notice Replace front radial seal if necessary 6 Install the alternator bracket 25 Nm Front Side 7 Install the alternator Tightening Torque Upper 25 Nm Low 25 Nm 8 Install the cylinder head cover Tightening Torque 10 Nm 9 Tighten the injection pump mounting bolts Tightening Torque 23 Nm ...

Page 561: ... 11 Install the vacuum pump 12 Install the power steering pump 13 Install the power steering pump pulley Tightening Torque 25 Nm Tightening Torque 10 Nm Tightening Torque 23 Nm Tightening Torque 32 Nm 14 Install the guide pulley bracket Tightening Torque 9 Nm ...

Page 562: ...e gasket 3 and install the cylinder head cover 2 17 Install the cooling fan belt pulley and fan clutch 18 Install the belt tensioning device and then install the belt 19 Install the cooling fan 20 Fill the engine oil and check oil leaks by running the engine Tightening Torque 23 Nm Tightening Torque 10 Nm ...

Page 563: ...NICAL 1B3 71 CRANKSHAFT END COVER Preceding Work Removal of flywheel and driven plate 1 Crankshaft Flange 2 End Cover Clean Loctite 573 3 Bolt 10Nm Loctite 573 4 Radial Seal Replace 5 Dowel Sleeve 6 Bolt 10Nm Loctite 573 ...

Page 564: ... 2 Remove the radial seal 4 with care not to damage the sealing surface Installation Procedure 1 Thoroughly clean the sealing surface of end cover and apply Loctite 573 2 Clean the groove of radial seal 3 Apply Loctite 573 on the bolts and install the end cover Tightening Torque 10 Nm Notice Be careful not to damage the oil pan gasket 4 Install the inner oil seal assembler to the crankshaft flange...

Page 565: ...ler on he seal and by tightening the bolts press the radial seal into the end cover as far as the stop Notice The seal must be positioned exactly at right angles in the end cover to ensure that it provides a proper seal Oil Seal Assembler 601 589 03 43 00 A Standard Radial Seal BRepairRadialSeal 5 Coat a little oil on the sealing lip of new radial seal and contacting surface Notice Don t use greas...

Page 566: ...ON DAMPER AND HUB Preceding Work Removal of the cooling fan Removal of poly V belt 1 Bolt 10Nm 2 Cooling Fan Belt Pulley 3 Socket Bolt 23Nm 4 Crankshaft Belt Pulley 5 Vibration Damper 6 Bolt 200Nm 90 7 Washer 8 Straight Pin 9 Hub 10 Oil Pan ...

Page 567: ... 5 Vibration Damper 6 Bolt 7 Washer 8 Straight Pin Notice The mounting position of vibration damper is fixed by straight pin 8 Tools Required 602 589 00 40 00 Engine Lock 103 589 00 30 00 Puller 9 Hub 11 Radial Seal 12 Timing Gear Case Cover 13 Key 14 Crankshaft Sprocket 16 Crankshaft ...

Page 568: ...el ring gear Engine Lock 602 589 00 40 00 2 Remove the poly V belt 3 Remove the cooling fan Notice Keep the fan in vertical position 4 Remove the cooling fan belt pulley 2 5 Place alignment marks arrow on the vibration damper 5 and crankshaft belt pulley 4 6 Remove the timing sensor bracket Notice Remove if necessary ...

Page 569: ...ECHANICAL 1B3 77 7 Remove the socket bolts 3 and then remove the belt pulley 4 and vibration damper 5 8 Remove the washer and bolt 9 Remove the hub by using a puller Puller 103 589 00 33 00 10 Replace the radial seal ...

Page 570: ...lign the woodruff key and the groove of hub arrow 2 Install the washer 7 and tighten the bolt 6 Washer new 1 EA 200 Nm 90 3 Install the vibration damper Notice Exactly align and insert onto the straight pin 4 Install the belt pulley Tightening Torque 25 Nm Notice Align the alignment marks ...

Page 571: ...E MECHANICAL 1B3 79 5 Install the timing sensor bracket Notice See the TDC setting 6 Install the cooling fan pulley Tightening Torque 10 Nm 7 Install the cooling fan 8 Install the fan belt 9 Remove the engine lock ...

Page 572: ...1B3 80 OM600 ENGINE MECHANICAL CRANKSHAFT FRONT RADIAL SEAL 1 Radial Seal 2 Timing Case Cover Tools Required 601 589 03 14 00 Sleeve 3 Woodruff Key ...

Page 573: ...rd Radial Seal B RepairRadialSeal Replacement Procedure 1 Pull out the radial seal 1 and be careful not to damage the sealing surface of timing case cover 2 Thoroughly clean the mounting bore of the radial seal 3 Coat a little oil on the sealing lip of new radial 1 and contact surface Notice Don t use grease 4 Install the radial seal 1 by using a sleeve 4 Notice Align the groove of sleeve and wood...

Page 574: ...rnal Extractor Removal Installation Procedure 1 Remove the manual transmission 2 Using a puller pull out the locking ring and ball bearing together Counter Support 000 589 33 33 00 Internal Extractor 000 589 25 33 00 3 Apply Loctite 241 on the new ball bearing and then insert the ball bearing to be stopped at the spacer ring by using a proper mandrel 3 Ball Bearing 4 Bolt 45Nm 90 ...

Page 575: ... 3 Crankshaft Main Bearing Shells Upper 4 Trust Bearings Upper 5 Crankshaft 6 Crankshaft Main Bearing Shells Lower 7 Thrust Bearings Lower 8 Crankshaft Bearing Cap 9 Crankshaft Bearing Cap Fit Bearing 10 12 sided Stretch Bolts 55Nm 90 Tools Required 001 589 53 21 00 Dial Gauge 363 589 02 21 00 Dial Gauge Holder 366 589 00 21 05 Extension ...

Page 576: ...ankshaft Main Bearing Shells Lower 7 Thrust Bearings Lower A Radial Bearings B Radial and Axial Bearings Thrust Bearing Notice The gaps between the bearing shell and bore and between the bearing shell and journal are different each other Refer to service data Thrust Washer and Bearing Arrangement OM662LA Engine ...

Page 577: ...r 5 Crankshaft 6 Crankshaft Main Bearing Shells Lower 7 Thrust Bearings Lower A Radial Bearings B Radial and Axial Bearings Thrust Bearing Notice The gaps between the bearing shell and bore and between the bearing shell and journal are different each other Refer to service data OM661LA Engine ...

Page 578: ...earing 47 700 47 715 47 450 47 650 47 200 47 215 46 950 46 965 57 500 57 715 57 450 57 465 57 200 57 215 56 950 56 965 Repair size 1 Repair size 2 Repair size 3 Repair size 4 Bearing Clearances Thrust bearing Crankshaft bearing 0 026 0 068 Max 0 080 0 027 0 051 Max 0 070 0 100 0 254 Max 0 300 Matching Fit Bearing Journal Width to Thrust Bearings Fit bearing journal width Thrust bearings thickness ...

Page 579: ...ic bearing bore in lower Color code of relevant crankshaft parting surface 1 punch mark or blue 2 punch marks or yellow 3 punch marks or red bearing shell Blue or white blue Yellow or white yellow Red or white red Marking of bearing journals on crank webs Color code of relevant crankshaft Blue or white blue Yellow or white blue Red or white blue Blue or white blue Yellow or white yellow Red or whi...

Page 580: ...t bearing caps are marked with stamped numbers Remove the bearing cap from the vibration damper side 3 Remove the crankshaft bearing caps 9 and lower thrust bearings 7 4 Remove the lower thrust bearings 6 from the bearing cap 9 5 Remove the crankshaft 5 6 Remove the upper thrust bearings 4 7 Remove the upper bearing shells 3 from crankcase ...

Page 581: ... and into the crankshaft bearing caps Notice Do not mix up upper and lower crankshaft bearing shells 11 Install the bearing caps according to marking and tighten the 12 sided stretch bolts Tightening Torque 35 40 Nm Notice No 1 is vibration damper side 12 Measure crankshaft bearing diameters E Extension 366 589 00 21 05 13 Measure at 3 points A B and C and if the average value of B and C is less t...

Page 582: ...ap 17 Measure width of thrust bearing journal H and adjust with proper thrust bearings see table Notice The same thickness of thrust washers should be installed on both sides of the thrust bearing 18 Coat the upper thrust bearing 4 with oil and insert into the crankcase so that the oil grooves are facing the crank webs arrow 19 Coat the lower thrust bearing 7 with oil and insert into the crankshaf...

Page 583: ... 55 Nm 90 Notice Install from No 1 cap 22 Rotate the crankshaft with hand and check whether it rotates smoothly 23 Measure crankshaft bearing axial clearance Clearance 0 100 0 245mm Notice If the clearance is out of standard adjust the axial clearance of crankshaft bearing by replacing the thrust washers Dial Gauge 001 589 53 21 00 Dial Gauge Holder 363 589 02 21 00 Notice The same thickness of th...

Page 584: ... oil filter element and then change the engine oil and oil filter element after 1 000 1 500km 27 Measure the radial clearance L of the connecting rod bearing Example Measured value J 47 700mm Measured value K 47 653mm Clearance L 0 047mm Radial Clearance L 0 026 0 068mm Notice If the clearance is out of standard adjust the radial clearance of connecting rod bearing by replacing the connecting rod ...

Page 585: ...1B3 93 FLYWHEEL Preceding Work Removal of the transmission Removal of the clutch 1 Oil Pan 2 Straight Pin 3 Flywheel 4 12 Sided Stretch Bolt Check 45Nm 90 5 Drive Plate Automatic Transmission 6 Flywheel Automatic Transmission ...

Page 586: ...1B3 94 OM600 ENGINE MECHANICAL l Manual transmission flywheel l Automatic transmission flywheel OM661LA OM662LA ...

Page 587: ...ctly align the position of dowel pin 2 Tools Required 602 589 00 40 00 Engine Lock Removal Installation Procedure 1 Install the engine lock Engine Lock 602 589 02 40 00 2 Remove the 12 sided stretch bolts 4 Installation Notice Tightening Torque 45 Nm 90 Notice If the length L of bolts exceeds 22 5mm replace the bolts ...

Page 588: ...ANICAL 4 Remove the flywheel 6 and driven plate 5 if equipped with automatic transmission Installation Notice Correctly align the position of dowel pin 2 5 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 589: ...s are severe than permissible specifications replace the flywheel l When machining the clutch surface A the mounting surface B for the clutch pressure plate should also be machined in accordance with A to keep the distance a l Do not machine under b value l When machining fix the flywheel exactly not to exceed the standard runout OM662LA OM662LA Max axial runout Distance a New Repair up to 19 3 19...

Page 590: ... OM600 ENGINE MECHANICAL FLYWHEEL RING GEAR Preceding Work Removal of flywheel 1 Ring Gear 2 Flywheel 3 Centering Collar Diameter Tools Required 001 589 53 21 00 Dial Gauge 363 589 02 21 00 Dial Gauge Holder ...

Page 591: ...p with a chisel 2 Thoroughly clean the collar surfaces of ring gear 3 Measure diameter a of centering collar Notice If out of standard replace the flywheel 4 Heat up the new ring gear up to 220 C by using a heating device Notice Use temperature measuring chalk 5 Install the new ring gear 1 onto the flywheel by using a drift ...

Page 592: ...MECHANICAL 6 Measure axial runout of ring gear 1 on a surface plate Limit Max 0 4mm Notice For correct measurement put the flywheel on the flat measuring board Dial Gauge 001 589 53 21 00 Dial Gauge Holder 363 589 02 21 00 ...

Page 593: ...OM600 ENGINE MECHANICAL 1B3 101 HYDRAULIC VALVE CLEARANCE COMPENSATION ELEMENT CHECK 1 Cylinder Head Cover 2 Bolt 10Nm 3 Gasket Replace 4 Valve Tappet 5 Cylinder Head ...

Page 594: ... After 5minutes check the engine oil level and adjust if necessary 3 Remove the cylinder head cover 4 Check the valve tappets at TDC position of each cylinders 5 Using a drift lightly press the valve tappet and measure clearance between the cam and valve tappet Notice If the clearance exceeds 0 4mm replace the valve tappet 6 If a valve tappet moves down too far in comparison to the others replace ...

Page 595: ...OM600 ENGINE MECHANICAL 1B3 103 VALVE TAPPETS Preceding Work Removal of camshaft 1 Valve Tappet 2 Cylinder Head 3 Oil Gallery 4 Seal Replace 5 Screw Plug Tools Required 102 589 03 40 00 Magnetic Bar ...

Page 596: ...ic Bar 102 589 03 40 00 2 Remove the plug 5 and blow compressed air into the oil gallery 3 At this time check that the outlet bores arrow at the seat of the valve tappet are clear 3 Replace the seal 4 and tighten the plug 5 4 Insert the new valve tappet Notice Coat the valve tappet with oil ...

Page 597: ...B3 105 VALVE SPRINGS CHECK Preceding Work Removal of valve spring 1 Valve Spring Service Data Outer diameter 33 1mm Wire diameter 4 20mm Free length 50 0mm At preloaded Length Tension new 680 740N 27mm Limit 612N 2 Spring Scale ...

Page 598: ...CAL VALVE SPRINGS CYLINDERHEADREMOVED Cylinder Head Removed 1 Valve Tappet 2 Valve Cotters 3 Spring Retainer 4 Valve Spring Check replace if necessary 5 Cylinder Head 6 Stud Bolt 12Nm 7 Washer 8 Nut Replace 25Nm 9 Exhaust Manifold ...

Page 599: ... 589 06 63 00 Magnetic Finger 601 589 01 59 00 Assembling Board 601 589 02 59 00 Supporting Bridge 667 589 00 31 00 Press Lever Replace the gasket and tighten the nuts 8 2 Install the assembling board 11 to the cylinder head with 4 cylinder head blots 10 Assembling Board 601 589 01 59 00 3 Pull out the valve tappet 1 with magnetic bar 12 Notice Place the valve tappets upside down open end upward M...

Page 600: ...reful not to damage guide bore of the valve tappet Press Lever 667 589 00 31 00 Magnetic Finger 116 589 06 63 00 6 Remove the spring retainer 3 and spring 4 Installation Notice Install the valve spring with the color coding arrow facing down 7 Check the valve spring and replace if necessary 8 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 601: ...otters 3 Spring Retainer 4 Valve Spring Check replace if necessary 5 Timing Chain 6 Cylinder Head Notice Remove the valve springs only when the piston is at TDC Tools Required 102 589 03 40 00 Magnetic Bar 116 589 06 63 00 Magnetic Finger 603 589 01 40 00 Holding Wheel 667 589 00 31 00 Press Lever 667 589 02 63 00 Supporting Bar ...

Page 602: ...0 31 00 Magnetic Finger 116 589 06 63 00 Removal Installation Procedure 1 Remove the valve tappet 1 with magentic lifter Notice Place the valve tappets upside down open end upward Magentic Liter 102 589 03 40 00 2 Install the holding wheel 7 into the timing chain of camshaft sprocket piston Holding Wheel 603 589 01 40 00 3 Position the piston of relevant cylinder at TDC 4 Install the supporting ba...

Page 603: ...and insert valve spring Retainer 3 9 By press the spring retainer 3 with press lever 90 install the valve cotters with magnetic finger 10 Press Lever 667 589 00 31 00 Magnetic Finger 116 589 06 63 00 10 Remove the supporting bar 11 Remove the holding wheel 7 from the timing chain 5 Holding Wheel 603 589 01 40 00 13 Coat the valve tappet with oil and install it Magnetic Bar 102 589 03 40 00 ...

Page 604: ...VE STEM SEALS Preceding Work Removal of camshaft 1 Valve Tappet 2 Valve Cotters 3 Spring Retainer 4 Valve Spring Check replace if necessary 5 Valve Stem Seal 6 Valve Notice Remove the valve stem seals when the piston is positioned at TDC ...

Page 605: ...etic Lifter 603 589 01 40 00 Holding Wheel 601 589 02 43 00 Drift 116 589 06 63 00 Magnetic Finger 667 589 02 63 00 Supporting Bar A Intake valve stem seal B Exhaust valve stem seal Chamfer Inner diameter d Color Wire ring Intake valve stem seal Offset 7 3mm Brown Black Exhaust valve stem seal All round 8 2mm Green Yellow ...

Page 606: ...89 03 40 00 2 Install the holding wheel 7 into the timing chain 11 Holding Wheel 603 589 01 40 00 3 Position the piston of relevant cylinder at TDC 4 Install the supporting bar 8 Supporting Bar 667 589 02 63 00 5 Using press lever 9 press the spring retainer 3 downward and remove the valve collets with magnetic finger 10 Press Lever 667 589 00 31 00 Magnetic Finger 116 589 06 63 00 ...

Page 607: ...ert the cap 12 onto the valve 6 and install the new valve stem seal 5 and then remover the cap Drift 601 589 02 43 00 9 By pressing the spring seat with press lever 9 install the valve cotters 2 with magnetic finger 10 Notice Be careful not to damage guide bore of the valve tappet Press Lever 667 589 00 31 00 Magnetic Finger 116 589 06 63 00 ...

Page 608: ...size 1 Repair size 2 Outer Diameter D 14 251 14 440 14 451 14 240 14 251 14 440 14 451 Color Code 14 200 14 211 14 400 14 411 14 200 14 211 14 400 14 411 Overlap D a Valve Guide InnerDiameter A 37 7 Length L CHECK AND REPLACEMENT OF VALVE GUIDES Preceding Work Removal of cylinder head Removal of valve spring Removal of valve 1 Cylinder Head 2 Valve Guide 3 Valve Seat Ring a Basic Bore Diameter ...

Page 609: ... 346 589 00 63 00 Super Cooling Box 601 589 02 23 00 GO NO GO Gauge 601 589 05 15 00 Drift for Intake Notice Measure center arrow of the valve guide and if the inner diameter A exceeds standard value replace the guide 601 589 06 15 00 Drift for Exhaust Matching Valve Seat Broaching Tools Guide Sleeves Valve Seat Intake Exhaust Intake Exhaust Broaching Tool No 115 589 00 53 00 14 2mm 115 589 01 53 ...

Page 610: ...ge into the valve guide bore If the NO GO side is inserted fully replace the valve guide Intake 8mm Exhaust 9mm GO NOGOGauge601589022300 Replacement Procedure 1 Drive out the valve guide 2 by using a drift 5 Notice The valve guide must be driven out upward of the cylinder head Drift for Intake 103 589 03 15 00 Drift for Exhaust 103 589 02 15 00 Checking 1 Thoroughly clean the valve guide bore usin...

Page 611: ...ching tool must be cleared of swarf with a stiff plastic brush Lubricate the basic bore guide sleeve and broaching tool with petroleum Push broaching tool 6 in broaching direction arrow into the guide sleeve 7 far enough so that the first cut of the broaching tool is positioned in the basic bore when guide sleeve is fitted onto the valve seat ring 3 6 Broaching tool 7 Guide sleeve See the standard...

Page 612: ...r Intake 102 589 00 23 00 GO NO GO Gauge for Exhaust 117 589 03 23 00 6 Cool down the new valve guide 2 with liquid nitrogen Notice Do not touch the cooled valve guide by hand Super Cooling box 346 589 00 63 00 7 Drive in new valve guide with drift 8 until the wire ring makes contact Notice The valve guide must be driven in from the cylinder head cover Drift for Intake 601 589 05 15 00 Drift for E...

Page 613: ...ENGINE MECHANICAL 1B3 121 9 If necessary ream the valve guide bore evenly Notice Never turn the reamer against the direction of rotation Reamer for Exhaust 000 589 10 53 00 Reamer for Intake 000 589 21 53 00 ...

Page 614: ...Surface B Height cylinder Head Cover Surface Seat of Valve Seat Ring D Valve Seat Ring Outer Diameter D1 Valve Seat Ring Inner Diameter D2 Basic Bore Diameter H Height of Valve Seat Ring Service Data Item D2 D D1 H Overlap U D D2 B A Intake 40 000 40 016mm 40 084 40 100mm 33 400 33 600mm 6 955 7 045mm 0 068 0 100mm 133 4mm 142 5mm Exhaust 37 000 37 016mm 37 084 37 100mm 30 400 30 600mm 6 955 7 045...

Page 615: ...ectrically Heated Water Tank CommercialTools Hunger D 8000 München 70 Type Ventilknecht K2000 Order No 221 00 100 Hunger D 8000 München 70 Type VDS 1A Order No 236 03 308 Hunger D 8000 München 70 Type RDS 1 Order No 219 00 100 Hunger D 8000 München 70 Type PVM 1 Hunger D 8000 München 70 Order No 250 15 250 Hunger D 8000 München 70 Order No 217 93 601 Hunger D 8000 München 70 Order No 216 69 210 Ma...

Page 616: ...mm and dimension E is approx 6mm 4 Remove the cylinder head from the clamping device and place it onto wooden blocks 5 Remove the valve guide 3 Drift Intake 8mm Drift Exhaust 9mm 6 Insert the tensioning head 4 and extracted wedges arrow by turning the bolt 5 Notice Carefully tighten the bolt 5 otherwise the valve seat ring in the cylinder head will be excessively tensioned 7 Lock the bolt 5 with n...

Page 617: ...value U 0 090mm If overlap value U is out of standard machine the basic bore for the valve seat ring 13 Clamp the cylinder head with clamping device 14 Machining basic bore for valve seat ring repair size Notice Maintain minimum value of B Machine the basic bore Limit Intake Exhaust Max D2 Min B 40 516mm 37 516mm 133 4mm Measure machined basic bore and outer diameter D of valve seat ring repair si...

Page 618: ...ve guide must be driven in from the cylinder head cover Drift Intake 8mm Drift Exhaust 9mm 19 Machine the valve seats 15 Hang the cylinder head 1 to the lifting device and heat in a water tank to approx 80 C 16 Cool down new valve seat ring 2 into the cooling box with liquid nitrogen Notice Do not touch the cooled valve seat rings with hand Super Cooling Box 345 589 00 63 00 ...

Page 619: ...ceding Works Removal of cylinder head Removal of the vale spring Removal of the valve I Valve Length W Camshaft Cam Basic Diameter X Distance Camshaft Basic Bore Valve Stem Y Half Camshaft Basic Bore Diameter Z Distance Cylinder Head Cover Parting Surface Valve Stem ...

Page 620: ...m Exhaust Valve 34 90 35 10 mm 1 7 mm 45 9 945 8 960 mm 106 20 106 60 mm 105 30 105 70 mm 0 03 mm Standard Repair Max Permis Sible Runout at Valve Stem and Valve Seat W 38 0 0 2mm MatchingValves Camshaft Cam Basic Dia Size x Size x Size x 19 5 20 3mm 20 4 21 4mm 21 4 21 97mm W 36 6 0 2mm Camshaft Cam Basic Dia 19 5 20 1mm 20 2 21 2mm 21 2 21 97mm Valve to be Used Use machined valve if needed new r...

Page 621: ...bled valve disc with worn or scored valve stem should be replaced 2 Measure valve disc height h Service data Intake Exhaust 1 7 0 15 mm 1 7 0 15 mm 3 Machine the valve Notice Pay attention to setting angle α Commercial Tool Valve corn grinding machine 4 Measure radial runout between valve stem and valve seat Limit Max 0 03mm Dial Gauge 001 589 32 21 00 ...

Page 622: ...valve guides 6 Coat the valve stem with oil and insert it into valve guide 7 Insert the valves 1 into the valve guides according to marking 8 Measure amount by which the valve arrears a Arrears a 0 1 0 7 mm Notice If out of standard replace the valve seat ring 9 Measure camshaft cam basic diameter w Diameter w 38 0 2 mm or 37 6 0 2 mm ...

Page 623: ...re valve stem x z y Determine the valve to use according to this measurement See matching valves Example Measured value w 38 2 mm Measured value z 36 5 mm Value y 15 5 mm x 36 5 15 5 21 0mm In this case according to Matching valves table the installed valve may be used ...

Page 624: ...VALVE SEAT Preceding Work Removal of prechamber Removal and inspection of valve replace if necessary Inspection of valve guide replace if necessary 1 Valve 2 Valve Seat Ring 3 Cylinder Head 4 Valve Guide a Valve Seat Angle b Valve Seat Free Angle ...

Page 625: ...MatchingValves Camshaft cam basic dia Size x Size x Size x 19 5 20 3mm 20 4 21 4mm 21 4 21 97mm w 37 6 0 2 mm Camshaft cam basic dia 19 5 20 1mm 20 2 21 2mm 21 2 21 97mm Valve to be used Use machined valve if needed use pair valve 1 105 5 0 2mm Reuse valve Use standard size valve I 106 4 0 2mm CommercialTools Hunger D 8000 München 70 Type Ventilknecht K2000 Order No 221 00 100 Hunger D 8000 Münche...

Page 626: ...eplacing the valve guide When replacing the valve seat or valve seat ring 1 Machine the valve seat a 45 2 Measure valve seat width b Valve seat width b 1 2 1 7 mm 1 5 2 0 mm Intake Exhaust 3 If the specification is exceeded the valve seat width has to be corrected at the lower free angle of β 65 4 Measure radial runout Runout Max 0 03mm ...

Page 627: ...5 Insert the valve 1 into the valve guide according to marking and measure amount by which the valve arrears a Arrears a 0 1 0 7mm 6 Measure camshaft cam basic circle diameter w Diameter w 7 Measure distance z cylinder head cover parting surface valve stem ...

Page 628: ...Distance Cylinder head cover parting surface valve stem 8 Measure x Camshaft basic bore valve stem x z y 9 Determine the valve to be used See Matching valves Example Measured value w 38 2 mm Measured value z 36 5 mm Value y 15 5 mm x 36 5 15 5 21 0 mm In the case of a camshaft cam basic circle diameter w 38 2mm and a distance x 21 0mm the installed valve may be used ...

Page 629: ...g 1 Cylinder Head Cover 2 Bolt 10Nm 3 Gasket Replace 4 Valve Tappet 5 Cylinder Head Timing Condition of camshaft New After approx 20 000km Intake valve Open ATDC 11 33 ATDC 12 Close ABDC 17 ABDC 18 Exhaust valve Open BBDC 28 BBDC 27 Close BTDC 15 25 BTDC 14 At 2mm of valve lifting stroke ...

Page 630: ...ot rotate the engine at the bolt of the crankshaft sprocket Do not rotate the engine in the opposite direction of engine rotation If do this will cause serious measuring errors 3 Install the dial gauge holder and dial gauge 7 with the extension 8 to the cylinder head and position the tracer pin 9 onto the valve tappet intake valve of cylinder NO 1 with a preload of min 3mm Notice The tracer pin sh...

Page 631: ...oval of cylinder head cover 1 Bolt 25Nm 2 Washer 3 Camshaft Bearing Cap 4 Camshaft 5 Dowel Pin 6 Locking Washer 7 Timing Chain 8 Cylinder Head 9 Oil Pan 10 Camshaft Sprocket 11 Washer 12 12 Sided Bolt M11 Check 25Nm 90 13 Gasket Replace 14 Chain Tensioner 80Nm ...

Page 632: ...40 00 Engine Lock Removal Procedure 1 Rotate the crankshaft and position the piston of no 1 cylinder at TDC Notice Do not rotate the crankshaft in the opposite direction of engine rotation In this position the markings of the camshaft camshaft bearing cap arrow must be aligned 2 Place alignment marks on the camshaft sprocket and timing chain ...

Page 633: ...cket 5 Remove the chain tensioner 6 Remove the camshaft bearing cap bolts according to the removal order Notice Remove the camshaft bearing cap bolts of 1 dark arrow first and then remove the bolts of 2 light arrow one revolution in stages until the counter pressure is released In order to avoid damaging the camshaft it is essential to adhere to the removal order for the camshaft bearing caps OM66...

Page 634: ...to miss front locking washer 9 Pull out the locking washer Notice Check the condition of locking washer and replace if necessary Installation Procedure 1 Insert the locking washer 2 Check the valve tappet and ensure that tappet moves smoothly 3 Coat the camshaft with oil and install the camshaft onto the cylinder head so that the TDC marking arrow is positioned upward vertically ...

Page 635: ...gned the markings of the camshaft camshaft bearing cap arrow Notice Align the alignment marks on the timing chain and sprocket Tightening Torque 25 Nm Notice Tighten the No 1 bolts light arrow by one revolution in stages first and then tighten the No 2 bolts dark arrow OM661LA OM662LA 7 Tighten the camshaft sprocket bolt Tightening Torque 25Nm 90 ...

Page 636: ...T on the crankshaft 8 Install the chain tensioner Tightening Torque 80 Nm Notice Replace the seal Before installation by pumping in the oil approx 10 times fill the oil 9 Remove the engine lock Notice If max length L of the 12 sided bolt exceeds 53 6mm replace it ...

Page 637: ...OM600 ENGINE MECHANICAL 1B3 145 CHAIN TENSIONER 1 Chain Tensioner 80Nm 2 Seal Replace ...

Page 638: ... facing up Slowly push down the thrust pin as far as the stop 7 10 times with the aid of a press or a column drill Faulty chain tensioners should be replaced completely 3 Screw Plug 4 Aluminum Gasket 5 Ball 6 Ball Guide 7 Compression Spring 8 Compression Spring 9 Housing 10 Thrust Pin 11 Valve Disc 12 O Ring 13 Snap Ring 14 Compression Spring 15 Filler A Feed Bore from Cylinder Head B To Oil Pan ...

Page 639: ...E MECHANICAL 1B3 147 TIMING CHAIN Preceding Work Removal of glow plug Removal of chain tensioner Removal of cooling fan Removal of cylinder head cover 1 Chain Link 2 Timing Chain 3 Camshaft Sprocket 4 Outer Plate ...

Page 640: ...ire arrow Tools Required 000 589 58 43 00 Chain Assembling Device Replacement Procedure 1 Cover over the chain box with cleaning rag and grind off both chain pins arrow at a chain link 1 of the timing chain 2 Remove the outer plate 4 and chain link 1 Notice Ensure that the ends of the timing chain do not drop into the chain box 3 Loosen the chain tension with approx 4 turns 4 Connect the new timin...

Page 641: ... Insert the new outer plate 4 into the fitting tool 8 and then the outer plate will be held by a magnet Chain Assembling Device 000 589 58 43 00 9 Place the fitting tool 8 onto the chain link and press the outer plate on as far as the stop 10 Switch over the die 9 of the fitting tool 8 ...

Page 642: ...markings are not aligned the timing chain must be re set and the injection pump timing has to be set 14 Position the no 1 cylinder at TDC 11 Place the fitting tool 8 onto the chain link and rivet the chain pins one by one 12 Check the riveting of chain pins and re rivet if necessary 13 Remove the wire Tightening Torque 35 40 Nm ...

Page 643: ...GINE MECHANICAL 1B3 151 TENSIONING RAIL Preceding Work Removal of cylinder head Removal of timing case cover 1 Tensioning Rail 2 Bearing Pin Notice The plastic coating of the tensioning rail can not be replaced ...

Page 644: ... belt Removal of chain tensioner 1 Cylinder Head Cover 2 Bolt 10Nm 3 Gasket Replace 4 Camshaft Sprocket 5 Washer 6 12 Sided Bolt M11 Inspect 25Nm 90 7 Tensioning Lever 8 Bolt 23Nm 9 Bearing Pin Sealing Compound 10 Guide Rail 11 Bearing Pin 12 Guide Pulley 13 Socket Bolt 23Nm 14 Closing Cover 15 Spring 16 Timing Chain ...

Page 645: ...emoval Procedure 1 Removal the cylinder head cover 2 Pull off the tensioning lever 7 and remove from the spring 15 3 Pry off the closing cover 14 and remove the bolt 13 and then remove the guide pulley 12 4 Place alignment marks arrow on the timing chain 16 and camshaft sprocket 4 5 Remove the camshaft sprocket ...

Page 646: ...ve the guide rail 10 SlidingHammer116589203300 Threaded Pin 116 589 02 34 00 Installation Procedure 1 Apply collar of both bearing pins with sealing compound 2 Position the guide rail and insert the bearing pins 3 Install the camshaft sprocket Tightening Torque 10 Nm Notice If the max length L of the 12 sided bolt exceeds 53 6mm replace it ...

Page 647: ...g on the camshaft camshaft bearing cap arrow must also be aligned 5 Install the guide pulley 12 Tightening Torque 23 Nm 6 Attach the tensioning lever 7 to the spring 15 and install 7 Replace the gasket and install the cylinder head cover Tightening Torque 10 Nm ...

Page 648: ... OM600 ENGINE MECHANICAL TIMING CASE COVER GUIDE RAIL Preceding Work Removal of cylinder head cover 1 Bearing Pin 2 Bearing Pin 3 Guide Rail 4 Oil Pump Chain 5 Crankshaft 6 Spring 7 Bushing 8 Tensioning Lever ...

Page 649: ...iming case cover 1 12 Sided Stretch Bolt M11 Check 25Nm 90 2 Washer 3 Camshaft Sprocket 4 Timing Chain 5 Bearing Pin 6 Bearing Pin 7 Oil Pump 8 Oil Pump Sprocket 9 Oil Pump Chain 10 Washer 11 Bolt 25Nm 12 Crankshaft Sprocket 13 Crankshaft 15 Key 16 Guide Rail 17 Spring 18 Bushing 19 Tensioning Lever ...

Page 650: ... together with the spring 17 and guide rail 16 far enough until the tensioning lever has passed the oil pump chain 9 and is resting against the crankshaft 13 2 Pull out tensioning lever 19 spring 17 and bushing 18 from the bearing pin 6 3 Pull out the guide rail 16 4 Remove the bolt 11 and then remove the washer 10 oil pump chin 9 and sprocket 8 ...

Page 651: ...2 589 05 33 00 5 Place alignment marks arrow on the timing chain 4 and crankshaft sprocket 12 6 Remove the woodruff key 15 7 Place alignment marks arrow on the timing chain 4 and camshaft sprocket 3 8 Remove the chain tensioner 9 Remove the bolt 1 and then remove the washer 2 and camshaft sprocket 3 ...

Page 652: ...pump sprocket for wear and replace if necessary 2 Install the new crankshaft sprocket 12 by using a drift 21 Notice Align the groove of sprocket and woodruff key arrow exactly Drift 116 589 07 15 00 3 Fit the timing chain 4 on the crankshaft sprocket 12 Notice Align the alignment marks arrow on the chain and sprocket 4 Install the camshaft sprocket 3 Tightening Torque 25 Nm 90 Notice Pay attention...

Page 653: ...oil pump sprocket 8 into the oil pump chain and then install it on the oil pump Notice The curved side of the oil pump sprocket should face the oil pump 6 Insert the woodruff key 15 7 Install the guide rail 16 Attach the spring 17 to guide rail and to tensioning lever together onto the bearing pins 5 6 Notice Ensure that the spring is correctly located in the guide rail arrow ...

Page 654: ...9 Connecting Rod Upper Bearing Shell 10 Connecting Rod Lower Bearing Shell 11 Connecting Rod Bearing Cap 12 Connecting Rod Bolt 35Nm 90 13 Crankcase 14 Cylinder Bore Notice There are two kinds of connecting rods for machining and they are different in weight approx 15g When replacing the connecting rod measure its weight and ensure that a engine has the same weight of connecting rods If not there ...

Page 655: ...ushing diameter Max 0 12 mm 0 735 0 965 mm 26 012 26 018 mm Connecting Rod Bolt Dimensions Thread Stretch shaft C diameter new Minimum stretch shaft diameter C Length L new Tools Required 000 589 04 14 00 Tensioning Strap 001 589 53 21 00 Dial Gauge 363 589 02 21 00 Dial Gauge Holder M9 x 1 7 4 0 1 mm 7 1 mm 52 0 3 mm ...

Page 656: ...ecting rod bolts 12 and then remove the connecting rod bearing caps 11 3 Remove the connecting rod bearing shells 9 10 Notice Be careful not mix the bearing caps and shells each other 4 Remove the piston 6 and connecting rod 8 5 Remove the snap ring 4 and pull out the piston pin 5 6 Separate the piston and connecting rod ...

Page 657: ...g slot 16 are facing in direction of the vehicle 2 Coat the piston pin 15 with engine oil and insert it by hand Notice Do not heat up the piston 3 Install the new snap ring 4 into the grooves arrow 4 Check the piston rings 1 2 3 and replace them if necessary 5 Install and arrange the piston rings to be evenly 120 from each ends gap ...

Page 658: ...inder with a wooden stick 18 Notice The arrow on the piston crown must point toward the front of vehicle 9 Insert the connecting rod bearing shells 9 10 Notice Be careful of the difference in upper and lower bearing shells and not to be changed 10 Position the connecting rod bearings caps Notice Position so that the retaining lugs are on the same side of the connecting rod bearing arrow 11 Measure...

Page 659: ...l clearance between the connecting rod and crankshaft 14 Measure clearance between the piston crown and cylinder Standard Max 0 12mm 15 Position the piston at TDC and measure the distance between the piston crown and the crankcase surface Notice Measure at points marked Dial Gauge 001 589 00 53 21 Dial Gauge Holder 363 589 02 21 00 Standard Max 0 965 mm ...

Page 660: ... ENGINE MECHANICAL 1B3 169 OIL FILTER 1 Nut 25 Nm 2 Oil Filter Cover 3 O Ring Replace 4 Oil Filter Element Replace If necessary 5 Oil Filter Housing 6 Bolt M8 10Nm 7 Oil Pressure Switch 8 Gasket 9 Bolt 25 Nm ...

Page 661: ...stallation Procedure 1 Remove the oil filter cover and then drain the oil 2 Remove the oil pressure switch line 3 Remove the oil filter housing 4 Clean the sealing surface 5 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 662: ...il Pan 3 Combination Bolt 10 Nm 4 Combination Bolt 10 Nm 5 Gasket Replace 6 Lower Oil Pan 7 Combination Bolt 25 Nm 8 Drain Plug 25 Nm 9 Washer Seal Replace 10 Oil Pan Remove and install as numerical sequence Notice Replace the washer seal with new one OM662LA OM661LA ...

Page 663: ...1B3 172 OM600ENGINE MECHANICAL Oil Circulation ...

Page 664: ...OM600 ENGINE MECHANICAL 1B3 173 Oil Filter a From Oil Pump b To Main Oil Gallery c To Oil Pan ...

Page 665: ... OM600ENGINE MECHANICAL OIL SPRAY NOZZLE 1 Fitting Sleeve 2 Oil Spray Nozzle Disassembly Procedure 1 Remove oil pan or crankshaft 2 Loose the bolt and then remove the nozzle 3 Combination Bolt 10 Nm A Oil Duct ...

Page 666: ...CAL 1B3 175 OIL PUMP 1 Oil Pump 2 Piston 3 Pressure Spring 4 Guide Pin 5 Screw Plug 50 Nm 6 Combination Bolt 25 Nm 7 Oil Strainer 8 Bracket Disassembly Procedure 1 Remove the oil pan 2 Unscrew the mounting bolt of spracket ...

Page 667: ...MECHANICAL Tightening Torque 10 Nm 3 Unscrew the oil strainer bracket bolt 4 Remove the oil pump 5 Unscrew the screw plug and remove the relief valve 6 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 668: ...tion 4 Gasket Replace 5 Coolant Gallery Sealing 6 Pressure Measuring Plate Completely tight to the cylinder head 7 Cylinder Head Immerse with pressure measuring plate into warm water of approx 60 C and pressurize with compressed airof 2 bar Notice If air bubbles are seen replace the cylinderhead Tools Required 115 589 34 63 00 Pressure Measuring Plate 601 589 00 25 00 Suspension Device UNIT REPAIR...

Page 669: ...a Prechamber protrusion Service Data In longitudinal direction In transverse direction Intake valve Exhaust valve 142 9 143 1mm 142 5mm 0 08mm 0 0mm Max 0 1mm 0 0017mm 0 1 0 7mm 0 1 0 7mm 7 6 8 1mm FACING CYLINDER HEAD MATING SURFACE Preceding Work Removal of prechamber Cylinder head pressure leakage test 1 Valve 2 Cylinder Head 3 Prechamber A Height of Cylinder Head B Longitudinal Direction C Tra...

Page 670: ...e height is less than 142 5mm replace the cylinder head 2 Insert the valve 1 and measure valve arrears a Valve Arrears a 0 1 0 7 mm Notice If out of standard machine the valve seat 3 Install the prechamber and measure protrusion C Protrusion C 7 6 8 1mm 4 Assemble the engine and check the valve timing ...

Page 671: ...HANICAL REPLACEMENT OF CRANKCASE CORE PLUG Left Right Core plug φ34mm OM661LA 2EA OM662LA 3EA Core plug φ34mm OM661LA 2EA OM662LA 3EA Core plug φ17mm OM661LA 1EA OM662LA 1EA Core plug φ34mm OM661LA 1EA OM662LA 1EA Left Right ...

Page 672: ...pdrawn edge of the core plug and pull forward and then rotate 90 4 Pull out the core plug with pliers 5 Thoroughly clean the sealing surface and apply Loctite 241 6 Install the new core plug by using a drift Drift 102 589 00 15 00 F34 Drift 102 589 12 15 00 F17 7 Install the removed parts and fill the coolant Notice The adhesive must be allowed to harden for about 45 minutes before filling of cool...

Page 673: ...n longitudinal direction Piston protrusion at TDC to crankcase upper surface In longitudinal direction B In transverse direction C Min 299 62 mm 0 06 mm 0 06 mm 0 0006 0 0016 mm 0 05 mm 0 965 mm 0 735 mm Max Min FACING CRANKCASE CONTACTING SURFACE 1 Crankcase 2 Crankcase Contacting Surface Y Height crankcase upper surface crankcase lower surface B Longitudinal Direction C Transverse Direction H Ch...

Page 674: ...receding Work Removal of cooling fan Removal of the coolant pump housing Removal of the flywheel and driven plate 1 Steel Ball φ15mm 2 Screw Plug Loctite 241 50Nm Notice The screw plug 2 has to be installed as a repair solution if the steel ball 1 is leaking ...

Page 675: ...M600ENGINE MECHANICAL 3 Steel Ball φ17mm 4 Seal 5 Screw Plug 50Nm Notice The seal 4 and screw plug 5 have to be installed as a repair solution if the steel ball 3 is leaking Tools Required 601 589 08 15 00 Drift ...

Page 676: ...not to damage the bores of the steel balls 6Shop madetool 3 Thoroughly clean the bores of steel balls 4 Place the steel ball 3 onto the drift 7 with a little grease and position to the bore and then tap until the drift stops Drift 601 589 08 15 00 5 Place the steel ball 1 onto the drift 7 with a little grease and position to the bore and then tap until the drift stops Drift 601 589 08 1500 6 Warm ...

Page 677: ...g 1 Remove the steel ball 2 Tap thread into the bores of the oil gallery Notice Front bore M18 1 5 depth 10mm Rear bore M16 1 5 depth 14mm 3 Thoroughly clean the oil gallery 4 Tighten the front plug 5 with seal 4 5 Apply Loctite 241 and then tighten the rear plug 2 Tightening Torque 50 Nm Tightening Torque 50 Nm ...

Page 678: ...er shape Honing angle CYLINDER BORE MEASUREMENT a Longitudinal Direction b Transverse Direction c d e Measuring Point 1 Crankcase Contacting Surface 2 TDC of 1st Piston Ring 4 BDC of Ring Service Data Code letter A Code letter X Code letter B When new Wear limit 89 000 89 006mm 89 006 89 012mm 89 012 89 018mm Max 0 20mm 0 01mm 0 05mm 50 10 ...

Page 679: ...ry cable before removing or installing any electrical unit or when a tool or equipment could easily come in contact with exposed electrical terminals Disconnecting this cable will help prevent personal injury and damage to the vehicle The ignition must also be in LOCK unless otherwise noted TABLE OF CONTENTS Description Water Cooling Forced Circulation Double Cross Flow 70 000 kcal h 580 x 482 x 4...

Page 680: ...5 9 11 9 11 9 11 40 5 49 5 3 7 3 7 Application Coolant Drain Plug Engine Hanger Bracket and Coolant Outlet Port Bolt Thermostat Cover Bracket Bolt Oil Cooler Pipe Line Bolt Cooling Fan Bolt Viscous Clutch Bolt Automatic Transmission Oil Cooling Hose Bolt Cooling Fan Shroud Bolt ...

Page 681: ...M162 ENGINE COOLING 1D1 3 SPECIAL TOOLS SPECIAL TOOLS TABLE 124 589 15 21 00 Tester 603 589 00 40 Counter Holder ...

Page 682: ...cedure 1 Loosen the cap a little and release pressure and remove the cap Notice For the risk of scalding cap must not be opened unless the coolant temperature is below 90 C 2 Fill coolant up to upper edge arrow of reservoir Tester 124 589 15 21 00 4 If the pressure on the tester drops check leakage at the all coolant hoses and pipes and each connections Replace or retighten if necessary ...

Page 683: ... coolant Notice Collect coolant by using a proper container 3 Drain the coolant from the crankcase by inserting a hose dia 14mm onto the drain bolt on the side of crankcase exhaust manifold and by loosening the plug Notice l Just loosen the drain plug to drain the coolant and do not remove the plug completely l Collect coolant by using proper container 4 After complete draining of the coolant remo...

Page 684: ...atch the anti freeze and the water ratio to 50 50 l Supplement the coolant until the coolant overflows to the deaeration hose 8 Insert the de aeration hose and completely tighten the clamp 9 Check the coolant level in the coolant reservoir tank 10 Warm up until thermostat is opened the engine and recheck the coolant level in the reservoir tank and fill up the coolant if necessary ...

Page 685: ...rom the radiator 2 Remove the hose mounting clamp 5 and disconnect the coolant hose 6 3 Remove the two bolts 1 the engine hanger bracket 2 and coolant outlet port 3 Installation Notice 4 O ring 5 Hose Mounting Clamp 6 Hose Replace the O ring with new one 4 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 5 Fill up the coolant as specified 6 Check the leaks in the cooling syste...

Page 686: ... belt Removal of air admission housing 1 Air Admission Housing 2 Oil Cooler Pipe Line 3 Seal Replace 4 Bolt 9 11 Nm 5 Coolant Hose 6 Coolant Hose 7 Outlet Coolant Hose 8 Coolant Hose 9 Inlet Coolant Hose 10 Coolant Pump 11 Bolt 21 Nm 12 Dowel Sleeve 13 Seal Replace ...

Page 687: ...ve the coolant line bolts 4 and then remove the coolant line 2 Installation Notice Notice Replace the seal 3 5 Remove the mounting bolts 11 and carefully pull out coolant pump 10 Installation Notice Tightening Torque 9 11 Nm Notice Replace the seal 13 Tightening Torque 21 Nm 6 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 7 Fill up coolant 8 Do coolaing system leakage test ...

Page 688: ... 5 and remove the thermostat cover bracket thermostat cover and the thermostat in order Installation Notice 1 Thermostat Cover 2 Thermostat 3 O ring 4 Thermostat Cover Bracket 5 Bolt M6 X 25 3 pieces 9 11 Nm 6 Hose Mounting Clamp 7 Heater Hose Do not separate the thermostat cover and thermostat 4 Replace the O ring if necessary 5 Check the leakage in the cooling system Tightening Torque 9 11 Nm ...

Page 689: ...Bolt M6 X 16 2 pieces 9 11 Nm 4 Oil Cooler Pipe Line 5 O ring Replace Removal Installation Procedure 1 Drain the coolant 2 Unscrew the bolts 2 3 and remove the oil cooler pipe line 4 Replace the O ring with new one Installation Notice 3 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 4 Fill up the coolant as specified 5 Check the leaks in the cooling system ...

Page 690: ... ENGINE COOLING COOLING FAN AND VISCOUS CLUTCH Preceding Work Removal of cooling fan shroud 1 Cooling Fan Pulley 2 Viscous Clutch 3 Cooling Fan 4 Bolt M6 X 12 4 pieces 9 11 Nm 5 Bolt M10 X 45 1 piece 40 5 49 5 Nm ...

Page 691: ...special tool 603 589 00 40 00 and remove the cooling fan after unscrewing the four bolts 4 Installation Notice 2 Remove the bolt 5 from the viscous clutch and remove the viscous clutch from the cooling fan pulley Installation Notice Tightening Torque 9 11 Nm Tightening Torque 40 5 49 5 Nm 3 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 692: ...For installation exactly align the lower fan shroud pin into the hole of the fan shroud assembly 4 and insert the clips 3 Remove the bolts 3 and then remove the cooling fan shroud assembly 4 1 Clip 2 Lower Fan Shroud 3 Bolt Installation Notice 4 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Tightening Torque 7 Nm 4 Fan Shroud Assembly 5 Radiator ...

Page 693: ... Removal of cooling fan shroud 1 Radiator Inlet Coolant Hose 2 Radiator Outlet Coolant Hose 3 Make Up Coolant Hose 4 Automatic Transmission Oil Cooling Hose 5 Automatic Transmission Oil Cooling Line 6 Bolt 7 Insulator 8 Stopper 9 Bolt 7 Nm 10 Radiator ...

Page 694: ...sion oil cooling hose Installation Notice 5 Remove the automatic transmission oil cooling line bolts and then remove the oil cooling line 6 Remove the radiator upper mounting bolts and then remove the bracket and insulator 7 Remove the radiator 8 Check the radiator pin for crack damage leakage and bending and replace if necessary 9 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse or...

Page 695: ...N Disconnect the negative battery cable before removing or installing any electrical unit or when a tool or equipment could easily come in contact with exposed electrical terminals Disconnecting this cable will help prevent personal injury and damage to the vehicle The ignition must also be in LOCK unless otherwise noted TABLE OF CONTENTS Description Water Cooling Forced Circulation Down Flow 61 5...

Page 696: ...5 9 11 9 11 9 11 40 5 49 5 3 7 3 7 Application Coolant Drain Plug Engine Hanger Bracket and Coolant Outlet Port Bolt Thermostat Cover Bracket Bolt Oil Cooler Pipe Line Bolt Cooling Fan Bolt Viscous Clutch Bolt Automatic Transmission Oil Cooling Hose Bolt Cooling Fan Shroud Bolt ...

Page 697: ...M161 ENGINE COOLING 1D2 3 SPECIAL TOOLS SPECIAL TOOLS TABLE 124 589 15 21 00 Tester 603 589 00 40 Counter Holder 111 589 02 01 00 Open End Wrench 111 589 00 40 00 Open End Wrench ...

Page 698: ...cedure 1 Loosen the cap a little and release pressure and remove the cap Notice For the risk of scalding cap must not be opened unless the coolant temperature is below 90 C 2 Fill coolant up to upper edge arrow of reservoir Tester 124 589 15 21 00 4 If the pressure on the tester drops check leakage at the all coolant hoses and pipes and each connections Replace or retighten if necessary ...

Page 699: ...nless the coolant temperature is below 90oC 2 Loosen the radiator lower drain cock and drain the coolant Notice Collect coolant by using a proper container 3 Drain the coolant from the crankcase by inserting a hose dia 14mm onto the drain bolt on the side of crankcase exhaust manifold and by loosening the plug Notice l Just loosen the drain plug to drain the coolant and do not remove the plug comp...

Page 700: ... hose 7 Fill up the coolant through the coolant reservoir tank Notice l Match the anti freeze and the water ratio to 50 50 l Supplement the coolant until the coolant overflows to the deaeration hose Tightening Torque 30 Nm 8 Insert the de aeration hose and completely tighten the clamp 9 Check the coolant level in the coolant reservoir tank 10 Warm up until thermostat is opened the engine and reche...

Page 701: ...M161 ENGINE COOLING 1D2 7 COOLING FAN AND VISCOUS CLUTCH 1 Bolt M6 X 14 3 piece 9 11 Nm 2 Cooling Fan 3 Viscous Clutch 4 Union Nut Left Threaded Screw 40 5 49 5 Nm ...

Page 702: ... pulley 2 Remove the viscous clutch using an open end wrench special tool 111 589 02 01 00 Installation Notice Notice The union nut is left threaded screw 3 Remove the 3 bolts 1 from the viscous clutch and remove the cooling fan and the viscous clutch Installation Notice Tightening Torque 40 5 49 5 Nm Tightening Torque 9 11 Nm Notice You may change the procedure 2 and 3 if necessary 4 Installation...

Page 703: ...utch 1 Bolt M6 X 45 1 piece 9 11 Nm 2 Bolt M6 X 95 1 piece 9 11 Nm 3 Bolt M6 X 25 4 piece 9 11 Nm 4 Bolt M8 X 85 2 piece 20 5 20 5 Nm 5 Coolant Pump Housing 6 Bolt M6 X 16 4 piece 9 11 Nm 7 Coolant Pump Pulley 8 Coolant Inlet Hose 9 Heater Hose 10 Coolant Bypass Hose 11 Gasket ...

Page 704: ... 5 Nm 1 2 3 4 Notice Hold the pulley with special tool 603 589 00 40 00 while removing the pulley Tightening Torque 9 11 Nm 5 Unscrew the bolts 1 2 3 4 from coolant pump housing 5 and remove the coolant pump Installation Notice 6 Clean the sealing surface 7 Replace the gasket with new one Notice Apply the sealant when the sealing surface of coolant pump housing and coolant mounting area is clean 8...

Page 705: ...screw the three bolts 1 and remove the thermostat cover assembly from thermostat housing Installation Notice Do not separate the thermostat cover and thermostat 4 Replace the O ring if necessary 5 Check the leakage in the cooling system Tightening Torque 9 11 Nm 1 Bolt M6 X 25 3 pieces 9 11 Nm 2 Thermostat Cover 3 De aeration Hose 4 Coolant Outlet Hose 5 Thermostat 6 O ring ...

Page 706: ...viscous clutch 1a Bolt M6 X 95 2 pieces 9 11 Nm 1b Bolt M8 X 75 2 pieces 22 5 27 5 Nm 1c Bolt M8 X 35 1 piece 22 5 27 5 Nm 2 Thermostat Housing Assembly 3 O ring 4 De aeration Hose 5 Coolant Outlet Hose 6 Coolant Bypass Hose 7 Tensioning Device Shock Absorber 8 Engine Hanger Brocket ...

Page 707: ... Unscrew the bolt 1c and pry off the tensioning device shock absorber 7 Installation Notice 6 Replace the O ring with new one 7 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 8 Check for leaks in cooling system 5 Unscrow the bolts 1a 1b and remove the engine hanger bracket and thermostat housing Installation Notice Tightening Torque 9 11 Nm 22 5 27 5 Nm 1a 1b Tightening Torq...

Page 708: ...ROUD Removal Installation Procedure 1 Unscrew two bolts from cooling fan shroud and remove the shrud Installation Notice 1 Fan Suroud Assembly Tightening Torque 3 7 Nm 2 Bolt M6 X 16 2 pieces 3 7 Nm 2 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 709: ...k Removal of cooling fan shroud 1 Inlet Hose 2 Hose to Engine 3 Hose to 3 way Connector 4 Make up Hose to Coolant Reservoir 5 3 way Connector 6 Automatic Transmission Oil Cooling Hose A T Equippend Vehicle 7 Bolt M6 X 20 4 pieces 3 7 Nm 8 Insulator 9 Radiator Bracket 10 Radiator ...

Page 710: ...se Installation Notice 5 Unscrew the bolts from radiator bracket and remove the bracket and insulator Installation Notice Tightening Torque 3 7 Nm 6 Remove the radiator upper mounting bolts and then remove the bracket and insulator 7 Remove the radiator 8 Check the radiator pin for crack damage leakage and bending and replace if necessary 9 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the r...

Page 711: ...ore removing or installing any electrical unit or when a tool or equipment could easily come in contact with exposed electrical terminals Disconnecting this cable will help prevent personal injury and damage to the vehicle The ignition must also be in LOCK unless otherwise noted Application Coolant Mixing Ratio Water anticorrosion Capacity Description ALUTEC P 78 50 50 10 5L 11L 9 5L 10L SPECIFICA...

Page 712: ...1D3 2 OM600 ENGINE COOLING COOLING CIRCULATION A Thermostat B Radiator D From Heater E Hose G Deaeration Line H Reservoir DIAGNOSIS ...

Page 713: ...e closes until temperature of coolant reaches to 85 C B FromRadiator C FromCrankcase D To Crankcase 2 At partial opening Valve opens partially as temperature of coolant is maintained between 85 100 C 3 At full opening Valve opens full as temperature of coolant is more then 100 C ...

Page 714: ... remove the cap after Notice Do not remove radiator cap when coolant is above 90 C 2 Add the coolant to the arrow mark of coolant reservoir 3 Connect the special tool to the injector of reservoir and apply 1 4bar pressure Tester 124 589 15 21 00 4 If the pressure on the tester drops check the hose pipe and leakage and replace or retighten ...

Page 715: ...nt by using the proper bottle 3 Remove the drain plug 1 and seal 2 of cylinder block and drain the coolant 4 Replace the seal to new one and tighten the drain plug Installation Notice Tightening Torque 30 Nm 5 Tighten the drain plug of the lower radiator 6 Fill the coolant through coolant reservoir tank Notice l A proportion of 50 by volume of water anticorrosion must be ensured 7 After engine is ...

Page 716: ...1D3 6 OM600 ENGINE COOLING COOLANT PUMP Preceding Work Removal of cooling fan Removal of V belt 1 Tensioning Lever 2 Gasket Replace 3 Bolt 10 Nm 4 Belt Pulley 5 Bolt 10 Nm 6 Coolant Pump ...

Page 717: ...tening Torque 10 Nm 2 Loose the bolts 3 Installation Notice Tightening Torque 10 Nm 3 Pull the tensioning lever 1 to the arrow direction 4 Remove the coolant pump 6 Notice Clean gasket residues on the sealing surface of coolant pump and replace the gasket 5 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 718: ...ding Work Removal of coolant pump Removal of thermostat Removal of alternator 1 Gasket Replace 2 Coolant Pump Housing 3 Connector 4 Bolt 10 Nm 5 Coolant Hose 6 Return Pipe 7 O Ring 8 Temperature Sensor Notice The bolt on the arrow should be installed last ...

Page 719: ...coolant hose 5 and return pipe 6 3 Remove the bolts 4 evenly Installation Notice Tightening Torque 10 Nm Notice Clean gasket residues on the sealing surface of coolant pump and replace the gasket 4 Remove the coolant pump housing 2 5 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 720: ...1D3 10 OM600 ENGINE COOLING COOLING FAN CLUTCH 1 Belt Pulley 2 Cooling Fan Clutch 3 Cooling Fan 4 Socket Bolt 45 Nm 5 Socket Bolt 10 Nm Tools Required 603 589 00 40 00 Counter Holder ...

Page 721: ...e bolt 4 Counter Holder 603 589 00 40 00 Installation Notice Tightening Torque 45 Nm 2 Remove the socket bolt 5 and then remove the cooling fan 3 and fan clutch 2 Notice Keep the fan clutch vertically Installation Notice Tightening Torque 10 Nm 3 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 722: ...RADIATOR Preceding Removal of cooling fan shroud 1 Radiator Inlet Hose OM662LA 220mm OM661LA 321mm 2 Radiator outlet Hose 3 Radiator Deaeration Tube Hose 4 Clamp 5 Spring Clamp 6 Bolt 3 7 Nm 7 Radiator 8 Spring Clamp 9 Bolt 3 7Nm ...

Page 723: ... hose 4 Remove the auto T M oil cooling hose and cooling line Installation Notice 5 Loosen the radiator upper mounting bolt and remove the mounting stopper and insulator 6 Remove the radiator 7 Check the radiator pin for crack leakage and bending and replace it if necessany 8 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Tightening Torque Hose 29 40Nm ...

Page 724: ...NG COOLING SUB SYSTEM 1 Radiator 2 Cooling Fan Shroud 3 Bolt 3 7Nm 4 Cooling Fan Shroud 5 Radiator Deaieration Hose 7 Mounting Bracket 8 Make up Cooling Hose 9 Bolt 3 7Nm 10 Cooling Reservoir tank Cap 11 Cooling Reservoir tank ...

Page 725: ...ghtening torque 3 7Nm 2 Check the shroud 3 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Coolant Sub Tank 1 Drain the coolant from radiator 2 Remove the each hose 3 Loosen the mounting bolt of sub tank and remove the coolant sub tank Installation Notice 4 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Tightening Torque 3 7 Nm ...

Page 726: ...1D3 16 OM600 ENGINE COOLING THERMOSTAT 1 Thermostat 2 Seal Replace 3 Thermostat Housing Cover 4 Coolant Hose 5 Bolt 10Nm ...

Page 727: ...se 4 from the thermostat housing cover 3 3 Remove the bolts 5 and then remove the thermostat 1 and housing cover 3 Installation Notice Align the groove on thermostat and the housing cover rib arrow Tightening Torque 10 Nm Notice Replace the seal 2 4 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 728: ...g 1E1 7 Ignition Cable 1E1 9 Unit Repair 1E1 12 Battery 1E1 12 SPECIFICATIONS ALTERNATOR SPECIFICATIONS CAUTION Disconnect the negative battery cable before removing or installing any electrical unit or when a tool or equipment could easily come in contact with exposed electrical terminals Disconnecting this cable will help prevent personal injury and damage to the vehicle The ignition must also b...

Page 729: ...PECIFICATIONS Application Capacity Specific Gravity Max Tolerance Between Cells Description 75 AH 1 24 0 04 Application Alternator Terminal B Nut Alternator Terminal D Nut Alternator Combinction Bolt Battery Cable Nut on Starting Motor Electric Wire Nut on Starting Motor Starting Motor Mounting Nut Battery Mounting Bracket Nut Battery Negative Cable Battery Positive Cable Ignition Cable Cover Bolt...

Page 730: ...M162 ENGINE ELECTRICAL 1E1 3 SPECIAL TOOLS SPECIAL TOOLS TABLE 120 589 02 09 00 Spark Plug Wrench ...

Page 731: ...he nut and disconnect the terminal 1 Installation Notice 1 Terminal B 2 Terminal D 3 CombinationBolt 4 Alternator 3 Unscrew the nut and disconnect the terminal 2 Installation Notice Tightening Torque 14 18 Nm 4 Unscrew the combination bolt 3 Installation Notice Tightening Torque 4 5 Nm 5 Remove the alternator 6 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Tightening Torque...

Page 732: ...he removal procedure in the reverse order Tightening Torque 35 48 Nm STARTING MOTOR Removal Installation Procedure 1 Disconnect the ground cable 2 Unscrew the nut and disconnect the battery cable 1 Installation Notice 1 Battery Cable 2 EngineElectricWire 3 Unscrew the nut and disconnect the engine electric wire 2 Installation Notice Tightening Torque 12 15 Nm Tightening Torque 6 7 Nm ...

Page 733: ...l Cap 4 Nut 5 Fuseblink Box 6 Terminal 7 Battery holddown Bracket 8 Battery Clamp Bolt 9 Battery 10 Sub Tray 11 Battery Tray Removal Installation Procedure Notice l Disconnect the battery negative cable first l Insert the clamp bolt 8 into the battery tray hole 11 from inside when installing ...

Page 734: ...1 Ignition Coil Cable Cover 2 Bolt M6 X 60 7 pieces 9 11 Nm 3 Spark Plug SPARK PLUG Preceding Work Removal of intake air duct T1 1Ignition Coil Cylinder 2 and 5 T1 2Ignition Coil Cylinder 3 and 4 T1 3Ignition Coil Cylinder 1 and 6 ...

Page 735: ...ove the ignition cable cover Installation Notice Tightening Torque 9 11 Nm Tightening Torque 9 11 Nm Tightening Torque 9 11 Nm 2 Remove the two bolts M6 X 25 from each ignition cable and remove the ignition cable Installation Notice 3 Remove the spark plug using the special tool Installation Notice Spark Plug Wrench 120 589 02 09 00 ...

Page 736: ...TION CABLE Preceding Work Removal of intake air duct 1 Control Cable Connection 2 Ignition Cable 3 Spark Plug Connector 4 Coupling Plug 5a 5b Secondary Voltage Connection E Iron Core L1 Secondary Ignition Coil L2 Primary Ignition Coil ...

Page 737: ...secondary spark plug connectors from the each spark plugs and remove the ignition cable Installation Notice 3 The secondary output voltage 5a is supplied to the No 2 cylinder spark plug through the spark plug connector The secondary output voltage 5b is supplied to the No 5 cylinder spark plug through the ignition cable The guide pin W acts as a ground while the ignition cable is operated l Make s...

Page 738: ... and No 15 2 During engine cranking measure primary voltage T1 1 between ECU terminal No 71 and No 69 Notice If out of specified value replace the ignition coil Specified Value 0 9 1 6 Ω 20 C Specified Value 200 350 V Notice l Measure remaining cables T1 2 No 72 and 69 T1 3 No 70 and 69 l If out of specified value check ignition cable and ECU 3 Using a multi tester measure the secondary coil resis...

Page 739: ... battery and replace if any defects were found on it 2 Check if the specific gravity of the electrolyte is within the specified value Notice l Replace the battery if the maximum tolerance of the electrolyte between cells is out of the specified value l Measure the specific gravity in the approx 20 C of ambient temperature 3 Replenish the electrolyte if necessary Battery capacity Ah Battery specifi...

Page 740: ...g 1E2 7 Ignition Cable 1E2 9 Unit Repair 1E2 12 Battery 1E2 12 CAUTION Disconnect the negative battery cable before removing or installing any electrical unit or when a tool or equipment could easily come in contact with exposed electrical terminals Disconnecting this cable will help prevent personal injury and damage to the vehicle The ignition must also be in LOCK unless otherwise noted TABLE OF...

Page 741: ...PECIFICATIONS Application Capacity Specific Gravity Max Tolerance Between Cells Description 90 Ah 1 24 0 04 Application Alternator Terminal B Nut Alternator Terminal D Nut Alternator Combinction Bolt Battery Cable Nut on Starting Motor Electric Wire Nut on Starting Motor Starting Motor Mounting Nut Battery Mounting Bracket Nut Battery Negative Cable Battery Positive Cable Ignition Cable Cover Bolt...

Page 742: ...M161 ENGINE ELECTRICAL 1E2 3 SPECIAL TOOLS SPECIAL TOOLS TABLE 120 589 02 09 00 Spark Plug Wrench ...

Page 743: ...he nut and disconnect the terminal 1 Installation Notice 1 Terminal B 2 Terminal D 3 CombinationBolt 4 Alternator 3 Unscrew the nut and disconnect the terminal 2 Installation Notice Tightening Torque 14 18 Nm 4 Unscrew the combination bolt 3 Installation Notice Tightening Torque 4 5 Nm 5 Remove the alternator 6 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Tightening Torque...

Page 744: ...he removal procedure in the reverse order Tightening Torque 35 48 Nm STARTING MOTOR Removal Installation Procedure 1 Disconnect the ground cable 2 Unscrew the nut and disconnect the battery cable 1 Installation Notice 1 Battery Cable 2 EngineElectricWire 3 Unscrew the nut and disconnect the engine electric wire 2 Installation Notice Tightening Torque 12 15 Nm Tightening Torque 6 7 Nm ...

Page 745: ...l Cap 4 Nut 5 Fuseblink Box 6 Terminal 7 Battery holddown Bracket 8 Battery Clamp Bolt 9 Battery 10 Sub Tray 11 Battery Tray Removal Installation Procedure Notice l Disconnect the battery negative cable first l Insert the clamp bolt 8 into the battery tray hole 11 from inside when installing ...

Page 746: ...Tools Required 119 589 01 09 00 Spark Plug Wrence 1 Screw 3 pieces 9 11 Nm 2 Adaptor 3 pieces 3 Ignition Coil Cable Cover 4 Spark Plug Connector 5 Ignition Coil Connector 6 Bolts M6 X 25 4 pieces 9 11 Nm 7 Ignition Coil T1 1 8 Coupling Plug 9 Spark Plug 25 30 Nm 10 Ignition Coil T1 2 ...

Page 747: ...l and spark plug 4 Using the special tool remove the spark plug Installation Notice Spark Plug Wrench 119 589 01 09 00 Notice l Tighten the spark plug with specified torque l Install the ignition coil to number 2 and 4 cylinder and connect the cable to number 1 4 and 2 3 cylinder T1 1 cylinder 1 and 4 T1 2 cylinder 2 and 3 3 Unscrew two bolts M6 X 25 from each ignition coil and remove the ignition...

Page 748: ...TION CABLE Preceding Work Removal of intake air duct 1 Control Cable Connection 2 Ignition Cable 3 Spark Plug Connector 4 Coupling Plug 5a 5b Secondary Voltage Connection E Iron Core L1 Secondary Ignition Coil L2 Primary Ignition Coil ...

Page 749: ...n cable duct cover Installation Notice 3 Seperate the cable from the ignition cable and the spark plug 4 Remove the 2 bolts from each ignition cable and remove the ignition cables Installation Notice Install the ignition cable to the cylinder 2 and 4 and connect the cable from 1 to 4 and from 2 to 3 T1 1 Cylinder 1 and 4 T1 2 Cylinder 2 and 3 5 Installation should follow the removal procedure in t...

Page 750: ...on coil if out of the specified resistance l T1 2 between No 71 and No 69 Notice Check the ignition cable and the ECU if out of the specified value 3 Measure the secondary cable resistance between the ignition coil 5a and 5b using a multimeter 2 Measure the primary voltage T1 1 between the ECU terminals No 72 and No 69 during the engine cranking starter motor activated Specified Value 6 8 5 KΩ Spe...

Page 751: ... battery and replace if any defects were found on it 2 Check if the specific gravity of the electrolyte is within the specified value Notice l Replace the battery if the maximum tolerance of the electrolyte between cells is out of the specified value l Measure the specific gravity in the approx 20 C of ambient temperature 3 Replenish the electrolyte if necessary Battery Capacity Ah Battery Specifi...

Page 752: ...talling any electrical unit or when a tool or equipment could easily come in contact with exposed electrical terminals Disconnecting this cable will help prevent personal injury and damage to the vehicle The ignition must also be in LOCK unless otherwise noted Application Alternator Starter Glow Plug Description 12V 75A 12V 2 2kW 11 5V SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Glow Plug 1E3 2 Alternat...

Page 753: ...on The preheating system consists of control coolant temperature sensor and glow plugs l Control relay preheating time l Coolant temperature sensor l Glow plug GLOW PLUG 1 Wiring Harness 2 Nut 4 Nm 3 Wire Terminal 4 Glow Plug MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ON VEHICLE SERVICE ...

Page 754: ... parallel circuit with the specified voltage of 11 5V The heating element has a heating coil and a control coil and they are connected in series 1 ControlCoil 2 HeaterCoil 4 Current and temperature of glow plug l Current of glow plug While the preheating system operates current of about 30A flows in each glow plug and temperature of heating coil rises very fast Due to the rise of temperature the r...

Page 755: ...icator comes on after starting for about one minute it indicates on or several plugs are faulty Possible Cause One or several glow are faulty Problem Glow indicator does not come on in preheating time and comes on after starting the engine Glow indicator does not come on while preheating and after starting engine Glow indicator does not come on and engine s starting is difficult or does not start ...

Page 756: ...AL 1E3 5 Removal Installation Procedure 1 Disconnect the negative terminal of battery 2 Remove the nut 2 3 Remove the glow plug 4 4 Install the glow plug 4 5 Tighten the nut 2 Tightening Torque 20 Nm Tightening Torque 4 Nm ...

Page 757: ...1E3 6 OM600 ENGINE ELECTRICAL ALTERNATOR Preceding Work Removal of poly V belt 1 Cooling Fan 2 Bolt 45Nm 3 Bolt 45Nm 4 Alternator 5 Plug Connection ...

Page 758: ...negative terminal of the battery 2 Disconnect the plug connection 5 3 OM 662 Engine Align the groove of cooling fan with bolt 2 arrow 4 Remove the bolts 2 3 and take out the alternator 5 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Tightening Torque 45 Nm ...

Page 759: ...sher 3 Nut 15Nm 4 Bolt 48Nm Removal Installation Procedure 1 Disconnect the battery terminals 2 Disconnect the starter motor cable harnesses 3 Remove the bolts and then remove the starter motor 4 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 760: ...Socket Pin Numbers and Descriptions 1F1 6 Self Diagnosis Failure Code 1F1 7 Test Box Connection 1F1 10 Fuel Injection System Test MSE3 62 1F1 11 Ignition System Test 1F1 21 Idling Control and Electronic Pedal System Test 1F1 26 Air Conditioner Control System Test 1F1 28 Fuel Pressure and Internal Leakage Test 1F1 29 Fuel Pump Test 1F1 31 Injector Test 1F1 33 Maintenance and Repair 1F1 35 On Vehicl...

Page 761: ...upply Line Fuel Distributor Assembly Bolt Pressure Test Connector Fuel Inlet and Outlet Line Fuel Filter Mounting Bracket Bolt Crankshaft Position Sensor Bolt Camkshaft Position Sensor Bolt Knock Sensor Mounting Bolt Coolant Temperature Bolt N m 25 30 22 5 27 5 21 6 26 4 25 30 4 8 9 11 9 11 22 5 27 5 18 22 ...

Page 762: ...M162 ENGINE CONTROLS 1F1 3 SPECIAL TOOLS SPECIAL TOOLS TABLE 129 589 00 21 00 Test Box 119 589 04 63 00 Pressure Hose 106 589 00 21 00 Pressure Tester 210 589 08 63 00 ECU Test Cable 210201Adaptor line ...

Page 763: ...M162 ENGINE CONTROLS 1F1 5 E32 ECU MSE ...

Page 764: ...1F1 4 M162 ENGINE CONTROLS E32 ECU HFM SCHEMATIC AND ROUTING DIAGRAMS ...

Page 765: ...ower Supply Fuse NO 17 4 REKES PIN 6 5 Engine Speed Signal MSE PIN 60 6 TCCU Part time 7 STICS PIN 26 8 9 10 Air Bag PIN 20 11 Remote Engine Start Unit PIN 10 12 13 Brake System ABS 5 3 PIN 11 ABS ABD 5 3 PIN 46 14 MSE 3 62S 3 53S ECU Data Output PIN 58 15 TOD PIN 20 16 Immobilizer 17 18 TCU PIN 23 19 20 K LINE ECS PIN 23 ...

Page 766: ...ailure TOD E32 only CAN communication failure communication initialization failure Fuel pump relay short PWR Fuel pump relay open short GND Purge valve short Failure code Description Purge valve open short Condenser fan HI relay short PWR Condenser fan HI relay short GND No 1 knock sensor signal failure No 2 knock sensor signal failure No 1 cylinder synchronization failure Cluster S W defectave No...

Page 767: ...130 131 132 Short learning control failure Lambda control failure rich stop Lambda control failure lean stop Lambda idle adaptation failure above rich threshold Lambda idle adaptation failure below lean threshold learning control failure rich low load learning control failure lean low load learning control failure rich high load learning control failure lean high load Low throttle position sensor ...

Page 768: ...essor relay open short GND Over acceleration limit Over acceleration limit CPU2 193 194 195 198 199 226 227 228 229 232 233 Failure code Description Failure code Description Control lever dual operation CPU2 Control lever safety terminal failure CPU2 Unusual pedal position variation CPU2 Unusal throttle position variation CPU2 Unusal throttle control data CPU2 Unusal pedal position sensor CPU2 Thr...

Page 769: ...2 ENGINE CONTROLS TEST BOX CONNECTION 1 ECU 2 Test Coupling No 1 60 3 Test Coupling No 61 120 4 Multi tester 01 Test Box 02 ECU Test Cable Tools Required 129 589 00 21 00 Test Box 210 589 08 63 00 ECU Test Cable ...

Page 770: ... 2 11 14V Ground cable Battery ground Ground cable Ground condition Diagnosis socket 69 2 Diagnosis socket 1 2 Ignition ON 1 12 11 14V Power supply terminal 30 TM 30 Power supply cable Diagnosis socket 2 0 Ignition ON 5 11 11 14V ECU power supply terminal 87 TM 87 08 1 1 2 1 2 1 Ignition ON 11 14V Ground cable Electronic ground Ground cable 5 2 Diagnosis socket 1 11 Diagnosis socket Ignition OFF 1...

Page 771: ...oved 4 7 5 2V Cable ECU coupling HFMsensor 5V power supply HFM sensor 4 2 3 108 Ignition ON HFM sensor connectorremoved 4 7 5 2V 4 3 Cable HFMsensor 5V power supply HFM sensor 4 3 104 2 Ignition ON HFM sensor connectorremoved 11 14V Cable OVPR HFMsensor 12V power supply HFM sensor 03 04 05 5 0 Intake air temperature sensor Voltage 105 80 Ignition ON 5 1 ECU 5 5 1 Ignition OFF No 2 ECU coupling rem...

Page 772: ...on switch is turned to ON after stopping the engine Engine cranking 33 11 Cable Fuel pump relay Fuel pump relay Operation 34 11 14V approx 1 2sec 11 14V Cranking or driving 5 33 7 1 Ignition OFF Remove the No 2 coupling from ECU 79 78 7 2 Cable Coolant temperature sensor Resistance cable C Ω 20 2500 80 322 100 185 5 7 2 Coolant temperature sensor Resistance Coolant temperature sensor 1 4 Remove th...

Page 773: ...en sensor Heating function operated 11 0 No 1 cylinder injector Operating injection time When the coolant temperature is approx 20 C Engine in cranking 8 0 ms Cable ECU No 1 Injector Coolant temperature sensor Oxygen sensor Intake air temperature sensor Voltage Engine in cranking or idle above 5V in idling 16 17 5 9 9 11 Ignition ON 11 14 V ECU Cable Oxygen sensor Current consumption 0 2 2 0 A 72 ...

Page 774: ... the coolant temperature is approx 80 C Engine at idling speed Engine at sharp acceleration full throttle refer to figure 3 and 4 approx 2 7 5 0ms approx 14ms Ignition OFF injector temperature is 20 C 14 17 Ω Internal resistance No 2 injector 61 11 13 0 No 3 cylinder injector Operating injection time When the coolant temperature is approx 20 C Engine in cranking 8 0 ms Cable ECU No 3 Injector Cool...

Page 775: ...the coolant temperature is approx 80 C Engine at idling speed Engine at sharp acceleration full throttle refer to figure 3 and 4 approx 2 7 5 0ms approx 14ms Ignition OFF injector temperature is 20 C 14 17 Ω Internal resistance No 4 injector 62 11 192 193 15 0 No 5 cylinder injector Operating injection time When the coolant temperature is approx 20 C Engine in cranking 8 0 ms Cable ECU No 5 Inject...

Page 776: ...en the coolant temperature is approx 20 C Engine in cranking 8 0 ms Cable ECU No 6 Injector Coolant temperature sensor Oxygen sensor Intake air temperature sensor 194 195 64 11 When the coolant temperature is approx 80 C Engine at idling speed Engine at sharp acceleration full throttle refer to figure 3 and 4 approx 2 7 5 0ms approx 14ms Ignition OFF injector temperature is 20 C 14 17 Ω Internal r...

Page 777: ...echanical Actuation Mechanical failure of camshaft actuator 20 0 Engine in idling 34 11 The purge control valve should be operated after approx 1minute refer to figure 5 Purge control valve Operating 226 227 ECU Cable Purge control valve Ignition ON 0 3 0 5 A Current consumption 10 34 Creating above 50mbar of vacuum after approx 1 minute 22 0 Ignition OFF 38 37 Databus 22 1 22 2 55 65 Ω CAN data b...

Page 778: ... module resistance in ABS ABD ASR control unit Cable ABS ABD ASR control unit Ignition OFF disconnect the coupling No 1 from ECU 22 2 38 37 115 125 Ω CAN module resistance in ECUcontrol unit ECU Ignition OFF disconnect the coupling No 1 from ECU 23 0 5 58 11 14 V Diagnosis cable operating ECU Cable Ignition ON 22 23 24 26 27 29 30 31 59 60 ...

Page 779: ...0 M162 ENGINE CONTROLS Reference Figures Figure2 RPM Sgnal Output Figure 3 Injection Valve Wave at idle speed Figure 4 Injection Valve Wave at sharp acceleration Figure 5 Purge Control Valve Operationg Wave ...

Page 780: ...ry ground Ground cable Ground condition figure1 Diagnosis socket 69 2 Diagnosis socket 1 2 Ignition ON 1 12 11 14V Power supply terminal 30 TM 30 Power supply cable Fuse No 8 Diagnosis socket 2 0 Ignition ON 5 11 11 14V ECU power supply terminal 87 TM 87 08 2 1 2 2 2 1 Ignition ON 11 14V Ground cable Electronic ground Ground cable 5 2 Diagnosis socket 1 11 Diagnosis socket Ignition OFF 11 14V 1V 3...

Page 781: ...rivenplate 5 V 99 100 99 100 1050 1400Ω 7 0 Engine in cranking 104 106 7 1 Cable Camshaft position sensor Measure the signal refer to figure 7 Camshaft position sensor Signal 4 0 Ignition ON 69 72 11 14 V Ignition coil T1 2 No 3 4 Cylinder 65 Cable Ignition coil T1 2 Fuse No 17 Engine in cranking 10 V Engine in idling Voltage alternating Engine in cranking Engine in idling 2 5 V 19 58 5 0 Ignition...

Page 782: ...nking starteroperating Measuring range 400 V Timerange 100 usingenginetester Ignition OFF 200 350 V Camshaft position sensor 64 8 0 8 1 8 1 Connecting resistance of ignition coil between T1 1 and T1 2 Cable Ignition coil T1 1 Ignition coil T1 2 72 11 Ignition coil T1 2 primary coil voltage No 3 and 4 cylinder Engine in cranking starteroperating Measuring range 400 V Timerange 100 usingenginetester...

Page 783: ...ition coil T1 1 T1 2 T1 3 Secondary coil resistance Remove the high tension cable of T1 1 T1 2 T1 3 11 1 Ignition coil T1 1 T1 2 T1 3 Ignition coil T1 1 Ignition coil T1 2 Ignition coil T1 3 TM 4a TM 4b 56 11 Ignition coil T1 3 primary coil voltage No 1 and 6 cylinder Engine in cranking starteroperating Measuring range 400 V Timerange 100 200 350 V 66 10 0 10 1 0 9 1 6 Ω 70 72 Ignition OFF 10 1 Co...

Page 784: ...Crankshaft Position Sensor Signal a Voltage b Identifying the No 1 2 Missing Teeth Figure 7 Camshaft Position Sensor Signal Figure 8 Signal Function 1 Crank Angle 2 Cylinder 3 Crankshaft Position Sensor Signal 4 Camshaft Position Sensor Signal 5 RPM Signal ...

Page 785: ...er 1 160 161 164 167 4 3 4 8 V 1 1 Cable Pedal valve sensor 1 1 Ignition ON 31 32 4 75 5 25 V Pedal valve sensor Power supply potentiometer 1 Cable ECU 2 0 Ignition ON Position of accelerator pedal Closed throttle position Full throttle with kick down 50 48 0 1 0 4 V Pedal valve sensor Signal potentiometer 2 162 163 164 167 2 1 2 5 V 2 1 Cable Pedal valve sensor 3 0 Engine in idling 84 87 0 3 0 9 ...

Page 786: ...ue will be changed in 1 0 2 5V Throttle valve actuator Signal Throttle valve actuator motor voltage supply 104 105 108 109 116 119 185 ECU Cable E GAS actuator Engine in idling Coolant temperature 70 C 84 85 4 0 4 6 V Throttle valve potentiometer 2 0 3 0 9 V Position of accelerator pedal Closed throttle position Full throttle with kick down Throttle valve potentiometer 1 2 Ignition OFF 10 Ω Thrott...

Page 787: ...conditioner switch ON OFF Air conditioner switch OFF Air conditioner switch ON Test step Requirement Specified value Possible cause 10 44 1 V Air conditioner signal Input signal input signal from thermo amplifier 44 45 11 14 V 5 1 Cable Thermo amp Auto amp Dual pressure switch Air conditioner control panel 1 1 Engine In idling Air conditioner switch ON OFF Air conditioner switch OFF Air conditione...

Page 788: ...n Connection of the Equipment 1 Turn the ignition switch to OFF position 2 Remove the air cleaner cross pipe 3 Remove the cap on fuel pressure test plug and connect the pressure hose and pressure tester 4 Prepare the beaker for measuring the amount of fuel Tools Required 103 589 00 21 00 Pressure Tester 119 589 04 63 00 Pressure Hose ...

Page 789: ...ator 3 7 4 2 bar Fuel pressure in idling speed When the vacuum is not applied Engine in idling Close the valve screw on pressure tester 2 0 Connect the fuel pressure test plug to the pressure tester refer to the flgure on previous page Fuel pressure regulator 3 0 bar Fuel system internal leakage Engine stop 3 0 Connect the fuel pressure test plug to the pressure tester refer to the flgure on previ...

Page 790: ... 120 4 Stop Watch 5 Measuring Beaker Connection of the Equipment 1 Turn the ignition switch to OFF position 2 Connect the test box to the ECU 03 Test Box 04 ECU Test Cable Tools Required 103 589 00 21 00 Pressure Tester 210 589 00 99 00 Adaptor Line 129 589 00 21 00 Test Box 210 589 08 63 00 Ecu Test Cable ...

Page 791: ...t the fuel return pipe and connect the host to beaker to collect the supplied fuel 1 0 2 0 Check the fuel line 5 9 A Fuel pump Current consumption Ignition ON Remove the fuel relay from the fuse and relay box in luggage compartment and connect the amperemeter between No 1 and No 3 in relay box fuel pump relay removedposition for measuring current consumption 2 0 Fuel pump 5 33 Multi tester DC curr...

Page 792: ...jector with a unit At this time do not remove the supply and return line 4 Connect the shop made cable to the injector with a firing order 5 Collect the fuel from injector INJECTOR TEST 1 ECU 2 Test Coupling No 1 60 3 Test Coupling No 61 120 4 Measuring Beaker 5 Shop Made Cable Preparation 03 Test Box 04 ECU Test Cable Tools Required 129 589 00 21 00 Test Box 210 589 08 63 00 Ecu Test Cable ...

Page 793: ...later drops from the injector Injector Leakage test Ignition ON Remove the fuel distributor and fuel injector with a unit 1 0 The spray pattern of the injector most showinthe figure10 Ignition ON Connect the shop made cable to the injector Collect the spraying fuel with a beaker Connect the shop made cable to No 21 and No 3 terminal in test box 2 0 Injector 5 33 Injector Function test and spray pa...

Page 794: ...CE AND REPAIR ON VEHICLE SERVICE ECU Appearance 1 Cover 2 Plate 3 Connector 4 Flat Pin Vehicle Side No 1 12 Engine Side No 61 72 5 Pin Vehicle Side No 13 60 Engine Side No 73 120 A Vehicle Side Connector Black B Engine Side Connector Gray ...

Page 795: ...urn the ignition switch to OFF position 2 Disconnect the battery negative cable 3 Remove the cowl side trim form passenger side 4 Unscrew four securing nuts for ECU from mounting bracket Installation Notice 5 Pulling out the ECU from bracket 6 Disconnect the vehicle side coupling B 7 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Tightening Torque 9 11 Nm ...

Page 796: ... TM 50 GND LSH1 TM 31 TM 87 TM 30 WFS I O WFS O GND LS1 Starter motor TM 50 Electronic ground Lambda probe 1 heating Power ground TM 31 V BATTERY TM 87 V BATTERY TM 30 Immobilizer crypto read Immobilizer crypto write Lambda probe 1 ground Lambda probe 1 signal ECU Pin Numbers and Descriptions Vehicle Connector ...

Page 797: ...ch Air conditioning clutch relay Pedal potentiometer 1 ground Pedal potentiometer 1 supply Fuel pump relay Tank purge valve Engine fan H1 CAN Low CAN High Clutch switch Air conditioning Electronic traction signal Pedal potentiometer 1 signal Pedal potentiometer 2 signal Brake light switch Pedal potentiometer 2 ground Pedal potentiometer 2 supply Cruise accelerate Set Cruise resume Cruise decelerat...

Page 798: ...ZSC16 ZSA25 ZSB34 NWS MT GND LT Injector cylinder 2 Injector cylinder 4 Injector cylinder 1 Injector cylinder 6 Injector cylinder 5 Injector cylinder 3 E GAS motor plus E GAS motor minus Power ground TM 31 Ignition coil cylinder 1 6 Ignition coil cylinder 2 5 Ignition coil cylinder 3 4 Camshaft control Engine coolant temperature Temperature ground Intake air temperature ...

Page 799: ...E V REF HFM V REF DK GND KS2 GND KS1 Hot film air mass signal E GAS potentiometer ground E GAS potentiometer 2 signal E GAS potentiometer 1 signal Intake manifold resonance flap Crankshaft sensor ground Crankshaft sensor signal Camshaft sensor ground Hot film air mass ground Camshaft sensor signal Hot film air mass supply E GAS potentiometer supply Knock sensor 2 ground Knock sensor 2 signal Knock...

Page 800: ...o read Immobilizer crypto write Lambda probe 1 ground Lambda probe 1 signal Brake switch Air conditioning clutch relay 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 TM 50 GND LSH1 TM 31 TM 87 TM 30 WFS I O WFS O GND LS1 BRS KLIKU l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l Standard Option Remarks Abbreviation E32 ENG 5speed M T E32 ENG 4speed A T BTRA ...

Page 801: ...2 ground Pedal potentiometer 2 supply Cruise accelerate Set Cruise resume Cruise decelerate Set Cruise safety contact switch Cruise off switch Diagnostics K line Vehicle speed signal Engine speed signal 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 GND SP1 5V KP TEV ML CAN L CANH KPL KLIMA ETS SP1S SP2S BLS GND SP2 2 5V S B WA S B KSK AUS DIAG V SIG TN S...

Page 802: ... 31 Ignition coil cylinder 1 6 Ignition coil cylinder 2 5 Ignition coil cylinder 3 4 Camshaft control Engine coolant temperature Temperature ground Intake air temperature Hot film air mass signal E GAS potentiometer ground E GAS potentiometer 2 signal E GAS potentiometer 1 signal EV5 EV6 EV1 EV4 EV2 EV3 M M TM 31 ZSC16 ZSA25 ZSB34 NWS MT GND LT HFM GND IP2S IP1S l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l...

Page 803: ...ir mass supply E GAS potentiometer supply Knock sensor 2 ground Knock sensor 2 signal Knock sensor 1 ground Knock sensor 1 signal 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 SRV KW KW NOWE GND NOWE V REF HFM V REF DK GND KS2 GND KS1 l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l Remarks Abbreviation E32 ENG 5speed M T E32 ENG 4spe...

Page 804: ...6 8 Nm 5 7 Nm 1 3 Tightening Torque 5 7 Nm 8 Unscrew the bolts 5 and disconnect the ECU 6 from the bracket assenbly Installation Notice l When Removing the ECU with ABS or ABS ASR Unit 1 Turn the ignition switch to OFF position 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Disconnect the couplings from ECU 4 Disconnect the coupling from ABS or ABS ASR unit 5 Unscrew the bolt 1 and the left and right f...

Page 805: ...1F1 46 M162 ENGINE CONTROLS 1 Vacuum Hose 2 Circlip 3 Fuel Pressure Regulator FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR 4 O ring replace 5 O ring replace ...

Page 806: ... oil to O ring lightly and then replace it 6 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 7 Check for fuel pressure and internal leaks by operating the engine 2 Discharge the pressure in fuel supply system by pressing the service valve Removal Installation Procedure 1 Remove the fuel pressure test connector ...

Page 807: ...aphragm 6 CompressionSpring 8 FuelChamber 9 SpringChamber 1 FuelPressureRegulator 2 IntakeManifold 3 Fuel Return to fuel tank 4 Fuel Supply form fuel pump 5 Fuel Pressure approx 3 8 bars 6 Intake Manifold Negative Pressure 0 bar Function of the Fuel Pressure Regulator The fuel pressure regulator maintains the fuel pressure in the fuel line with the pressure of 3 2 bars to 3 8 bars according to the...

Page 808: ...prox 3 2 bars during idling Fuel Pressure Diagram 1 FuelPressureRegulator 2 IntakeManifold 3 Fuel Return to fuel tank 4 Fuel Supply from fuel pump 7 Fuel Pressure approx 3 2 bars 8 Intake Manifold Negative Pressure 0 6 bars A Fuel pressure B IntakeManifoldNegativePressure LL Idling TL Partialload VL Fullload ...

Page 809: ...Vacuum Hose 2 Fuel Return Line 25 30Nm 3 Fuel Supply Line 25 30Nm 4 Injector Connector FUEL DISTRIBUTOR Preceding Work Removal of intake air duct 5 Bolt M8 X 50 22 5 27 5 Nm 6 Fuel Distributor 7 O ring Replace if damaged 8 Injector ...

Page 810: ...emove the fuel return and supply line Notice l For removal cover around parts with cloths not to be stained by fuel l In case of checking the injector only do not remove the fuel return and supply line Installation Notice 6 Remove the six injector connectors 7 Remove the two left and two right bolts and one center bolt of the fuel distributor assembly from the intake manifold Installation Notice T...

Page 811: ...kage by operating the engine Fuel Pressure Test 1 Turn the ignition switch to OFF position 2 Remove the fuel pressure test connector Vacuum Hose Connected bar 3 2 3 6 Vacuum Hose Disconnected bar 3 7 4 2 5 Replace the pressure regulator diaphragm if out of the specification 3 Connect the fuel pressure gauge to the fuel pressure test connector 4 Test the fuel pressure at idling by operating the eng...

Page 812: ...l pressure drops slowly Fuel leakage at the injector Faulty fuel pressure regulator s diaphragm and O ring Fuel pressure drops rapidly Faulty check valve in the fuel pump Possible Cause Pressure Change Fuel Pressure bar 2 5 Discharging the pressure in fuel system 1 Remove the fuel pressure test connector Installation Notice 2 Remove the fuel pressure in fuel system by pressing the service valve wi...

Page 813: ...1F1 54 M162 ENGINE CONTROLS INJECTOR Preceding Work Removal of fuel distributor 1 O ring rplace if damaged 2 Injector Bracket 3 Injector 4 O ring replace if damaged 5 Fuel Distributor ...

Page 814: ...e shop made test plug to the injector and place it into the tank 3 Position the ignition switch to ON 4 Connect the pin 63 and 69 of the contact box with a test cable 5 Check the injector spray pattern Notice Replace the injector if the injector spray pattern is abnormal or the fuel doesn t inject Injector Resistance Inspection 1 Remove the injector connector 2 Measure the injector coil resistance...

Page 815: ...return line Notice Prepare the beaker for taking the poping fuel 4 Connect either end of shop made cable to the injector 5 Connect the other end of shop made cable to the No 21 63 and No 3 69 terminal of the test box 6 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 7 Check the injector for normal spray pattern as shown in the figure Check injector for leaks or later drops Notice Refer to fuel injector te...

Page 816: ...lation Notice Notice Place the fuel pump pad There may be a corrosion due to the contact between the fuel filter and the bracket 4 Check for leaks by operating the engine Notice Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 3 Remove the mounting bracket bolt 4 and remove the fuel filter 1 Installation Notice 3 Inlet Tightening Torque 25 30 Nm Tightening Torque 4 8 Nm ...

Page 817: ...V 3 8 bar 30 70 C Minimum Pressure 5 0 bar 12 V Maximum Allowable Current 7 5 A Nominal Voltage 12 V Ambient Temperature 30 70 C 1 Reservoir Tank 2 Fuel Sensor float arm 3 Resistance 4 Wiring Connector 5 Fuel Supply Pipe 7 Float 10 Flange and Harness Assembly 11 Fuel Pump 12 Spring 13 Thermister Housing 14 Thermister 15 Resistor Card and Wiper 16 Float Arm Operating Voltage 8 V Maximum Amount of F...

Page 818: ...l Pump Connector Wiring 2 Fuel Return Pipe 3 Fuel Supply Pipe 4 Bolts 5 Fuel Return Pipe 6 Fuel Supply Pipe 7 Float 8 Ground Stud Sender COLOR Pump Thermister Ground Sender Unit USE Harness Location Connector A B C D 2 0 BR 0 5 W 2 0 B 0 5 RY ...

Page 819: ...t the negative battery cable 2 Disconnect the harness connector 1 3 Disconnect the fuel supply 6 and return 5 pipes 4 Using a special tool Unscrew the eight fuel retaining bolts and remove the pump from fuel tank Notice Check the condition of the seal and replace if necessary Drain the fuel before removing the pump ...

Page 820: ... ON position 2 Using a multi tester measure the current consumption by connecting the terminal No 1 and No 3 of pump Measure the Fuel Delivery From the Fuel Pump 1 Disconnect the return pipe from fuel distributor and insert the appropriate hose into it 2 Place the hose end into the beaker with the minimum capacity of 1Liter 3 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 4 Connect the terminal No 33 and...

Page 821: ...ept the decreasing mode and coolant temperature of over 80 C For this reason the ECU transacts the engine speed air inflow quantity coolant temperature and intake temperature The purge switchover valve is activated by the ECU frequency according with the engine rotating speed to adjust the purification rate The purification rate is determined by the continuous valve opening interval The purge swit...

Page 822: ...utput waves using the scanner Notice Test during purge control switchover valve operation after the minimum of 1 minute after the engine turned on 3 Connect the ECU terminal No 34 and No 10 and check for current consumption during the ignition switch ON Purge switchover valve output wave Specified Value 0 3 0 5 Specified Value 50mbar after approx 1min purge switchover valve operates at this time N...

Page 823: ... 3 Insulator 4 Fuel Tube 5 Molded Hose 6 Idle Regulator 7 Resonance Flap 8 Intake Manifold 9 Fuel Pressure Regulator 10 Vacuum Line Rubber Hose 11 Vacuum Tube Gray 270mm 12 Molded Hose 13 Rubber Cap 18 Rubber Hose 19 Vacuum Tube Brown or Black 770mm 20 Rubber Hose A To Canicter ...

Page 824: ...OR Removal Installation Procedure 1 Disconnect the wiring connector at the crankshaft position sensor 2 Unscrew the bolt and remove the crankshaft position sensor unit Installation Notice 3 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 3 Segment 4 Flywheel Tightening Torque 9 11Nm ...

Page 825: ...sure the output wave between the ECU terminals No 99 and No 100 using the scanner or the oscilloscope while engine cranking starter motor activated Notice Check the segment or crankshaft position sensor and air gap if cannot get the output wave as shown in the figure Specified Value 1050 1400 Ω Specified Value 20kΩ Crankshaft Position Sensor Insulator Resistance Inspection 1 Disconnect the engine ...

Page 826: ...ng connector from the camshaft position sensor 2 Unscrew the bolt 2 and remove the camshaft position sensor Installation Notice 3 Shim 5 O ring Tightening Torque 9 11 Nm 3 Check the clearance and replace the shim if necessary 4 Check the O ring for damage and replace it if necessary 5 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 827: ...age will be changed in the range of 1 2 1 7V Camshaft Position Sensor Output Wave Inspection 1 Connect the test box to the ECU 2 Measure the output wave between the ECU terminal No 104 and No 106 using the scanner or the oscilloscope while the engine speed is at idle Notice Replace the camshaft position sensor if cannot get the output wave as shown in the figure Specified Value 11 14 V Specified V...

Page 828: ... in the figure in the right so that it gets separated from the contact surface Notice Make sure the HFM sensor coupling connects completely with the contact surface Installation 2 Remove the clip with a screw driver 3 Pry off two tensioning clamps 4 Remove the HFM sensor 5 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 4 Connector 5 Hot film Sensor 6 Measuring Port ...

Page 829: ...1F1 70 M162 ENGINE CONTROLS Circuit Diagram 1 Housing 2 Electronic Housing 3 Connector RH Heat Resistance RT Temperature Resistance RS Sensor Resistance ...

Page 830: ...e cause may be in cable or ECU coupling Iginition ON 0 9 1 1 V Engine at Idle 1 3 1 7 V Specified Value 4 7 5 2 V 2 Measure the voltage between the HFM sensor wining connector terminal No 3 pin and No 4 after removing the HFM sensor connector Specified Value If the measured value is not within the specified value the possible cause may be in cable or over voltage protection relay Perfrom the 12V p...

Page 831: ...il 7 Open Space 8 Protector Tube Functions The oxygen sensor optimizes the combustion Air Fuel Ratio 14 7 1 and resets the Air fuel ratio in the ECU after sensing the amount of oxygen from the exhaust gases to diminish the exhaust gases Rich 1 above approx 450mV Lean 1 below approx 450mV Locatoin of Sensor Oxygen sensor is located on the front exhaust pipe ...

Page 832: ...g voltage between the ECU terminal No 11 and No 9 Maintain the engine speed ia at idle while the coolant temperature is over 80 C If the measured value is not within the specified value the possible cause may be in cable oxygen sensor or ECU Oxygen Sensor Heating Current Consumption Inspection 1 Measure the oxygen sensor heating current consumption between the ECU terminal No 9 and No 5 while the ...

Page 833: ...lock to recognize knocking in all cylinders The ECU compares the signal and the retards firing point Removal Installation Procedure 1 Disconnect the knock sensor connector from the intake manifold bracket 2 Unscrew the mounting bolt M8 X 28 from the knock sensor installed on the cylinder block and remove the knocking sensor Installation Notice 3 Installation should follow the removal procedure in ...

Page 834: ...the pressure by opening the pressure cap in the coolant subtank 2 Disconnect the connector and remove the coolant temperature sensor Installation Notice Replace the seals with new one 3 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 4 Check for leaks at each connections after starting the engine 4 Connector 5 Coolant Temperature Sensor Tightening Torque 18 22 Nm ...

Page 835: ...onnected Inspection 1 Measure the coolant sensor input voltage between the ECU terminal No 79 and No 78 while the ignition switch in ON position Notice Replace wiring and coolant temperature sensor if out of specified value allowable error 5 allowable error 5 Voltage V 3 57 1 22 0 78 Temperature C 20 30 40 Resistance W 2 500 322 185 Temperature C 20 30 40 ...

Page 836: ...oltage V Temperature C Resistance W Voltage V 40 48 550 4 8991 60 594 1 8632 30 27 000 4 8214 70 434 1 5132 20 15 670 4 7001 80 322 1 2179 10 9 450 4 5215 90 243 0 9775 0 5 890 4 4273 100 185 0 7806 10 3 790 3 9562 110 143 0 6255 20 2 500 3 5714 120 111 6 0 5020 30 1 692 3 1426 130 88 0 0 4044 40 1 170 2 6959 140 71 2 0 3323 50 826 2 2618 ...

Page 837: ...m Removal and Installation Procedure 1 Disconnect the 6 pin connector arrow 2 Unscrew the 2 bolts 3 1 nut 6 and remove the pedal and sensor assembly Installatoin Notice Tightining Torque 4 8 Nm 2 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 4 6 Pin Connector 5 Kick down Switch 6 Nut 1 piece 4 8 Nm ...

Page 838: ...nector VehicleSide Potentiometer 1 Pin no 3 Red Black Pin no 1 Blue Green Pin no 5 Yellow Green Potentiometer 2 Pin no 6 Green Pin no 4 Blue Red Pin no 2 LightGreen Function Potentiometer 1 Power Supply Potentiometer 1 Signal Potentiometer 2 Ground Potentiometer 2 Power Supply Pin no 3 Pin no 1 Pin no 5 Pin no 6 Pin no 4 Pin no 2 Potentiometer 2 Signal Potentiometer 2 Ground Circuit Diagram Potent...

Page 839: ...on of Injection Timing Device 1F3 30 Injection Timing Device 1F3 35 Start of Delivery Test Position Sensor RIV Method 1F3 37 Fuel Injection Pump 1F3 46 TABLE OF CONTENTS Caution Disconnect the negative battery cable before removing or installing any electrical unit or when a tool or equipment could easily come in contact with exposed electrical terminals Disconnecting this cable will help prevent ...

Page 840: ...ROLS FUEL SYSTEM 1 Fuel Injection Pump 2 Fuel Feed Pump 3 Overflow Valve 4 Injection Nozzle 5 Pre filter 6 Fuel Return Hose 7 Injection Line 8 Fuel Tank 9 Fuel Filter 10 Choke Orifice MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ON VEHICLE SERVICE ...

Page 841: ...ge Mounting 5 Number of Cylinders 5EA M Pump Size 55 Element Diameter C Modification Letter 320 Assembly Number R Direction of Rotation clockwise S188 Special Version RSF Governor R Governor S Coil Spring F Drive Governor Component Location 1 Fuel Injection Pump 2 Vacuum Unit Stop Unit 3 Control Lever 4 PLA Vacuum Unit Idle Speed Adjustment 5 Governor 6 Fuel Pump OM661 LA Engine OM662 LA Engine ...

Page 842: ...EL TANK 1 Fuel Tank 2 The Sender of Fuel Tank 3 2 way Check Valve 4 Pre Filter 5 Front Fuel Filler Neck 6 Rear Fuel Filler Neck 7 Fuel Supply Tube 8 Fuel Return Tube 9 Filter Hose 10 Fuel Tank Hose 11 Fuel Filler Cap 12 Clip 13 Clip ...

Page 843: ... Engine Stop Valve Unit 5 PLA Vacuum Unit Idle Speed Adjustment 6 Engine 7 Vacuum Pump 8 30 Thermovalve 9 Fuel Injection Pump 10 Filter with Restriction 11 Check Valve 12 Modulating Pressure Line Automatic T M Test Data Idle Speed Increase Permissible Pressure Drop of System At least 100 rpm at approx 500mbr 400 500mbar approx 1 min ...

Page 844: ...tester Tools Required 001 589 73 21 00 Vacuum Pump 201 589 13 21 00 Vacuum Tester 667 589 00 21 00 TDC pulse generator Commercial Tools e g Bosch MOT 001 03 Sun DIT 9000 e g Ahlborn Therm 2263 2 Eichenfeldstrabe 1 3 D 8150 Holzkirchen Tester Connection 11 TDCPulseSenderUnit 12 DigitalTester ...

Page 845: ...ose from vacuum pump Connect vacuum pump 14 direct to PLA vacuum unit 5 and pressurize with vacuum Vacuum is built up and idle speed increases approx 150 200 rpm YES NO Faulty PLA vacuum unit CoolantTemperature30 C Stop the engine Seal the air admission line with plug Connect the vacuum pump to line to thermovalve and pressurize the line with vacuum Vacuum is built up YES NO Lines and connectors l...

Page 846: ...am of air admission filter 13 Vacuum drops Faulty thermovalve Fit the line onto air admission filter Built up vacuum with vacuum pump Detach the plug from air admission line Vacuum drops Faulty filter with restriction Go to test step 2 YES NO YES NO ...

Page 847: ...PLA vacuum unit 5 Run the engine at idle speed Vacuum drops to 0 at approx 30 C of the thermovalve Faulty thermovalve Defective filter with restriction Stop the engine Detach the filter with restriction Filter with restriction is clear Defective filter with restriction YES NO YES NO ...

Page 848: ...OM600 ENGINE CONTROLS 1F3 11 VACUUM PUMP TEST 1 Fuel Filter 2 Vacuum Line 3 Ancillaries Connection 4 Vacuum Tester Tools Required 201 589 13 21 00 Vacuum Tester ...

Page 849: ...om ancillaries connection 3 3 Connect the vacuum tester 4 to the ancillaries connection 3 Vacuum Tester 201 589 13 21 00 4 Run the engine at idle and check vacuum pressure after 30 sec Notice If out of standard replace the vacuum pump 5 Remove the vacuum tester 6 Connect the vacuum line to the ancillaries connection 7 Install the fuel filter Standard 70 mbar ...

Page 850: ...OM600 ENGINE CONTROLS 1F3 13 VACUUM PUMP Preceding Work Remove the poly V belt 1 Bolt 10Nm 2 Vacuum Pump 3 Vacuum Line Ancillaries 4 Vacuum Line Brake Booster 5 Gasket Replace ...

Page 851: ... evenly Notice If necessary rotate the engine until the pressure on the tappet of the vacuum pump is released 3 Remove the vacuum pump 2 4 Install the vacuum pump 2 Tightening Torque 10 Nm Notice Clean the gasket residues of sealing surface of vacuum pump and replace the gasket 5 5 Connect the vacuum line 3 4 ...

Page 852: ...OM600 ENGINE CONTROLS 1F3 15 VACUUM UNIT REPLACEMENT 1 Bracket 2 Bolt 3 Vacuum Unit 4 Vacuum Line 5 Seal Replace ...

Page 853: ...un DIT 9000 Digital Tester Adjustment Procedure 1 Connect the digital tester 1 and TDC pulse sender unit 11 2 Run the engine and warm up the coolant to 60 80 C TDC pulse generator 667 589 02 21 00 3 Disconnect the vacuum hose 4 from the PLA unit to check idle speed with tester 4 Check idle speed with tester Notice To adjust idle speed loosen the locking nut 6 of PLA unit OM 661LA Engine 750 850rpm...

Page 854: ...unit and build up vacuum approx 500mbar If engine rpm increases by approx 100rpm It is normal Vacuum Pump 001 589 73 21 00 8 Connect the vacuum line 4 9 Switch on all ancillaries and check the idle speed 5 Ensure not to damage the idle spring in the governor and adjust idle speed by turning the PLA unit 5 slowly Notice Do not rotate the PLA unit over turn from the position marking If do idle sprin...

Page 855: ... fuel return line 1 and seal up it with plug 2 Insert the plastic hose 5 and put the end into the measuring beaker 6 3 Disconnect the vacuum line 4 from vacuum unit engine stop 5 and connect the vacuum pump 7 to the vacuum unit 4 To avoid the engine starting build up vacuum approx 500 mbar 5 Operate the starter motor for exactly 30 seconds and measure fuel volume in the beaker 3 ...

Page 856: ...OM600 ENGINE CONTROLS 1F3 19 Fuel Pressure Test ...

Page 857: ...the fuel injection pump and remove the seals 3 and fuel line 2 3 Connect the tester 5 4 Start the engine and read off the fuel pressure on tester 5 Notice If out of standard replace the fuel feed pump Tester 617 589 04 21 00 5 Stop the engine At Idle Speed At Full load 0 3bar 0 5bar 6 Remove the tester 7 Replace the seal and connect the fuel line 2 ...

Page 858: ...OM600 ENGINE CONTROLS 1F3 21 FUEL PUMP 1 Fuel Injection Pump 2 Pressure Line 13Nm 3 Suction Line 4 Hose Clip Replace 5 Gasket Replace 6 Spring Lock Washer 7 Hexagon Nuts 8 Fuel Pump ...

Page 859: ...2 OM600 ENGINE CONTROLS INJECTION NOZZLE TEST Preceding Work Removal of fuel injection nozzle 1 Fuel Injection Nozzle New 115 125bar Used min 100bar A Closed Spray good B Stringy Spray poor 2 Tester 3 Valve ...

Page 860: ...zzle to the tester 2 Tester 000 589 14 27 00 2 Close the valve 3 and pump 5 times strongly 3 Chatter test Slowly operate the hand lever at tester approx 1 stroke per second The nozzle must spray with a gentle chattering 4 Spray pattern test Operate the hand lever at tester rapidly approx 2 3 strokes per second l Good The spray pattern shows closed and well atomized l Poor The spray pattern shows s...

Page 861: ...g pressure Notice If out of standard repair the injection nozzle NewNozzle UsedNozzle Difference Between Nozzles 115 125bar Min 100bar Max 5bar 6 Leak test Slowly operate the hand lever at the tester until get a pressure of approx 90bar Maintain this pressure for more than 20 seconds and within this period no drop of fuel should build up at the nozzle tip ...

Page 862: ...OM600 ENGINE CONTROLS 1F3 25 INJECTION NOZZLES 1 Fuel Injection Nozzle 35 40Nm 2 Fuel Return Hose 3 Plug 4 Nozzle Washer Replace 5 Fuel Injection Pipe 18Nm ...

Page 863: ... the fuel return hose 3 Disconnect the injection pipes from the injection nozzles and push them to the side 4 Remove the fuel injection nozzle Serration Wrench 001 589 65 09 00 Notice Replace the washers 5 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Notice Pay attention to the installation position of new nozzle washer and tightening torque ...

Page 864: ... 1F3 27 INJECTION NOZZLE REPAIR Preceding Work Removal of fuel injection nozzle 1 Nozzle Holder 2 Steel Washer 3 Compression Spring 4 Thrust Pin 5 Intermediate Disc 6 Nozzle Needle 7 Nozzle Body 8 Nozzle Tensioning Nut 80Nm ...

Page 865: ...n the nozzle needle 6 and nozzle body 7 with an abradant 4 Clean the nozzle seat with cleaning cutter Cleaning Set 000 589 00 68 00 5 Immerse nozzle needle 6 and nozzle body 7 in filtered diesel fuel When the nozzle body is held vertical the weight of the nozzle needle must cause it to slide down toward the nozzle needle seat 6 Assemble the injection nozzle so that the tip of the thrust 4 pin is f...

Page 866: ... injection nozzle and adjust opening pressure if necessary Opening pressure adjustment Disassemble the fuel injection nozzle and replace the steel washer 2 Notice Each 0 05mm thickness of the washer results in a pressure difference of approx 3bar ...

Page 867: ...ump 1 Cylinder Head Cover 2 Bolt 10Nm 3 Gasket Replace 4 Fuel Injection Pump 5 Seal Replace 6 Screw Plug 30Nm 7 Oil Pan 8 Locking Pin 9 Injection Timing Device 10 Washer 11 Bolt Left Hand Thread 46Nm 12 Camshaft Sprocket 13 Washer 14 12 Sided Stretch Bolt Check 25Nm 90 15 Timing Chain 16 Seal 17 Chain Tensioner 80Nm ...

Page 868: ... then remove the cylinder head cover 1 and gasket 3 Installation Notice Tightening Torque 10 Nm Notice Replace the gasket Rotate the engine 1 revolution by hand and check TDC marking of the crankshaft and camshaft 2 Loosen the camshaft sprocket bolt 14 Notice Do not remove the bolt Installation Notice Notice If max length of bolt exceeds 53 6mm replace it Tightening Torque 25Nm 90 3 Loosen the bol...

Page 869: ...jection pump Notice Before tightening the bolts for the injection timing device and the camshaft sprocket always remove the locking screw from the injection pump and reinstall the plug Locking Screw 601 589 05 21 00 7 Place alignment marks arrow on the timing chain 12 and camshaft sprocket 15 4 Position the no 1 cylinder at ATDC 15 Notice Do not rotate the engine with camshaft sprocket bolt or opp...

Page 870: ...que 46 Nm 11 Using special tool 24 25 remove the locking pin 8 SlidingHammer116589203300 Threaded Bolt 116 589 02 34 00 8 Remove the chain tensioner 17 Installation Notice Tightening Torque 80 Nm Notice Replace the seal 16 10 Pull out the bolt 11 and washer 10 Notice Be careful that the bolt is left hand thread Installation Notice ...

Page 871: ...chain with retaining plate 26 and remove the injection timing device 9 Retaining Plate 667 589 04 63 00 13 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 14 After assembling the engine check start of delivery and adjust if necessary ...

Page 872: ... ENGINE CONTROLS 1F3 35 INJECTION TIMING DEVICE Preceding Work Removal of injection timing device 1 Cam Sprocket Check 2 Bushing Check 3 Governor Weights 4 Segment Flange and Drive Hub 5 Compression Springs ...

Page 873: ...y Assembly 1 Remove the governor weights 3 2 Pull out the compression springs 5 and cam sprocket 1 from the segment flange 4 3 Knock out the bushing with a proper drift 4 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 874: ...00 ENGINE CONTROLS 1F3 37 START OF DELIVERY TEST POSITION SENSOR RIV METHOD 1 Position Sensor 2 Battery 3 Fuel Injection Pump 4 Seal Replace 5 Screw Plug 30Nm Service Data Start of Delivery RIV ATDC 14 16 ...

Page 875: ...r facing up 3 Connect the battery terminal of position sensor 1 to positive terminal of battery Position Sensor 617 589 08 21 00 4 Rotate the crankshaft by hand in direction of engine rotation until the lamp B lights up Rotate the crankshaft carefully further until both lamps A and B come on In this position check the Rl value on the crankshaft vibration damper Notice If only lamp A lights up repe...

Page 876: ...OM600 ENGINE CONTROLS 1F3 39 Digital Tester RIV Method Connection Diagram for Testers Without Adapter 1 Fuel Injection Pump 2 Rl Sensor 3 Digital Tester 4 TDC Pulse Sender Unit 5 Battery ...

Page 877: ... Delivery RIV Idle Speed Connection Diagram for Testers With Adapter 1 Fuel Injection Pump 2 Rl Sensor 3 Digital Tester 4 TDC Pulse Sender Unit 5 Battery 6 Rl Pulse Generator Service Data ATDC 14 16 OM661LA 720 820 rpm OM662LA 750 850 rpm ...

Page 878: ...l 8 collect oil in a suitable vessel 2 Install the Rl sensor into the governor housing of injection pump 1 Rl Sensor 617 589 10 21 00 3 Connect the digital tester and TDC pulse sender unit according to connection diagram 4 Run the engine at idle speed and check the Rl value on the digital tester Notice If out of standard adjust the start of delivery 5 Stop the engine 6 Remove the Rl sensor digital...

Page 879: ...2 OM600 ENGINE CONTROLS After Testing Preceding Work Start of delivery test Position Sensor RIV method 1 Adjusting Screw 2 Bolt 23Nm 3 Fuel Injection Pump 4 Bolt 23Nm 5 Scale Rl start of delivery 14 16 ATDC ...

Page 880: ... 2 Remove the bolt 2 at the supporting bracket 3 Remove the bolt 4 4 Turn the adjusting screw 1 until both lamps A B on the position sensor light up Notice If the adjustment range is not adequate remove the injection pump and reinstall Position Sensor 617 589 08 21 00 5 After adjusting retighten all the bolt to the specified torque To the right To the left Start of delivery retarded Start of deliv...

Page 881: ... Pulse Generator Without Pulse Generator Tools Bosch MOT 001 03 Hartmann Braun EOMT3 Bosch ETD 019 00 Sun DIT 9000 ALV Diesel Tester 875 Digital tester RIV Method 1 Bolt 23Nm 2 Adjusting Screw To the right start of delivery retarded To the left start of delivery advanced 3 Bolt 23Nm Service Data Start of Delivery RIV Ldling Speed ATDC 14 16 OM661LA 720 820 rpm OM662LA 750 850 rpm ...

Page 882: ...he supporting bracket 2 remove the bolts 1 at the timing case cover 3 Run the engine at idle speed 4 Turn the adjusting screw 2 until the specification 15 1 ATDC is indicated on the digital tester To the Right To the Left Start of Delivery Retarded Start of Delivery Advanced ...

Page 883: ...89 05 14 00 Assembly CageRemoval FUEL INJECTION PUMP Preceding Work Removal of vacuum pump Removal of air cleaner housing Removal of intake manifold 18 Chain Tensioner 80Nm 19 Seal Replace 20 Bolt Left Hand Thread 46Nm 21 Washer 22 Bolt 23Nm 23 Seal Replace 24 Oil Pan 25 Fuel Injection Pump 26 Seal Replace 27 Screw Plug 30Nm 28 Square Nut ...

Page 884: ...ressure line 4 6 Remove the banjo bolt 1 and then remove the seal 2 and fuel line 3 7 Remove the plastic clip 8 on the injection line Removal Procedure 1 Position then no 1 cylinder at 15 ATDC Notice Do not rotate the engine in opposition direction of engine rotation 8 Disconnect the injection lines 15 from the injection pump 25 9 Remove the banjo bolt 1 and then remove the seal 7 and return line ...

Page 885: ... the washer 21 Notice Be careful that the bolt 20 is left hand thread Assembly Cage 601 589 05 14 00 11 Remove the chain tensioner 18 and seal 19 12 Remove the bolt 12 and pull off the washer 11 13 Remove the bolt 22 and pull off the square nut 28 14 Pull out the fuel injection pump 25 and seal 23 ...

Page 886: ...al 26 and collect oil in a vessel 2 Insert flange 31 onto the injection pump camshaft and turn until the cam of the governor is visible in the hole Flange 601 589 00 08 00 3 Tighten the locking screw Locking Screw 601 589 05 21 00 4 Ensure that the No 1 cylinder is positioned at ATDC 15 ...

Page 887: ...on and Pressure Line 46 Nm 18 Nm 13 Nm 13 Nm 5 Coat the new seal 23 with engine oil and install it 6 Insert the fuel injection pump 25 and tighten the bolts 22 7 Remove the locking screw 32 Tightening Torque 23 Nm 8 Tighten the bolt 12 9 Insert the washer 21 and tighten the bolts 20 and then remove the assembly cage 29 Tightening Torque 23 Nm Tightening Torque 46 Nm ...

Page 888: ... 13 14 13 Connect the connecting rod 9 14 Connect the accelerator control damper 10 Manual transmission vehicle 15 Install the chain tensioner 16 Install the vacuum pump 17 Check the start of delivery 18 Adjust the idle speed 11 Assemble the plastic clip 8 ...

Page 889: ... 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS Intake Air Duct 1G1 4 Intake Manifold 1G1 5 Resonance Flap 1G1 7 Exhaust Manifold 1G1 9 SPECIFICATIONS FASTENER TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Nlm 9 11 22 5 27 5 22 5 27 5 9 5 12 5 15 28 28 47 Application Air Cleaner Housing Cover Nut Intake Manifold Bolt M8 x 20 Intake Manifold Bolt M8 Exhaust Mainfold Stud Bolt Exhaust Pipe Nut Engine Exhaust Pipe Bolt ...

Page 890: ...1G1 2 M162 ENGINE INTAKE EXHAUST MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ON VEHICLE SERVICE AIR CLEANER 1 Air Cleaner Assembly 2 Air Cleaner Shield Upper Cover 3 Blot 4 Blot 5 Air Intake Shield ...

Page 891: ...amp from air cleaner assembly housing and remove the cover 5 Remove the air cleaner assembly 6 Remove the air cleaner housing from insulator Notice Make sure the air cleaner to be seated in insulator 7 Disengage the air duct hose and air cleaner housing and remove the housing 8 Remove the air duct hose 9 Unscrew the two bolts 7 from air inlet duct Installation Notice 10 Remove the air inlet duct 1...

Page 892: ... Remove the intake air duct 5 carefully Installation Notice Exactly seat the pin of intake air duct onto the crankcase ventilation rubber mount 5 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Removal Installation Procedure 1 Remove the clamp 1 and disconnect the HFM sensor 2 Remove the nut 3 arrow ...

Page 893: ...per Intake Manifold 6 Bolt M8 x 50 9 pieces 22 5 27 5 Nm 7 Gasket Replace 8 Blow by Hose 9 Blow by Hose 10 Clamp 11 Blow by Nipple 12 Inlet Air Housing 13 Bolt M6 x 40 4 pieces 9 11 Nm 14 Throttle Body Electric 15 Gasket Replace 16 Lower Intake Manifold 17 Bolt M8 x 40 4 pieces 22 5 27 5 Nm 18 Nipple Replace 19 Seal Ring 20 Connection House 21 Clamp 22 Noise Damper Assembly 23 Tapping Screw ...

Page 894: ...tion should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order l Lower Intake Manifold Preceding work removal of upper intake manifold 1 Remove the hose of brake booster vacuum line and idle speed connector 2 Disconnect the hot water inlet pipe from the bottom of lower intake manifold 3 Unscrew the bolt 17 and remove the lower intake manifold 16 Installation Notice 4 Start the engine and check for ...

Page 895: ... 1 2 Remove the upper resonance flap coupling after removing 4 bolts 2 Notice Connect carefully the vacuum hose 4 for installation 3 Check the O ring 3 and replace it if necessary 4 Remove the lower resonance flap 5 5 Replace the gasket 6 6 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 4 Vacuum Hose 5 Resonance Flap 6 Gasket Replace ...

Page 896: ...800 rpm The switch valve 7 will be adjusted by ECU and resonance falp will be colosed By increasing air flow passage through dividing intaking air flow toward both air collection housing 8 This leads to a signficant increase in the torque in the lower speed range 2 Resonance flap open at full load over 3 800 rpm The switch valve 7 will not be adjusted by ECU and resonance falp 5 will be open The c...

Page 897: ...M162 ENGINE INTAKE EXHAUST 1G1 9 EXHAUST MANIFOLD Preceding Work Removal of air cleaner 1 Nut 36 44 Nm 2 Gasket Replace 3 Exhaust Manifold ...

Page 898: ... the stud bolt and remove the exhaust manifold Installation Notice 3 Replace the gasket 2 4 Installation is reverse order of the removal Replacement of Rivet Nut 1 Pull out the rivet nut from the connecting point of the exhaust manifold and the exhaust pipe using a proper bolt arrow 2 Insert a new rivet nut into the exhaust manifold hole and tighten with a special tool Caulking Bolt Installation N...

Page 899: ...1 Exhaust Manifold 2 Rivet Nut 3 Bolt 30 Nm 4 Front Pipe 5 Oxygen Sensor 6 Bolt 28 47 Nm 7 Rubber Pad 8 Catalytic Converter 9 Gasket Replace 10 Nut 11 Gasket Replace 12 Rubber Pad 13 Nut 28 47 Nm 14 Center Muffler 15 Rubber Pad 16 Tail Muffler 17 Gasket Replace 18 Nut 28 47 Nm ...

Page 900: ... Cleaner Housing Cover Nut Intake Manifold Bolt M8 x 20 Intake Manifold Bolt M8 Exhaust Mainfold Stud Bolt Exhaust Pipe Nut Engine Exhaust Pipe Bolt Specifications 1G2 1 Fastener Tightening Specifications 1G2 1 Maintenance and Repair 1G2 2 On Vehicle Service 1G2 2 Air Cleaner 1G2 2 Air Intake Shield 1G2 4 Intake Air Duct 1G2 5 Intake Manifold 1G2 7 Exhaust Manifold 1G2 9 ...

Page 901: ...1 ENGINE INTAKE EXHAUST MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ON VEHICLE SERVICE AIR CLEANER 1 Air Cleaner Assembly 2 Element Assembly 3 Insulator 4 Air Duct Hose 5 Air Inlet Duct 6 Bolt M8 30 22 5 27 5 Nm 7 Bolt M6 35 9 11 Nm ...

Page 902: ...amp from air cleaner assembly housing and remove the cover 5 Remove the air cleaner assembly 6 Remove the air cleaner housing from insulator Notice Make sure the air cleaner to be seated in insulator 7 Disengage the air duct hose and air cleaner housing and remove the housing 8 Remove the air duct hose 9 Unscrew the two bolts 7 from air inlet duct Installation Notice 10 Remove the air inlet duct 1...

Page 903: ...ocedure 1 Remove the upper cover 3 from the air intake shield 5 upper mounting pin 2 Remove the bolts 4 and 6 3 Remove the air intake shield 5 4 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 1 Air Cleaner 2 Gasket 3 Air Intake Shield Upper Cover 4 Bolt 5 Air Intake Shield 6 Bolt 7 Bracket ...

Page 904: ...NTAKE AIR DUCT 1 Clamp 2 Sleeve 3 HFM Sensor 4 Intake Air Duct 5 Blow by Hose 7 Clamp 2 pieces 8 Intake Air Duct Mounting Bracket Removal Installation Procedure 1 Release the clamp 1 and intake air duct 2 Remove the Blow by hose 5 arrow ...

Page 905: ...1G2 6 M161 ENGINE INTAKE EXHAUST 3 Release the clamp 7 and remove the intake air duct Notice Completely fit the intake air duct with the mounting bracket 8 ...

Page 906: ... air duce Removal of fuel distributor and injector 1 Bolt M6 X 40 6 pieces 22 5 27 5 Nm 2 Intake Manifold 3 Gasket 2 pieces Replace 4 Bolt M8 X 40 3 pieces 22 5 27 5 Nm 5 Idle Regulator 6 Intermediate Flange 7 Bolt M6 X 35 4 pieces 9 11 Nm 8 Connection Piece With Seal Ring 36 44 Nm ...

Page 907: ...the three bolts 4 and remove the idle regulator and intermediate flange 6 Installation Notice Tightening Torque 22 5 27 5 Nm 6 Unscrew the two bolts M8 X 16 and remove the support assembly arrow Installation Notice 7 Unscrew the intake manifold assembly mounting bolts 1 and remove the intake manifold and gasket Installation Notice Notice Replace the gasket with new one 8 Installation should follow...

Page 908: ...asket Replace Removal Installation Procedure 1 Remove the oxygen sensor if necessary Installation Notice Tightening Torque 49 5 60 5 Nm 2 Unscrew the bolt 2 and remove the exhaust manifold upper cover 3 3 Unscrew the flange bolt 6 of front exhaust pipe and separate the front exhaust pipe Installation Notice Tightening Torque 30 Nm Notice Check the exhaust pipe mounting nut and replace it with new ...

Page 909: ... 4 Unscrew the eleven nuts 4 and remove the exhaust manifold 5 and gasket 7 Installation Notice Tightening Torque 31 5 38 5 Nm 5 Replace the gasket 7 with new one 6 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 910: ...l and Installation of Exhaust Line 1 Heat Protector Floor 2 Pipe Assembly Front Exhaust 3 Gasket 4 Heat Protector Rear Exhaust 5 Road Assembly Muffler Mounting Rear 6 Heat Pro Tector Dash 7 Heat Pro Tector Floor 8 Heat Pro Tector Rear Exhaust ...

Page 911: ...electrical terminals Disconnecting this cable will help prevent personal injury and damage to the vehicle The ignition must also be in LOCK unless otherwise noted SPECIFICATIONS FASTENER TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Application Air Cleaner Housing Cover Nut Intake Manifold Bolt M8 x 20 Intake Manifold Bolt M8 Exhaust Mainfold Stud Bolt Exhaust Pipe Nut Engine Exhaust Pipe Bolt N m 9 11 22 5 27 5 22 5...

Page 912: ...1G3 2 OM600 ENGINE INTAKE EXHAUST SCHEMATIC AND ROUTING DIAGRAMS EGR CIRCUIT ...

Page 913: ... DUCT HOSE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ON VEHICLE SERVICE 1 Air Intake Shield Assembly 2 Air Cleaner Assembly 3 Mounting Bracket 4 Air Cleaner Element Clean 20 000km Replace 60 000km 5 Bolt 9 11Nm 6 House 7 Clamp 8 Engine Cover Assembly Turbo 9 Mounting Bracket ...

Page 914: ...e cover and element Tightening Torque 9 11 Nm 3 Loosen the nut 4EA and remove the air cleaner housing from the intake manifold Notice Do not fold the rubber Operating Interval Clean Replace every 20 000km every 60 000km 4 Loosen the clamp and remove the air duct hose 5 Loosen the mounting nut and bolt 6 Remove the air inlet duct and hose 7 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the re...

Page 915: ...HAUST MANIFOLD 1 Nut 22 5 27 5 Nm 2 Washer 3 Support Assembly Bar 4 Nut 22 5 27 5 Nm 5 Exhaust Manifold Assembly 6 Exhaust Gasket 7 Stud Bolt 9 9 12 1 Nm 8 Bolt M8 22 5 27 5 Nm 9 Intake Duct 10 Intake Duct Gasket 11 Intake Manifold 12 Intake Gasket ...

Page 916: ...INTAKE EXHAUST Exhaust Line 1 Heat Protector Assembly 2 Heat Protector Floor 3 Exhaust Front Pipe Assembly 4 Ring 5 Exhaust Rear Pipe Assembly 6 Muffler 7 Mounting 8 Heat Protector Front Floor 9 Tail Exhaust Pipe Assembly ...

Page 917: ...2 OM600 ENGINE CONTROLS After Testing Preceding Work Start of delivery test Position Sensor RIV method 1 Adjusting Screw 2 Bolt 23Nm 3 Fuel Injection Pump 4 Bolt 23Nm 5 Scale Rl start of delivery 14 16 ATDC ...

Page 918: ...pe 2 Remove the nut from the front of center muffler and then remove the front exhaust pipe Installation Notice 3 Remove the nut from the rear of center muffler and then remove the tail muffler Installation Notice 4 Remove the muffler mounting hanger from the rubber pad and remove the center muffler and tail muffler Notice Check the gasket if necessary replace the new one 5 Installation should fol...

Page 919: ...INTAKE EXHAUST 1 Turbocharger Oil Inlet 2 Turbine Wheel 3 Waste Gate 4 Oil Outlet 5 Compressor Wheel 6 Air Inlet 7 Exhaust Gas Outlet 8 Compressed Air Flow 9 Intercooler 10 Cylinder TURBOCHARGER CHARGE AIR SYSTEM DIAGRAM ...

Page 920: ...OM600 ENGINE INTAKE EXHAUST 1G3 9 INTERCOOLER 1 Hoses 2 Pipes 3 Hoses 4 Intercooler 5 Cover 6 Bolts 7 Screws 8 Bolts ...

Page 921: ... hose connected to turbocharger and intake duct 2 Remove the protective cover 3 Loosen the clamps and remove the pipe and hose connected to intercooler 4 Unscrew the mounting bolts and remove the intercooler 5 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 922: ...OM600 ENGINE INTAKE EXHAUST 1G3 11 TURBOCHARGER ASSEMBLY 1 Oil Supply Line 2 Oil Return Line 3 Nuts 4 Turbocharger ...

Page 923: ...tallation Procedure 1 Remove the 2 hoses connected to intercooler 2 Remove the hose air cleaner to turbocharger with blow by hose 3 Disconnect the oil supply pipe 4 Remove the oil return pipe 5 Remove the support assembly 6 Remove the 3 nuts arrows ...

Page 924: ...OM600 ENGINE INTAKE EXHAUST 1G3 13 7 Remove the turbocharger disconnecting the exhaust pipe from the turbocharger 8 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 925: ... Layout 2A 5 Damping Force Control Logic 2A 6 Normal Control 2A 6 Self Diagnosis 2A 7 Actuator Inspection 2A 8 Schematic and Routing Diagrams 2A 9 ECS Circuit 2A 9 Self Diagnosis Test 2A 12 Diagnosis Test 2A 12 SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 188 Application Front 3 stage Variable Damping Force Control Type Rear ECS Control Type 344 350 Shock Absorber 517 523 Max Length mm 245 3 Compressed L...

Page 926: ...e Voltage Rating V DC12 Current Rating A Less than 2 5 Current Time mS 95 105 4 75 5 25 Power Voltage V Body Vertical and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Less than 10 Consuming Current mA Less than 2 0 Output Current mA Operating Characteristics Output Voltage 0 75 2 5 4 25 1 5g 1g 3 5g Acceleration Vertical Acceleration Sensor Output Voltage 0 75 2 5 4 25 1g 0g 1g Acceleration Lateral Acceleration Se...

Page 927: ...spension the tires and the wheels involve several systems Consider all systems when you diagnose a complaint Some problems such as abnormal or excessive tire wear and scuffed tires may by the result of hard driving Always road test the vehicle first If possible do this road test with the customer Proceed with the following preliminary checks Correct any substandard conditions Checks Incorrect Whee...

Page 928: ...ENSION DIAGNOSIS Checks Worn or Broken Coil Spring Checks Incorrect Front wheel Alignment Worn or Loosened Lower Arm Bushing Action Replace Repair or Replace Steering Instability Action Replace Vehicle Bottoming ...

Page 929: ...amping force of shock absorber in SOFT MEDIUM HARD SYSTEM LAYOUT 1 ECS ECU 2 Body Vertical Acceleration Sensor Vertical Sensor 3 Body Lateral Acceleration Sensor Lateral Sensor Speed Sensor Axle Vertical Acceleration Sensor Wheel G Sensor Stop Lamp Switch Body Vertical Acceleration Sensor Vertical Sensor ECS Switch Indicator Lamp Actuator Shock Absorber Self Diagnosis Connector Damping Force Adjus...

Page 930: ...When ignition switch is ON system initialization will be performed for approx 3 seconds During this time warning lamp will stay ON and damping force will be switched to Hard status After 3 seconds warning lamp will turn off and normal control status will be restored Normal Damping Force Control Establishment Damping force will have Soft Medium Hard status in AUTO mode and Medium Hard status in SPO...

Page 931: ...al acceleration sensor wheel G sensor When sensor output voltage is less than 0 5 4 5V more than 4 5V 03 0 9 1 1sec Sensor Voltage 2 0 0 1V 3 0 0 1V 0 9 1 1sec Stop ride control Front actuator Check step motor power supply detecting circuit for open and short check for relative connectors 04 0 4 0 6sec IGN SW OFF ON Stop control after returning to the previ ous mode Rear actuator When defective de...

Page 932: ...hould be changed as below when battery voltage is applied between actuator connector terminals Connector terminal Battery Voltage Position of The Actuator Output Remark 1 White 2 Black OPEN 3 Red 1 White 2 Black 3 Red OPEN 1 White OPEN 2 Black 3 Red SOFT Mode MEDIUMMode HARD Mode ...

Page 933: ...SUSPENSION DIAGNOSIS 2A 9 ECS CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC AND ROUTING DIAGRAMS ...

Page 934: ...2A 10 SUSPENSION DIAGNOSIS ...

Page 935: ...lect Switch Speed Sensor Wheel G Sensor Wheel G Sensor Ground Vertical G Sensor Sensor 5V Chassis Ground Indicator Lamp NO Circuit NO Circuit 1 14 2 15 3 16 4 17 5 18 6 19 7 20 8 21 9 22 10 23 11 24 12 25 13 26 Chassis Ground Actuator R HEAD Actuator F MEDIUM Actuator F SOFT Brake Switch Lateral G Sensor Lateral G Sensor Ground Vertical G Sensor Ground Diagnosis K Line Diagnosis L Line ...

Page 936: ...ctronic control vehicle diagnosis from function selection display and press Enter 5 Select Musso 98 model year from vehicle model selection display and press Enter 6 Select Electronic suspension system ECS from control system selection display and press Enter 7 Select Self diagnosis from diagnosis item selection display Notice Check sensor value output display if necessary 8 Determine the fault co...

Page 937: ...ge l Condition IGN ON l Standard value voltage between pin 11 and 8 of ECU 4 5 5 0V 2 Check sensor output voltage l Condition IGN ON l Standard value voltage between pin 10 and 11 of ECU 0 5 4 5V 3 Check the sensor 4 Check circuit for open 5 Check connection of other connectors 1 Check step motor supply voltage 2 Check circuit for open 3 Check connection of other connectors 1 Check step motor supp...

Page 938: ...ption 0 30 2 30 30 0 4 mm 12 30 Specifications 2B 1 Wheel Alignment Specifications 2B 1 Diagnosis 2B 2 Tire Diagnosis 2B 2 Radial Tire Lead Pull 2B 3 Vibration Diagnosis 2B 5 Maintenance and Repair 2B 6 On Vehicle Service 2B 6 Wheel Alignment 2B 6 General Description and System Operation 2B 9 Four Wheel Alignment 2B 9 Toe 2B 9 Caster 2B 9 Camber 2B 9 ...

Page 939: ...oves at six locations Radial Tire Waddle Waddle is side to side movement at the front or rear of the vehicle It is caused by the steel belt not being straight within the tire or by excessive lateral runout of the tire or wheel The vehicle must be road tested to determine which end of the vehicle has the faulty tire The rear end of the vehicle will shake from side to side or waddle if the waddle ti...

Page 940: ... in the vehicle 011 center belts on radial tires can cause the tire to develop a side force while the vehicle rolls straight down the road If one side of the tire has even a little larger diameter than the diameter of the other side the tire will tend to roll to one side Unequal diameters will cause the tire to develop a side force which can produce vehicle lead pull The radial lead pull diagnosis...

Page 941: ...bly 3 Road test the vehicle Does the vehicle still lead pull 1 Switch the left front tire and wheel assembly with the left rear tire and wheel assembly and replace the left front tire Does the repair complete 1 Switch the right front tire and wheel assembly with the right rear tire and wheel assembly 2 Road test the vehicle Does the vehicle still lead pull 1 Switch the right front tire and wheel a...

Page 942: ...us drive axle runout l Improper tire inflation l Incorrect trim height l Bent or damaged wheels l Debris build up on the tire or the wheel l Irregular or excessive tire wear l Improper tire bead seating on the rim l Imperfections in the tires including tread deformations separations or bulges from impact damage Slight sidewall indentations are normal and will not affect ride quality Tire Balancing...

Page 943: ...und 3 Measure B from the center of the steering knuckle shaft to the ground 4 Ifthedifference between A and B is not within specification adjust vehicle height using torsion bar height control bolt B A Notice Before wheel alignment adjust vehicle height first 31 36mm Toe in 1 Measure toe in Specification 0 4mm 2 If toe in is not within specification loosen the tie rod nuts and adjust it by turning...

Page 944: ...number of adjusting shims 1 inserted between the upper arm shaft and cross bracket Camber Change Notice Difference between the left and right should be adjusted within 30 Specification 0 30 Caster 1 Remove the free wheel hub 2 Measure caster with a wheel alignment equipment and a turning radius gauge Specification 2 30 30 Adjusting Shims 1 6 Iarge 3 2 large Increasing 1 ea 19 38 Decreasing 1 ea 19...

Page 945: ...ion adjust it by increasing 1ea rear or decreasing 1ea front Caster Change Notice Difference between the left and right should be adjusted within 30 0 4 small 1 6 small Decreasing 1ea 11 43 FRONT Adjusting Shims Increasing 1ea 11 43 0 4 small 1 6 small Decreasing 1ea 11 43 REAR Adjusting Shims ...

Page 946: ...ension systems Each component must be strong enough to withstand and absorb extreme punishment Both the steering system and the front and the rear suspension must function geometrically with thebody mass The steering and the suspension systems require that the front wheels self return and that the tire rolling effort and the road friction be held to a negligible force in order to allow the custome...

Page 947: ...pring Specifications 2C 1 General Specifications 2C 1 Fastener Tightening Specifications 2C 2 Component Locator 2C 3 Front Suspension 2C 3 Maintenance and Repair 2C 4 On Vehicle Service 2C 4 Front Stabilizer Bar 2C 4 Application Description Torsion Bar 2C 6 Front Lower and Upper Arm 2C 8 Front Shock Absorber 2C 10 Axle Vertical Acceleration Sensor Wheel G Sensor 2C 12 Vertical and Lateral Sensor 2...

Page 948: ...ut Nlm 30 45 60 80 16 22 Torsion Bar Lower and Upper Arm Application Upper Arm Nut Upper Arm End Castle Nut Lower Arm Nut Lower Arm End Castle Nut Nlm 120 140 80 150 150 180 120 180 Steering Knuckle and Drive Shaft Application Brake Caliper Hose Bolt Brake Caliper Mounting Bolt Tie Rod Retaining Nut Upper Arm Retaining Nut Lower Arm Retaining Nut Nlm 25 35 85 105 35 45 80 150 120 180 M10 M12 ...

Page 949: ...FRONT SUSPENSION 2C 3 COMPONENT LOCATOR FRONT SUSPENSION 1 Shock Absorber 2 Upper Arm 3 Steering Knuckle 4 Lower Arm 5 Stabilizer Bar Link 6 Stabilizer Bar 7 Suspension Bumper ...

Page 950: ... ON VEHICLE SERVICE FRONT STABILIZER BAR 1 Front Stabilizer Bar 2 Bolt 30 45 Nm 3 Fixing Cap 4 Bushing 5 Nut 60 80 Nm 6 Stabilizer Bar Link Assembly 7 Outer Washer 8 Bushing 9 Center Washer 10 Lower Arm 11 Bushing 12 Outer Washer 13 Nut 16 22 Nm ...

Page 951: ... link Installation Notice 3 Remove the stabilizer bar fixing cap bolts arrow and remove the stabilizer bar Tightening Torque 60 80 Nm 4 Installation should follow the removal precedure in the reverse order Notice The distance between the end of the nut and the end of the link should be in 10 13 mm at the connection of the stabilizer bar link and lower arm Tightening Torque 30 45 Nm Tightening Torq...

Page 952: ...R 1 Nut 2 Torque Arm 3 Washer 4 Bolt M10 40 60 Nm M12 60 80 Nm 5 Torsion Bar End Seat 6 Dust Cover 7 Torsion Bar 8 Dust Cover 9 Height Control Arm Assembly 10 Height Control Bolt End Piece 11 Height Control Bolt 12 Height Control Seat ...

Page 953: ...end piece and the bolt end becomes 0 5 mm Installation Notice Install the torsion bar spring and adjust the distance between the end of the height control bolt and piece end the bolt end to be 50 55 mm Adjust the vehicle height Tightening Torque 60 80 Nm Tightening Torque 16 22 Nm 4 Remove the torque arm fixing nuts and bolts and then withdraw the torsion bar spring Installation Notice M10 M12 Tig...

Page 954: ...Adjusting Shim 4 Bolt 5 Bolt 6 Washer 7 Upper Arm End 8 Nut 16 22 Nm 9 Castle Nut 80 150 Nm 10 Cotter Pin Replace 11 Nut 150 180 Nm 12 Washer 13 Bolt 14 Lower Arm Assembly and Lower Arm End 15 Bolt 16 Washer 17 Nut 60 80 Nm Preceding Work Removal of the torsion bar spring Removal of the steering knuckle and drive shaft ...

Page 955: ... nut end and the screw end Tightening Torque 6 9 mm 60 80 Nm 3 Remove the lower arm mounting bolts 2 Installation Notice Tightening Torque 120 140 Nm 4 Pull out the cotter pin from the lower arm ball end assembly and remove lower arm after loosening the slotted nut Installation Notice Tightening Torque 150 180 Nm Notice Replace the cotter pin with new one 5 Installation should follow the removal p...

Page 956: ...2C 10 FRONT SUSPENSION FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER 1 Front Shock Absorber 2 Washer 3 Bush 4 Center Washer 5 Actuator Mounting Bracket 6 Nut 40 60Nm ...

Page 957: ... the nut actuator contacting surface of the mounting bracket and rod end should be 0 5 1 5mm 3 Remove the mounting bracket 5 Notice When installing the bracket it should be vertical to the frame side member 4 Remove the bush and check for damage and replace if necessary 5 Unscrew shock absorber lower bolt and nut and remove the shock absorber Notice Shock absorber is filled with gas never attempt ...

Page 958: ...own in the right drawing 2 Unscrew bolts 3 and remove the axle vertical acceleration sensor 1 Notice When installing the sensor to the bracket the sensor wiring should be upward 3 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 1 Actuator Connector 2 Axle Vertical Acceleration Sensor Connector 3 FrontHoseMountingBracket 4 FrameSideMember AXLE VERTICAL ACCELERATION SENSOR WHEE...

Page 959: ... of the lateral sensor 2 should be in the right and connector connection of the vertical sensor 1 should face downward 2 Unscrew bolts and remove vertical sensor and lateral sensor Installation Notice 1 Body Vertical Acceleration Sensor Vertical Sensor 2 Body Lateral Acceleration Sensor Lateral Sensor 3 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Tightening Torque 20 30 N...

Page 960: ...Removal Installation Procedure 1 Disconnect each connectors from the console box and remove the console box 2 Disconnect ECU connector 3 Unscrew 10mm x 2 bolts and remove ECS ECU 4 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 4 Parking Brake Lever 5 Over Voltage Protection Relay ...

Page 961: ...ring Constant kg m Application Specifications 2D 1 General Specifications 2D 1 Fastener Tightening Specifications 2D 1 Diagnosis 2D 2 Noise During Straight Driving 2D 2 Oil Leakage 2D 2 Noise During Turning 2D 2 Heating 2D 3 Component Locator 2D 4 Maintenance and Repair 2D 5 On Vehicle Service 2D 5 Rear Suspension 5 Link 2D 5 Rear Shock Absorber 2D 9 FASTENER TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Application ...

Page 962: ... Adjust Retightening NOISE DURING TURNING Check Worn or Damaged Tooth of Pinion or Side Gear Worn Pinion Shaft Excessive Backlash of Pinion Gear and Side Gear Excessive End play of Rear Axle Shaft Incorrect Contact of Side Gear and Differential Case Axle Housing Crack Bent or Poor Installation of Drive Pinion Oil Seal Damaged or Torn Drive Pinion Oil Seal Loosened Bearing Collar Worn or Damaged Un...

Page 963: ...REAR SUSPENSION 2D 3 HEATING Check Lack of Oil Insufficient Backlash of Gears Excessive Preload of Bearing Action Replenish Adjust Adjust ...

Page 964: ...2D 4 REAR SUSPENSION 1 Spring Seat 2 Coil Spring 3 Lateral Rod 4 Shock Absorber 5 Upper Arm 6 Lower Arm 7 Connecting Link 8 Stabilizer Bar COMPONENT LOCATOR ...

Page 965: ...EAR SUSPENSION 2D 5 MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ON VEHICLE SERIVCE REAR SUSPENSION 5 LINK 1 Spring Seat 2 Coil Spring 3 Lateral Rod 4 Shock Absorber 5 Upper Arm 6 Lower Arm 7 Connecting Link 8 Stabilizer Bar ...

Page 966: ... Installation Notice Tightening Torque 16 22 Nm Distance Between the Nut end and the Screw end 10 13 mm Tightening Torque 30 45 Nm l Lateral Rod 1 Remove the lateral rod fixing nut from the frame Notice Completely press the coil springs Installation Notice 2 Remove the lateral rod fixing nut from the rear axle and remove the lateral rod Installation Notice Tightening Torque 150 180 Nm Tightening T...

Page 967: ...orque 50 65 Nm l Upper Arm 1 Remove the upper arm fixing nut from the frame Installation Notice 2 Remove the upper arm fixing nut from the rear axle and remove the upper arm Installation Notice Tightening Torque 150 180 Nm Tightening Torque 150 180 Nm l Lower arm 1 Remove the parking brake cable bracket Tightening Torque 30 45 Nm Distance between the nut end and the screw end 6 9 mm ...

Page 968: ... Remove the lower arm fixing nut from the frame Installation Notice 3 Remove the lower arm fixing nut from the rear axle and remove the lower arm Installation Notice Tightening Torque 150 180 Nm Tightening Torque 150 180 Nm ...

Page 969: ...REAR SUSPENSION 2D 9 REAR SHOCK ABSORBER 1 Rear Shock Absorber 2 Washer 3 Bush 4 Center Washer 5 Actuator Mounting Bracket 6 Nut M12 x 1 25 40 60Nm ...

Page 970: ...n clip 2 Unscrew the upper nut 6 Notice When screwing the nut actuator contacting surface of the mounting bracket and rod end should be 0 5 1 5mm 3 Remove the mounting bracket 5 Notice When installing the bracket it should be parallel to the frame side member 4 Remove the bush and check for damage and replace if necessary 5 Unscrew shock absorber lower bolt and nut and remove the shock absorber No...

Page 971: ...SPECIFICATIONS Application Wheel Bolt Nlm 80 120 110 130 Specifications 2E 1 General Specifications 2E 1 Fastener Tightening Specifications 2E 1 Diagnosis 2E 2 Wear Pattern Diagnosis 2E 2 Identification 2E 3 Radial Tire 2E 3 Wheel Disc 2E 3 Component Locator 2E 4 Wheel and Tire 2E 4 Maintenance and Repair 2E 5 On Vehicle Service 2E 5 Wheels and Tires 2E 5 Material Size Tire Type Size and Tire Pres...

Page 972: ...ad Torn Out Under Inflation One sided Tread Wear Incorrect Camber or Toe in Feather Edging of Tread Incorrect Toe in Spotty Tread Wear Out of Wheel Balance Spotty Wear wear Localized on Shoulder Sections Out of Wheel Balance Play in Hub Bearings Play in Ball Joint Defective Shock Absorber Adjust Adjust Adjust Adjust Adjust Adjust Adjust Check play Adjust preload Check Check ...

Page 973: ... ET Distance from Rim Center to Wheel have Contacting Surface mm a Rim Width Inch d Rim Diameter Inch Four Season Mud Snow P 215 75 R 15 94 H M S Speed Rating max 210km h Load Range below 670kg Rim Diameter inch Radial Tire Aspect Ratio Section Height Section Width x 100 Section Width mm Passenger Car 215 65 R 16 93 V Speed Rating max 240km h Load Range below 650kg Rim Diameter inch Radial Tire As...

Page 974: ...2E 4 TIRES AND WHEELS COMPONENT LOCATOR WHEEL AND TIRE 1 Wheel Bolts Steel Wheel 80 120 Nm Aluminium Wheel 110 130 Nm 2 Steel Wheel 3 Aluminium Wheel 4 Tire 5 Steel Wheel Weight Balance 6 Hub Cap ...

Page 975: ...ked l The wear limit of snow tire is the same as normal tire 1 6mm and indicator location is marked Limit 1 6mm Standard 2 66mm Standard 2 03mm 2 Wear limit 3 Runout measurement l Excessive runout of tires and wheels can cause the abnormal wear of tire Using a dial indicator measure wheel and tire runout l Measure radial runout at the rim flange and center of the tire tread area l Measure lateral ...

Page 976: ...ng and uneven wear Front Rear P235 75R15 2 1kg cm 30PSI 2 5 Wheel balance l Balance weights should be on each side When the wheel is out of balance or a tire has been repaired be sure to balance the wheel again l If total weight is over 150g readjust the balance by reinstalling the tire on the wheel l Balance weight should not protrude from the wheel rim over 3mm l For aluminum wheel use aluminum ...

Page 977: ...ions for installation and removal l Clean the mounting surfaces of hub and wheel l Do not apply grease or oil on the nuts and bolts It will cause looseness and poor tightening l Using a jack lift up the tire about 3cm from the ground l Tighten nuts in a criss cross pattern 2 3 times 10g 0 4oz 20g 0 7oz 30g 1 10oz 40g 1 40oz 50g 1 80oz 60g 2 1oz Steel 80 120Nm Aluminium 110 130Nm Tighten Torque ...

Page 978: ...ng Hub 3A 4 Vacuum Circuit 3A 5 Maintenance and Repair 3A 6 On Vehicle Service 3A 6 Vacuum Line 3A 6 Steering Knuckle and Drive Shaft 3A 8 Front Axle 3A 14 Unit Repair 3A 16 Axle Housing 3A 16 Application Drive Shaft Type Axle Housing Type Differential Type Differential Gear CV Joint Build up Conventional Hypoid Gear 4 56 4 56 3 73 4 56 5 38 4 27 4 89 4 89 4 55 4 55 4 55 5 86 3 73 3 73 4 89 1 4 L ...

Page 979: ...IGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Steering Knuckle and Drive Shaft Application Drive Shaft to Front Axle Inner Shaft Wheel Speed Sensor Drive Shaft Cover Bolt Locking Hub Washer Screw Hub Flange Bolt Hub Nut Nlm 25 35 85 105 50 60 2 4 70 90 15 ...

Page 980: ...FRONT DRIVE AXLE 3A 3 1 Drive Shaft 2 Axle Housing Mounting Bolt 3 Axle Housing 4 Cross Member COMPONENT LOCATOR FRONT AXLE 5 Brake Disc 6 Hub Wheel 7 Locking Hub ...

Page 981: ...er 3 Vacuum Diaphragm 4 Diaphragm Retainer 5 Piston 6 Bolt M10 7 Lock Washer 8 O ring 9 Retaining Ring 10 Clutch Ring 11 Body 12 Return Spring 13 Bearing 14 O ring 15 Retaining Ring 16 Inner Drive Gear 17 Oil Seal 18 Oil Seal Race 19 Axle Retaining Ring ...

Page 982: ...FRONT DRIVE AXLE 3A 5 VACUUM CIRCUIT 1 Engine 2 Vacuum Pump 3 3 way Connector 4 T connector 5 Check Valve 6 Auto locking Hub Solenoid Valve 7 T connector Hose 8 Hub Hose left 9 Hub Hose right ...

Page 983: ...60 Nm 3 Cam Washer 4 Auto locking Hub Cap 5 Retainer Ring 6 Shim 7 Locking Hub 8 Band 9 Hose L 400 10 T connector 11 Hose L 250 white 12 Check Valve 13 Hose L 100 green 14 Auto Locking Hub Solenoid Valve 15 Bolt 16 Hose L 100 green 17 T connector 18 Hose L 720 yellow 19 Hose L 2 360 red 20 Corrugated Tube 21 Clip 22 Clip ...

Page 984: ...en connecting the check valve and each hose 2 Adjust the clearance between the retainer ring 5 and locking hub 7 using the shim 6 Notice Shim thickness 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 5 1 0 mm Normal Max 0 2 mm 3 Tighten the auto locking hub cap bolt to the specified torque and order Tightening Torque 50 60 Nm ...

Page 985: ...3A 8 FRONT DRIVE AXLE STEERING KNUCKLE AND DRIVE SHAFT 1 Front Axle Inner Shaft 2 Front Axle Drive Shaft 3 Spring Washer 4 Bolt 45 60 Nm 5 Steering Knuckle ...

Page 986: ... 130 Nm 2 Remove the autolocking hub vacuum hose 3 With ABS Remove the wheel speed sensor from the steering knuckle Installation Notice 4 Remove the mounting bolts and pull off the caliper assembly Installation Notice Tightening Torque 6 8 Nm Hose Bolt Mounting Bolt Tightening Torque 25 35 Nm 85 105 Nm Notice Be careful not to damage the brake hose ...

Page 987: ... not to exceed 0 2 mm Shim thickness 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 5 1 0 mm Tightening Torque 50 60 Nm 6 With full time transfer case 6 1 Detach the hub cap with screw driver and remove the snap ring on drive shaft Installation Notice Tightening Torque 2 4 Nm 5 3 Remove the screws and pull off the locking hub washer Installation Notice Notice For assembly adjust the clearance between the snap ring and hub not to ...

Page 988: ...sk brake dust shield Installation Notice Tightening Torque 4 6 Nm 6 2 Unscrew the bolts and remove hub flange Installation Notice Tightening Torque 70 90 Nm Before installation apply loctite on the mating surface 7 Remove the hub nut with special tool Tightening Torque 15 Nm ...

Page 989: ...que 35 45 Nm 11 Remove the cotter pin and nut from the steering knuckle arm and upper arm ball joint connection Installation Notice Tightening Torque 80 150 Nm Replace the cotter pin with new one 12 Remove the cotter pin and nut from the steering knuckle arm and lower and lower arm boll joint connection 13 Carefully remove the knuckle arm Installation Notice Tightening Torque 120 180 Nm ...

Page 990: ... Remove the drive shaft mounting bolts and remove the drive shaft Installation Notice Tightening Torque 45 60 Nm 15 Installation should follow the removal precedure in the reverse order Observe the tighening torque and sequence ...

Page 991: ... Nut 95 142 Nm 5 Cross Member 6 Bolt Front 7 Bushing 8 Spacer FRONT AXLE 9 Bushing 10 Nut 95 142 Nm 11 Front Axle Assembly 12 Nut 70 80 Nm 13 Bolt 14 Inner Axle Shaft LH 15 Inner Axle Shaft RH Preceding Work Removal of the front axle drive shaft Removla of the steering gear box ...

Page 992: ...tallation Notice Tightening Torque 70 80 Nm 4 Remove the cross member mounting nuts 2 from the frame and remove the cross member Installation Notice Tightening Torque 95 142 Nm 5 Support the axle housing on a suitable jack Remove the axle housing mounting bracket nuts Installation Notice Tightening Torque 62 93 Nm Tightening Torque 95 142 Nm 6 Lowering the jack carefully remove the axle housing as...

Page 993: ...3A 16 FRONT DRIVE AXLE UNIT REPAIR AXLE HOUSING Preceding Work Removal of the axle housing ...

Page 994: ...13 Washer 14 Companion Flange 15 Oil Seal Replace Apply Grease to the Sealing Rib 16 Bearing 17 Shim 18 Bearing Baffle 19 Shim 20 Bearing 21 Oil Slinger 22 Drive Pinion 23 Oil Filler Plug 28 41 Nm 24 Bolt 39 46 Nm 25 Axle Housing Cover Apply Liquid Gasket to the Contact Surface 26 Ring Gear 27 Bearing 28 Shim 29 Shaft Lock Pin 30 Differential Case 31 Bolt 75 90 Nm 32 Bolt 48 69 Nm 33 Washer 34 Bea...

Page 995: ...g Torque 28 41 Nm 2 Unscrew the axle housing and housing mounting bracket bolts and remove the bracket and inner shaft assembly 3 Remove the bearing fixing snap ring of the inner shaft and pull out the bearing Separate the inner shaft and the mounting bracket 4 Remove the axle housing cover Notice Clean the cover and housing contact surfaces ...

Page 996: ...parts of the differential carrier assembly 7 Remove the drive pinion lock nut Disassemble the parts of the drive pinion AssemblyProcedure 1 Clean the all parts and check the followings l Check the ring gear and drive pinion for wear and damage If damaged replace it as a set l Check the bearing for sticks wear noise and turning resistance l Check the side gear pinion pinion shaft and thrust washer ...

Page 997: ...ide gear and pinion 5 Install the differential carrier assembly into the axle housing Notice Be careful not to change the caps Be sure to keep the original position of the caps Tightening Torque of the Lock Nut 240 310 Nm Tightening Torque of the Ring Gear Bolts 75 90 Nm Standard 0 0 05 mm Tightening Torque of the Bearing Cap Bolts 48 69 Nm ...

Page 998: ...parts of the front axle shaft and housing mounting bracket Notice Apply grease to the oil seal rib 9 Align the axle shaft and differential carrier spline and insert the axle shaft Assemble the axle housing mounting bracket to the axle housing Specified Value 0 13 0 20 mm Tightening Torque 39 46 Nm Tightening Torque 55 65 Nm ...

Page 999: ... apart from the ring gear l Noise can be occurred Insufficient backlash much l Gear contacts on the low flank l Gear can be damaged or worn l Noise can be occurred Adjust backlash Decrease backlash l Select proper shim s to move the drive pinion toward the ring gear toward toe Adjust backlash Increase backlash l Select proper shim s to move the drive pinion against the ring gear toward heel Adjust...

Page 1000: ... On Vehicle Service 3C 3 Propeller Shaft 3C 3 SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Description Single or Single Double Cardan Single Cardan Constant Velocity CV Double Carden Single Cardan 3 2 2 CV Joint 1 Double Spiders 1 2 Diesel Gasoline Shaft Dimensions L O D I D When Compressed Fully Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear M T MB A T BTRA A T 2p Type TONGIL KSC 576 φ 59 5 φ 63 5 973 φ 63 5 φ 659 5 ...

Page 1001: ...adener is inserted to the inside of tube of rear shaft both ends COMPONENT LOCATOR M T A T PART TIME T C 1 Gasolin E32 Fromt Propeller Shaft 2 Diesel Gasolin E23 20 Fromt Propeller Shaft A T Full Time T C 3 Gasolin Rear Propeller Shaft Diesel Fromt Rear Propeller Shaft M T A T FPart Time T C 11 Tube Yoke 12 Flange Yoke 13 Diesel Cross and Bearing Assembly with Snap Ring Gasoline CV Joint DOJ 14 Di...

Page 1002: ... Front Propeller Shaft 661LA 662LA 4 Front Propeller Shaft E32 5 Bolt 81 89 Nm 6 Transfer Case MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ON VEHICLE SERVICE PROPELLER SHAFT 7 Bolt 81 89 Nm 8 Rear Propeller Shaft 9 Bolt 70 80 Nm 10 Rear Axle 11 Front Propeller Shaft E20 E23 ...

Page 1003: ...4 PROPELLER SHAFT Removal Procedure 1 Place alignment marks and remove the propeller shaft 2 Place alignment marks before removing the spider 3 Using a snap ring pliers remove the snap ring Gasoline Diesel ...

Page 1004: ...le the universal joint parts l As axles move up and down universal joints allow drive angles to change without binding propeller shaft 1 Grease Nipple 2 Flange Yoke 3 Spider 4 Seal 5 Needle Roller Bearing 6 Snap Ring 4 Slightly tapping the yoke shoulder using a brass hammer remove the bearing Remove the remaining bearings in the same way ...

Page 1005: ...er shaft runout by turning the shaft If runout exceeds limit replace the propeller shaft or correct it using a press Standard 0 03 0 098 mm Limit 0 25 mm Inspection Procedure 1 Visual check Check the disassembled parts for wear or crack Replace them if necessary 2 Spider outer diameter mm Standard 16 668 Limit 16 647 Limit 0 4 mm ...

Page 1006: ...cap of the needle roller bearing and assemble the needle roller Grease EP 2 6 Possible cause of vibration l Drift away of balance weights l Excessive runout of the propeller shaft l Using normal bolts l Excessive wear of the universal joint l Sticks in sleeve joint l Drive angle changes in universal joints or cross causes vibration and can be detected around 60 100 km h 5 Universal joint starting ...

Page 1007: ...der Install the opposite side cap by tapping with a plastic hammer Adjust clearance of the spider pin to be within 0 1 mm and install the snap ring 4 Align the alignment marks and install the front and rear propeller shaft Tighten the nuts to the specified torque Gasoline Diesel ...

Page 1008: ...omponent Locator 3D 5 Maintenance and Repair 3D 6 On Vehicle Service 3D 6 Axle Shaft 3D 6 Axle 3D 9 Unit Repair 3D 11 Axle Housing 3D 11 LSD Limited Slip Diffrential 3D 16 SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Axle Shaft Type Axle Housing Type Differential Reduction Ratio Type Gear M T M T A T MB M T A T BTRA M T A T BTRA Description Semi floating Salibury Build up Conventional Type Hypoid Gear 4 ...

Page 1009: ...r Bar Mounting Bolt Lateral Rod Mounting Nut Drive Pinion Lock Nut Oil Drain Plug Ring Gear Mounting Bolt Oil Filler Plug N m 50 65 70 80 150 180 50 65 150 180 30 45 150 180 240 310 28 42 75 90 28 42 4 55 4 55 4 55 4 27 5 86 3 73 3 73 4 89 1 9 L SEA 80W 90 API GL 5 M T A T MB M T A T MB A T BTRA M T A T MB A T BTRA Oil Capacity Oil Specification Application Description GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS CONT ...

Page 1010: ...Seal Checks Lack of Oil Low Viscosity of Oil Insufficient Oil Excessive Backlash of Ring Gear Worn or Damaged Tooth of Ring and Pinion Gear Worn or Damaged Drive Pinion Bearing Bent Axle Housing Bent Differential Case Worn Pinion Shaft Incorrect Drive Pinion Preload Incorrect Contact of Ring Gear and Pinion DIAGNOSIS NOISE DURING STRAIGHT DRIVING Action Replenish Replace Replace Adjust Replace Rep...

Page 1011: ...iversal Joint Snap Ring Loosened Yoke Bolts Action Adjust Replace Adjust Tighten NOISE Checks Worn or Damaged Universal Joint Bearing Fallen Off Universal Joint Snap Ring Loosened Yoke Connection Worn Sliding Joint Spline Insufficient Grease Action Replace Adjust or Replace Tighten Replace Apply as Necessary ...

Page 1012: ...REAR DRIVE AXLE 3D 5 1 Spring Seat 2 Coil Spring 3 Lateral Rod 4 Shock Absorber 5 Upper Arm 6 Lower Arm 7 Connecting Link 8 Stabilizer Bar COMPONENT LOCATOR ...

Page 1013: ...REPAIR ON VEHICLE SERVICE AXLE SHAFT 1 Brake Disc 2 Dust Plug 3 Rear Axle Shaft 4 Nut 50 65 Nm 5 Washer 6 Parking Brake Cable 7 Parking Brake Lining and Back Plate Assembly 8 Caliper Assembly 9 Gasket 10 Bolt 85 100 Nm 11 Rear Axle Housing ...

Page 1014: ...heel Tightening Torque 3 Remove the bolts and the brake caliper Installation Notice Be careful not to damage the brake hose Tightening Torque 85 100 Nm 4 Remove the brake disc Notice To remove the disc install the bolts M8 x 1 25 into the service hole and uniformly tighten the bolts 5 Disconnect the parking brake cable 80 120 Nm 110 130 Nm ...

Page 1015: ...m 6 Remove the plug from the axle shaft flange and remove the inner shaft mounting nuts Installation Notice 7 Remove the axle shaft parking brake lining and back plate assembly 8 Installation should follow the removal precedure in the reverse order ...

Page 1016: ...ightening Torque 150 180 Nm 3 Remove the propeller shaft from the rear axle input shaft Installation Notice Notice Place alignment marks before removal Tightening Torque 81 89 Nm 4 Disconnect the parking brake cable and brake hose 5 Remove the lower arm mounting nuts and remove the lower arm from the axle housing Installation Notice ...

Page 1017: ...ning Torque 50 65 Nm 8 Remove the stabilizer bar Installation Notice Tightening Torque 150 180 Nm 9 Remove the lateral rod mounting nuts and remove the lateral rod from the axle housing Installation Notice Tightening Torque 30 45 Nm 10 Lowering the axle housing slowly remove the coil springs and spring seats 11 Installation should follow the removal precedure in the reverse order Tightening Torque...

Page 1018: ...g 7 Shim 8 Shim 9 Bearing Cup 10 Breather Nipple 11 Rear Axle Housing 12 Oil Drain Plug 28 42 Nm 13 Shim 14 Bearing 15 Drive Pinion 16 Bearing Cap 17 Bolt 87 124 Nm 18 Bearing 19 Shim 20 Ring Gear 21 Shaft Lock Pin 22 Differential Case 23 Ring Gear Mounting Bolt 75 90 Nm 24 Thrust Washer 25 Differential Pinion 26 Thrust Washer 27 Side Gear 28 Differential Shaft 29 Housing Cover 30 Bolt 38 46 Nm 31...

Page 1019: ...ntact surface 3 Remove the bearing cap bolts and remove the bearing caps Pull out the differential carrier assembly Notice Place alignment marks on the bearing cap not to change the caps before removal When pulling out the differential carrier assembly be careful not to damage the axle housing 4 Disassemble the parts of the differential carrier assembly Tightening Torque 28 42Nm ...

Page 1020: ...as set l Check the bearing for sticks wear noise or turning resistance l Check the side gear pinion pinion shaft and thrust washer for wear or damage l Check the differential carrier for crack or wear bearing contact surface Check the gear case for crack 2 Assemble the parts of the drive pinion 3 Assemble the parts of the differential carrier Tightening Torque of The Pinion Lock Nut 240 310 Nm Tig...

Page 1021: ...al carrier assembly into the axle housing Tightening Torque of The Bearing Cap Bolts 48 69 Nm Notice Be careful no to change the caps Be sure to keep the original position of the caps 6 Measure backlash of the drive pinion and ring gear 7 Install the axle housing cover Specified Value 0 13 0 20 mm Tightening Torque 39 46 Nm ...

Page 1022: ... apart from the ring gear l Noise can be occurred Insufficient backlash much l Gear contacts on the low flank l Gear can be damaged or worn l Noise can be occurred Adjust backlash Decrease backlash l Select proper shim s to move the drive pinion toward the ring gear toward toe Adjust backlash Increase backlash l Select proper shim s to move the drive pinion against the ring gear toward heel Adjust...

Page 1023: ...ed Slip Differential Assembly 2 Shaft Hub left 3 Shim 4 Thrust Washer 5 Face Cam left 6 Cam Whillom 7 Thrust Bearing 8 Radial Bearing 9 Shaft Hub right 10 Thrust Washer 11 Face Cam right 12 Cage 13 Thrust Bearing 14 Plate Spring 15 Radial Bearing 16 Oil Catcher ...

Page 1024: ...load torque l If necessary replace LSD assembly Procedure 1 Fix the right shaft of LSD to the special tool A 2 Install the special tool B to the left shaft and rotate counterclockwise and check the pre load torque Normal Torque 3 6 9 0kgm Notice If necessary replace LSD assembly ...

Page 1025: ...posed electrical terminals Disconnecting this cable will help prevent personal injury and damage to the vehicle The ignition must also be in LOCK unless otherwise noted Type Pedal Ratio Pedal Stroke Pedal Freeplay Type Inner Diameter Type Ratio Type I D of Caliper Cylinder Thickness of Brake Pad Thickness of Disc Plate Type I D of Caliper Cylinder Thickness of Brake Pad Thickness of Disc Plate Typ...

Page 1026: ...djuster Action Repair Retighten Replace Replace Repair Repair Lubricate Retighten Check Incorrectly Mounted Back Plate or Caliper Loosened Bolt of Back Plate or Caliper Crack or Uneven Wear of Brake Drum or Disc Pad or Lining Sticking to Contact Surface Excessive Clearance Between Caliper and Pad Uneven Contact of Pad Lack of Lubrication Loosened Suspension DIGNOSIS NOISE OR VEHICLE VIBRATION WHEN...

Page 1027: ... Lubrication Damaged Master Cylinder Check Valve or Piston Return Spring Action Bleeding Repair Adjust Repair Adjust Replace Repair Replace lubricate Replace INCREASING PEDAL STROKE PEDAL GOES TO FLOOR OR BRAKE DRAGGING Check Insufficient Clearance Between Push Rod and Master Cylinder Worn Brake Lining Oil or Grease on Lining Binding Parking Brake Cable Faulty Auto Adjuster Excessive Lever Stroke ...

Page 1028: ...R ABS 1 Actuation Assembly Booster TMC 2 ABS Control Unit 3 Master Cylinder 2nd Tube Secondary 4 Master Cylinder 1st Tube Primary 5 Front Tube LH 6 Front Tube RH 7 Brake Hose 8 Rear Tube 9 Bolt 25 35 Nm 10 2 way Connector 11 3 way Connector ...

Page 1029: ...4A 5 ABS ABD 1 Actuation Assembly Booster TMC 2 Master Cylinder 1st Tube Primary 3 Master Cylinder 2nd Tube Secondary 4 Hydraulic Modulator 5 Front Tube LH 6 Front Tube RH 7 Rear Tube RH 8 Rear Tube LH 9 2 way Connector ...

Page 1030: ...4A 6 HYDRAULIC BRAKES NON ABS ABD 1 Actuation Assembly Booster TMC 2 3 way Connector 3 Front Tube LH 4 Front Tube RH 5 2 way Connector 6 Rear Tube 7 3 way Connector 8 LCRV ...

Page 1031: ...e air bleeding For Caliper and Brake Hose Replacement 1 Check the oil level from the oil reservoir and refill if necessary 2 Run the engine and depress the pedal several times to build pressure and then keep the pedal fully depressed 3 Connect a vinyl tube to the caliper breather and prepare a container to coentain brake oil 4 Loosen the breather screw until there are no more bubbles 5 Bleed air i...

Page 1032: ...l times to build pressure and then keep the pedal fully depressed 3 Loosen hydraulic pipe screws at the hydraulic unit outlets to bleed air 4 Repeat above step No 3 several times until there are no more air bubbles 5 Bleed air in the system from the wheels if pressure building is not enough by pressing the pedal only after above air bleeding ...

Page 1033: ...E PEDAL 1 Clevis Pin 2 Brake Pedal 3 Stop Lamp Switch 4 Pad 5 Nut 21 35 Nm 6 Yoke Pin 7 Fulcrum Pin 8 Return Spring 9 Pedal Mounting Bracket 10 Washer 11 Nut 16 32 Nm 12 Bolt 8 18 Nm 13 Stopper Bolt Adjust 14 Rubber Pad Replace ...

Page 1034: ...Notice l Install in the upper hole 1 in case of Mando brake and in the below hole 2 incase of PBR brake l Install the snap pin fully in the hole of clevis pin l Apply the grease around the hole of clevis pin 3 Loosen the nut 4EA and bolt 2EA and remove the brake pedal 4 Installation should follow the removal procedure in reverse order Tightening Torque 8 18 Nm ...

Page 1035: ...t F and adjust the pedal stroke 3 Free Play Stroke C Mando 138 mm PBR 132mm Notice To adjust depress the brake pedal several times until there is no more vacuum left in the vacuum line To adjust loosen the lock nut D of the push rod and turn the rod Free Play E 1 4 mm Inspection Procedure 1 Inspect the wear of bushing 2 Inspect the warp and bend of brake pedal 3 Inspect the return spring of brake ...

Page 1036: ...AULIC BRAKES LCRV LOAD CONSCIOUS REDUCING VALVE 1 Brake Tube from the master cylinder 2 Brake Tube from the rear brake 3 LCRV Bracket 4 Bolt 12 Nm 5 LCRV Assembly 6 Connecting Link 7 Spring Washer 8 Nut 14 18 Nm ...

Page 1037: ...o vehicle load 2 Hydraulic Control Part It consists of valve stem devices which controls hydraulic pressure according to load detected by sensing part Trouble Shooting Poor Braking Possible Cause Air in Brake System Poor Adjustment of Sensor Spring Damaged Sensor Spring Fluid Leaking from LCRV Remedy Bleeding Adjust Replace Replace Possible Cause Poor Adjustment of Sensor Spring Internal Fluid Lea...

Page 1038: ...g rod a to the No 1 hole Tightening Torque 14 18 Nm 3 Adjust the clearance X to be 0 mm and tighten the bolt c using the lock nut b Tightening Torque 14 18 Nm 4 Remove the connecting rod a from the No 1 hole and reinstall it to the No 2 hole 5 Place alignment marks between the lock nut b and adjusting screw c after the valve setting ...

Page 1039: ...stener Tightening Specifications 4B 1 Maintenance and Repair 4B 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS SPECIFICATIONS FASTENER TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Application Master Cylinder Nut Booster Nut N m 14 22 8 18 On Vehicle Service 4B 2 Booster Brake Master Cylinder 4B 2 ...

Page 1040: ...4 Oil Level Sensor 5 Check Valve 6 Booster 7 Clevis Pin 8 Snap Pin 9 Seal 10 Spacer 11 Nut 8 18 Nm 12 Front Tube LH 13 Front Tube RH 14 Rear Tube 15 1st Tube Primary 16 2nd Tube Secondary MANDO PBR MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ON VEHICLE SERVICE BOOSTER AND BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER ...

Page 1041: ...ly sweep up 3 Remove the booster vacuum hose Notice l Connect fully to the end of vacuum hose when installing 4 Loosen the nut of master cylinder Installation Notice 5 Remove the clevis pin and disconnect the pedal and brake booster push rod Notice l Install in the upper hole when PBR brake l Connect the snap pin in the hole of clevis pin fully l Apply the grease around the hole of clevis pin Tigh...

Page 1042: ...nd remove the booster from the dash panel Installation Notice Tightening Torque 8 18 Nm 7 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 8 Add the fluid and bleed 9 If necessary adjust the pedal height pedal stroke and free play ...

Page 1043: ...eneral Specifications 4C 1 Maintenance and Repair 4C 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Application Type Ratio N m Vacuum Assisted 5 6 1 On Vehicle Service 4C 2 Booster Brake Master Cylinder 4C 2 Pedal Stroke Inspection 4C 5 ...

Page 1044: ... Oil Level Sensor 5 Check Valve 6 Booster 7 Clevis Pin 8 Snap Pin MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ON VEHICLE SERVICE BOOSTER AND BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER 9 Seal 10 Spacer 11 Nut 8 18 Nm 12 Front Tube LH 13 Front Tube RH 14 Rear Tube 15 1st Tube Primary 16 2nd Tube Secondary MANDO PBR ...

Page 1045: ...y sweep up 3 Remove the booster vacuum hose Notice l Connect fully to the end of vacuum hose when installing 4 Loosen the nut of master cylinder Installation Notice 5 Remove the clevis pin and disconnect the pedal and brake booster push rod Notice l Install in the upper hole when PBR brake l Connect the snap pin in the hole of clevis pin fully l Apply the grease around the hole of clevis pin Tight...

Page 1046: ...d remove the booster from the dash panel Installation Notice Tightening Torque 8 18 Nm 7 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 8 Add the fluid and bleed 9 If necessary adjust the pedal height pedal stroke and free play ...

Page 1047: ...r third time brake booster is normal If there is no change in pedal stroke the brake booster is abnormal 2 Depress the brake pedal several times with engine stopped and depress the brake pedal and start the engine If the pedal goes down slightly the booster is normal 3 Depress the brake pedal with engine running and stop it with the pedal depressed If there is no change in pedal height during 30 s...

Page 1048: ...htening Specifications 4D 1 Maintenance and Repair 4D 2 On Vehicle Service 4D 2 SPECIFICATIONS FASTENER TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Application Caliper Mounting Bolt Brake Hose Bolt Nut Caliper Bolt N m 85 105 25 35 22 34 Front Disc Brake 4D 2 Unit Repair 4D 5 Front Disc Brake 4D 5 ...

Page 1049: ...e 3 Brake Hose 4 Brake Caliper 5 Bolt 20 Nm 6 Washer MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ON VEHICLE SERVICE FRONT DISC BRAKE Preceding Work Removal of wheels and tires 7 Front Disc Assembly 8 Brake Pad 9 Brake Hose and Nut 25 35 Nm 10 Gasket Replace 11 Washer 12 Bolt 85 105 Nm ...

Page 1050: ... disconnect the hose Installation Notice Tightening Torque 15 18 Nm 3 Remove the wheel speed sensor for ABS vehicies Installation Notice Tightening Torque 6 8 Nm 4 Remove the mounting bolts and then caliper assembly Installation Notice Tightening Torque 85 105 Nm Remove the hose mounting nut and disconnect the hose Installation Notice ...

Page 1051: ...RAKES 5 Pull out the brake pads Replace pads if necessary Notice Always change the all pads on one wheel at a time 6 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 7 Bleed the air from the system ...

Page 1052: ... body and guide pin for wear damage or crank l Check the pads for uneven wear or oiliness l Check the boots for damage or tear 2 Measure caliper housing inner diameter Item With PBR With MANDO Wear Limit φ 61 4mm φ 61 0mm Standard 10 mm Wear Limit 2 0 mm Standard φ 60 4mm φ 60 0mm 3 Measure pad thickness Notice Always change the all pads on one wheel at a time 5 Check the rotor disc for score or r...

Page 1053: ...ner Tightening Specifications 4E 1 Maintenance and Repair 4E 2 On Vehicle Service 4E 2 SPECIFICATIONS FASTENER TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Application Caliper Mounting Bolt Brake Hose Caliper Bolt N m 85 105 15 18 20 Rear Disc Brake 4E 2 Unit Repair 4E 4 Rear Disc Brake 4E 4 ...

Page 1054: ...ake Pad 3 Brake Caliper 4 Gasket Replace 5 Bolt 20 Nm 6 Gasket Replace MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ON VEHICLE SERVICE REAR DISC BRAKE Preceding Work Removal of wheels and tires 7 Brake Hose 8 Gasket Replace 9 Eye hose Bolt 15 18 Nm 10 Washer 11 Bolt 85 105 Nm ...

Page 1055: ... disconnect the hose Installation Notice 2 Unscrew the mounting bolts and remove the brake caliper assembly Installation Notice 3 Pull out the brake pads Replace pads if necessary Notice Always change the all pads on one wheel at a time 4 Installation should follow the removal precedure in the reverse order 5 Bleed the air from the system ...

Page 1056: ...body and guide pin for wear damage or crank l Check the pads for uneven wear or oiliness l Check the boots for damage or tear Standard φ 40 5 mm φ 38 2 mm Wear Limit φ 41 5 mm φ 39 2 mm 2 Measure caliper housing inner diameter 3 Measure pad thickness Standard 9 5 mm Wear Limit 2 0 mm Notice Always change the all pads on one wheel at a time 4 Measure rotor disc thickness 5 Check the rotor disc for ...

Page 1057: ...sistance External Resistance Air Gap Number of teeth Description ABS 5 3 31 40 120 C Below MAX 40A 1 28KΩ 1 92KΩ 0 35 1 60 mm 0 15 1 20 mm 52 52 ABS ABD 5 3 83 40 85 C Below MAX 45A 8 04 9 04Ω except AV HSV 4 04 4 54Ω 1 28KΩ 1 92KΩ 0 35 1 60 mm 0 15 1 20 mm 52 52 Hydraulic System Wheel Speed Sensor Impulse Ring Specifications 4F 1 General Specifications 4F 1 Schematic and Routing Diagrams 4F 2 ABS...

Page 1058: ...4F 2 ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM ABS 5 0 SCHEMATIC AND ROUTING DIAGRAMS 5 0W 5 0W 30A 30A ENG ...

Page 1059: ...ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM 4F 3 ABS ABD 5 0 ABD ACTIVE ...

Page 1060: ...4F 4 ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM ABS 5 3 5 0W 5 0W 30A 30A NO 21 K2 ...

Page 1061: ...ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM 4F 5 ABS ABD 5 3 5 0W 5 0W ...

Page 1062: ...OMPONENT LOCATOR 1 ABS Hydraulic Unit 2 ABS ABD Hydraulic Unit 3 Diagnosis Socket 4 Front Wheel Speed Sensor 5 Front Impulse Ring 6 Rear Wheel Speed Sensor 7 Rear Impulse Ring 8 ABS Warning Indicator Light 9 TCS Indicator Light 10 ABS ABD ECU ...

Page 1063: ...m the ABS speed processing With the speed difference of the driven wheels the control deviation is calculated If the control deviation exceeds a certain threshold value the wheel with the greater slip is braked actively The threshold value depends on the vehicle speed It is reduced with increasing vehicle speed down to a constant value Pressure Modulation Depending on the control deviation and the...

Page 1064: ...0 C ABD is disabled for this wheel It is permitted again if the model has calculated down the 350 C Lamp Concepts The system is equipped with an ABD information lamp which is blinking during ABD operation The activation of the EBD ABS warning lamp and the ABD info lampo is summarized in the following table Ignition ON ABS Operation ABD Operation System failure EBD ABS or ABD are not distinguished ...

Page 1065: ... 2 Abnormal 1 pulse fault code Notice l If appeared initial fault code and above 2 differnt fault code perform again initialization l Fault code will be output the numbers of fault code with a interval of 1 second turn on 0 75 sec turn off 0 25 sec Fault Code Elimination After repairing the defect parts eliminate the fault from ECU 1 Ground the diagnosis No 13 terminal to No 1 ground terminal for ...

Page 1066: ...rences of Normal Code 01 TW1 T Te TW2 l Time Differences of Fault Code 15 TW1 T Te TW2 Time Characteristics 1 Initialization Tba 5 0 sec Tba 1 8 2 2 sec 2 Output of Fault Code TW1 1 8 2 2 sec TW2 1 8 2 2 sec T 0 75 sec Te 0 25 sec 3 Elimination of Fault Code Tb1 5 0 sec ...

Page 1067: ...l l One pulse normal code 01 indicates 2 When the system is abnormal l One pulse defect code indicates Notice Repeat the initializing procedure when checking the defect code Defect code is indicated once for 1 sec light on 0 75 sec light off 0 25 sec Removal the Defect Code 1 Repair the defect code and remove the memorized defect code in the ECU 2 Connect the No 13 terminal ABS from diagnosis sock...

Page 1068: ...rences of nromal code 01 TW1 T Te TW2 l Time differences of fault code 15 TW1 T Te TW2 Time Characteristics 1 Initialization Tba 5 0 sec Tba 1 8 2 2 sec 2 Output of fault code TW1 1 8 2 2 sec TW2 1 8 2 2 sec T 0 75 sec Te 0 25 sec 3 Elimination of fault code Tb1 5 0 sec ...

Page 1069: ...of wheel tooth Standard air gap 0 35 1 60 mm l Check output voltage of the sensor by rotating the wheel 1 2 1 revolution per second and shaking sen sor wire When measured by multi meter AC output voltage 70 mV When measured in oscilloscope output voltage 120 mV P P l Replace the sensor l Check wire for ground and open l Check connection of the wheel speed sensor con nector and ECU side connector l...

Page 1070: ...n nector and ECU side connector l Measure air gap between wheel teeth and wheel speed sensor and check installation of wheel tooth Standard air gap 0 15 1 20 mm l Check output voltage of the sensor by rotating the wheel 1 2 1 revolution per second and shaking sen sor wire When measured by multi meter AC output voltage 70 mV When measured in oscilloscope output voltage 120 mV P P l Replace the sens...

Page 1071: ...ECU hydraulic modulator l Check terminals for open or short When connector is removed l Replace the hydraulic modulator l Check each valve by using SCANNER s solenoid valve overriding function l Check connection of connector and terminals in the ECU hydraulic modulator l Check terminals for open or short When connector is removed l Replace the hydraulic modulator l Check each valve by using SCANNE...

Page 1072: ...Check each valve by using SCANNER s solenoid valve overriding function l Check connection of connector and terminals in the ECU and hydraulic modulator l Check terminals for open or short When connector is removed l Replace the hydraulic modulator l Check each valve by using SCANNER s pump motor overriding function l Check resistance between pump motor ground ter minal and battery negative termina...

Page 1073: ...age is applied to ECU ABD No 1 ABS No 15 pin when ignition switch is turned to ON or OFF l Check ABS fuses of 15A and 80A l Replace the ECU l Check wire ECU No 50 for open or loose contact l Check connection between connectors l Check relevant wires for open or short When connector is removed l Check voltage between ECU side ground ABD No 1 ABS No 15 pin and acceleration sensor side ground ABD No ...

Page 1074: ...de ground ABD No 1 ABS No 15 pin ECU side ABD No 39 ABS No 30 pin When connector is installed and power is applied Voltage less than 0 25 V l Check voltage among related terminals When connector is installed and power is applied Voltage between ECU ABD No 51 ABS No 10 pin and ABD No39 ABS No 30 pin 4 75 5 25 V Signal voltage between ECU ABD No 51 ABS No 10 pin and ABD No39 ABS No 30 pin 1 95 V 3 4...

Page 1075: ...ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM 4F 19 MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ON VEHICLE SERVICE WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 1 Bolt 2 Front Wheel Speed Sensor 3 Knuckle 4 Bolt 5 Rear Wheel Speed Sensor 6 Rear Axle ...

Page 1076: ...Remove the hydraulic lines of the hydraulic unit During removal be careful not to drip brake fuid on the body Installation Notice 3 Unscrew hydraulic unit mounting nuts 2EA and remove the unit from the bracket Installation Notice Tightening Torque 9 12 Nm Removal of the ABS ABD Unit Location Under the front passenger s seat 1 Remove the wiring connector of the ABS ABD or ABS attached type ECU 2 Re...

Page 1077: ...ULIC CIRCUIT ABS 5 3 Pressure Increased 1 Master Cylinder 2 Hydraulic Unit 3 Damping Chamber 4 Return Pump 5 Return Pump Motor 6 Accumulator Chamber 7 Inlet Valve for Each Wheel 8 Outlet Valve for Each Wheel 9 Front Wheel 10 Rear Wheel ...

Page 1078: ... SYSTEM Pressure Decreased 1 Master Cylinder 2 Hydraulic Unit 3 Damping Chamber 4 Return Pump 5 Return Pump Motor 6 Accumulator Chamber 7 Inlet Valve for Each Wheel 8 Outlet Valve for Each Wheel 9 Front Wheel 10 Rear Wheel ...

Page 1079: ... 4F 23 Pressure Maintained 1 Master Cylinder 2 Hydraulic Unit 3 Damping Chamber 4 Return Pump 5 Return Pump Motor 6 Accumulator Chamber 7 Inlet Valve for Each Wheel 8 Outlet Valve for Each Wheel 9 Front Wheel 10 Rear Wheel ...

Page 1080: ...1 Master Cylinder 2 Hydraulic Unit 3 Damping Chamber 4 Return Pump 5 Return Pump Motor 6 Accumulator Chamber 7 Inlet Valve for Each Wheel 8 Outlet Valve for Each Wheel 9 Wheel 10 Prime Valve ASV 11 Pilot Valve USV 12 Check Valve 13 ISD Integrated Suction Damper ...

Page 1081: ...er Cylinder 2 Hydraulic Unit 3 Damping Chamber 4 Return Pump 5 Return Pump Motor 6 Accumulator Chamber 7 Inlet Valve for Each Wheel 8 Outlet Valve for Each Wheel 9 Wheel 10 Prime Valve ASV 11 Pilot Valve USV 12 Check Valve 13 ISD Integrated Suction Damper ...

Page 1082: ...aster Cylinder 2 Hydraulic Unit 3 Damping Chamber 4 Return Pump 5 Return Pump Motor 6 Accumulator Chamber 7 Inlet Valve for Each Wheel 8 Outlet Valve for Each Wheel 9 Wheel 10 Prime Valve ASV 11 Pilot Valve USV 12 Check Valve 13 ISD Integrated Suction Damper ...

Page 1083: ... installing any electrical unit or when a tool or equipment could easily come in contact with exposed electrical terminals Disconnecting this cable will help prevent personal injury and damage to the vehicle The ignition must also be in LOCK unless otherwise noted SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Application Parking Brake Lever Bolt Cable Mounting Bracket Bolt N m 8 18 8 18 FASTENER TIGHTENIN...

Page 1084: ...1 Parking Brake Lever 2 Praking Brake Lamp Switch 3 Bolt 4 Bolt 8 18 Nm 5 Front Parking Brake Cable 6 Equalizer 7 Nut 8 Bolt 8 18 Nm 9 Rear Parking Brake Cable 10 Brake Drum if Equipped with Rear Drum Brake 11 Brake Disc if Equipped with Rear Disc Brake ...

Page 1085: ...ight and left cable from equalizer while parking brake lever is released 3 Unscrew 8 bolts and remove the parking brake lever assembly Installation Notice Notice Tighten the bolts with sequence number while the lever is pulled up 4 to 6 notches Tightening Torque 8 18 Nm 4 Unscrew the frame and lower arm side cable mounting bracket bolts Installation Notice Tightening Torque 8 18 Nm ...

Page 1086: ...4G 4 PARKING BRAKE 5 Remove the retainer with a screwdriver and disconnect the brake cable 6 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 1087: ...ntrol System 5A 31 Power Train System 5A 42 Torque Converter 5A 43 Clutch Packs 5A 44 Bands 5A 45 One Way Clutches 5A 45 Planetary Gear Set 5A 45 Parking Mechanism 5A 46 Power Flows 5A 47 Introduction 5A 47 Power Flow Park and Neutral 5A 48 Power Flow Reverse 5A 49 Power Flow Manual 1 5A 50 Power Flow Drive 1 5A 51 Power Flow Drive 2 and Manual 2 5A 52 Power Flow Drive 3 and Manual 3 5A 54 Power F...

Page 1088: ...iplication Stall speed rpm 0574 000001 D23LA 0574 000002 E32 0574 000004 D29LA 0574 000005 E23 0574 000020 0574 000021 Gear Ratios First Second Third Fourth Reverse Lubricant Type Capacity Dry System Service Refill Gear Train End Float Gear Set Pinion End Float Descriprtion 260 2 0 1 2100 2250 2050 2250 2100 2200 1800 2100 2 741 1 1 508 1 1 000 1 0 708 1 2 429 1 Castrol TQ95 or other approved flui...

Page 1089: ...sition Steel C3 Composition Steel C4 Composition Steel 0574 000002 5 5 2 5 4 2 4 4 2 3 4 1 0574 000001 0574 000004 0574 000005 4 6 2 4 5 2 3 5 2 3 4 1 Note Numbers in brackets indicate number of selective thickness steel plates required to achieve specifed clutch pack clearance ...

Page 1090: ...0555 336269 0555 336270 0555 332895 Description Solenoid Thermistor Electronic Tester Solenoid Bench Tester Transmission Bench Cradle Pump Puller Pin Remover Installer Tool Cross Shaft Detent Lever Clutch Spring Compressor Clutch Pack Clearance Kit Seal Removal Tool Cross Shaft Oil Seal Dolly Cross Shaft Assembly Bullet Seal Compressor Pin Press Seal Dolly Alignment Tool Pump Seal Dolly End Float ...

Page 1091: ...AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 5A 5 SCHEMATIC AND ROUTING DIAGRAMS TCU CIRCUIT 4WD DIESEL ...

Page 1092: ...5A 6 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION TCU CIRCUIT 4WD GASOLINE ...

Page 1093: ...AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 5A 7 SHIFT PATTERN DIAGRAM 661LA NORMAL MODE ...

Page 1094: ...5A 8 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 661LA POWER MODE ...

Page 1095: ...AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 5A 9 662LA NORMAL MODE ...

Page 1096: ...5A 10 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 662LA POWER MODE ...

Page 1097: ...AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 5A 11 662LA LOW MODE ...

Page 1098: ...5A 12 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION E32 POWER MODE ...

Page 1099: ...AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 5A 13 E32 NORMAL MODE ...

Page 1100: ...5A 14 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION E32 LOW MODE ...

Page 1101: ...AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 5A 15 E23 POWER MODE ...

Page 1102: ...5A 16 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION E23 NORMAL MODE ...

Page 1103: ...AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 5A 17 E23 LOW MODE ...

Page 1104: ...ions a kickdown switch to control all shift feel and shift schedule aspects The TCU drives a single proportional solenoid multiplexed to three regulator valves to control all shift feel aspects The output pressure of thissolenoid is controlled as a function of transmissionsump temperature to maintain consistent shift feel throughout the operating range Shift scheduling is highly flexible and sever...

Page 1105: ...AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 5A 19 Figure 1 1 Conventional VS Electronic Transmission Control System ...

Page 1106: ...ator interfaces are described below GEAR SELECT LEVER OPERATION The transmission uses a conventional selector lever The selector lever can be moved from one position to another within the staggered configuration of the selector lever gate to positively indicate the gear selection as shown on figure 2 1 For information about the gear selections available refer to table 2 1 Figure 2 1 Typical Gear S...

Page 1107: ...y with inhibited engagement as a function of vehicle speed engine speed and throttle position The inhibitor switch allows the en gine to start Reverse gear operation with inhibitor engagement as a function of vehicle speed engine speed and throttle position The inhibitor switch enables reverse lamp operation Rear band applied only with inhibited engagement as a function of vehicle speed engine spe...

Page 1108: ...rols the hydraulic control system This control is via the hydraulic valve body which contains seven electro magnetic solenoids Six of the seven solenoids are used to control the line pressure operate the shift valves and the torque converter lock up clutch and to turn on and off the two regulator valves The two regulator valves control the shift feel The seventh solenoid is the proportional or var...

Page 1109: ...perature C 20 0 20 100 135 Overheat Mode Threshold Maximum 17 287 6 616 2 723 196 85 Minimum 13 638 5 177 2 278 177 75 Resistance Ohms Table 3 1 Temperature Resistance Characteristics Figure 3 2 Temperature Resistance Characteristics ...

Page 1110: ... output circuit for short or open circuits and operating range When a failure or abnormal operation is detected the TCU records the condition code in the diagnostics memory and implements a limp mode The actual limp mode used depends upon the failure detected with the object to maintain maximum driveability without damaging the transmission In general input failures are handled by providing a defa...

Page 1111: ...icator lamp This results in maximum oil flow through the external oil cooler and eliminates slippage in the torque converter Both these actions combine to reduce the oil temperature in the transmission Connects To Solenoid 1 Solenoid 2 Solenoid 3 Solenoid 4 Solenoid 5 Solenoid 6 Solenoid 7 Solenoid 5 Temp Sensor Temp Sensor Wire Color Red Blue Yellow Orange Green Violet Brown Green White White Pin...

Page 1112: ... and if a change occurs stores thenew voltage values However these limits will be lost and will require relearning should a new TCU be installed or the throttle calibration data is cleared by the execution of a particular sequence This last instance depends on the installation and reference should be made to the Diagnostics Sectionof this manual The relearning will happen automatically Notice Abov...

Page 1113: ...to the positive side of the battery The signal is taken from the main supply to the TCU If operating conditions are such that the batteryvoltage at the TCU falls below 11 3V the transmission will adopt a low voltage mode of operating in which shifts into first gear are inhibited All other shifts are allowed but may not occur because of the reduced voltage This condition normally occurs only when t...

Page 1114: ...oids that combine to control shift quality and sequencing S3 switches the clutch regulator valve off or on S4 switches the front band regulator valve off or on S5 is a variable force solenoid that ramps the pressure during gear changes This solenoid provides the signal pressure to the clutch and band regulator thereby controlling the shift pressures S6 is a normally open On off solenoid that sets ...

Page 1115: ... S3 OFF S4 OFF S3 OFF S4 OFF S4 OFF S1 OFF S4 OFF S1 OFF S2 ON S3 OFF S2 ON S3 OFF S4 OFF S4 OFF S1 ON S2 ON S3 OFF S4 OFF S1 ON S4 OFF S7 OFF Typical S5 Current Ramp 750mA to 600mA 850mA to 750mA 850mA to 750mA 700mA to 500mA 750mA to 600mA 750mA to 900mA 750mA to 950mA 600mA to 1000mA 600mA to 450mA 20 kph 550mA to 400mA 60 kph 800mA to 650mA 100 kph 700mA to 950mA 800mA to 950mA 700mA to 400mA ...

Page 1116: ...e is always below line 500 pressure When the VPS is at standby that is no gearshift is taking place the VPS current is set to 200 mA giving maximum output pressure Under steady state conditions the band and clutch regulator valve solenoids are switched off This applies full Line 500 pressure to the plunger and because Line 500 pressure is always greater than S5 pressure it squeezes the S5 oil out ...

Page 1117: ... on a shift valve s switching VPS pressure to the band and or clutch regulator valve and then sending the VPS a ramped current The shift is completed by switching the regulators off and at the same time causing the VPS to reach maximum pressure All downshifts are accomplished by switching VPS pressure to the band and or clutch regulator valve and sending a ramped current to the VPS The shift is co...

Page 1118: ...5A 32 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Figure 3 7 Hydraulic Control Circuit ...

Page 1119: ...AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 5A 33 Figure 3 8 Valve Body Figure 3 9 Pump Cover Valve Body Figure 3 8 depicts the valve body as a unit as viewed from the transmission sump Figure 3 9 depicts the pump cover ...

Page 1120: ...is allowed to exhaust via the 1 2 shift valve The 1 2 shift valve works in conjunction with the 3 4 shift valve described below to disengage the C4 clutch in first gear and engage C4 in second gear When Manual 1 is selected the C4 clutch and rear band B2 are engaged Figure 3 11 1 2 Shift Valve ManualValve The manual valve refer to figure 3 10 is connected to the vehicle selector mechanism and cont...

Page 1121: ... located at the end of the valve spool During a 3 4 gearshift the 3 4 shift valve l Exhausts the front band release circuit B 1R thereby allowing the application of the front band B1 l Connects the inner apply area of the front servo B 1AI to the band apply feed circuit BAF thus allowing greater apply forces to the front band l Exhausts the overrun clutch circuit OC which allows the C4 clutch to d...

Page 1122: ...Supply Pressure Regulator Valve and Line Pressure Control Valve Solenoid Supply PressureRegulator Valve The solenoid supply valve refer figure 3 15 supplies a constant pressure to all solenoids 51 to 57 Line pressure is used as the feed oil to this regulator and the output is termed line 500 Line Pressure Boost Valve Line pressure is controlled by 56 which acts as the line pressure boost valve ref...

Page 1123: ...2 25 times the S5 signal pressure when S3 is On When S3 is Off the output pressure is 2 25 times the line 500 pressure Band Apply regulator Valve The band apply regulator valve refer figure 3 17 is a fixed ratio valve It provides a regulated pressure to the front servo and controls the rate of change of state of the front band B1 to give the desired shift quality This ratio is 1 4 1 Second gear oi...

Page 1124: ...oadspeed 3 km h 2 In R road speed 10 km h 3 Engine speed 1400 rpm 4 For diesel vehicles throttle 25 5 For gasoline vehicles throttle 12 Under these conditions the TCU switches solenoids S1 and S2 to Off The reverse lockout valve toggles under the influence of the S1 S2 pressure to connect the line pressure to the B2 feed Oil is fed to both the inner and outer apply areas of the rear servo piston a...

Page 1125: ... pressures are controlled by separate band and clutch regulator valves and the output of S5 When reverse gear is selected both the low and high line pressure values are boosted to guard against slippage This is achieved by applying reverse oil line pressure to the PRV to assist the spring load The other end of the valve contains ports for line pressure feedback and 56 pressure The PRV also regulat...

Page 1126: ...e is governed by the signal pressure from S7 When the valve is in the off or released position converter feed oil from the PRV is directed to the release side of the converter clutch After flowing through the converter oil returns to the converter clutch control valve and is then directed to the oil cooler When the valve is in the on or applied position regulated oil from the converter clutch regu...

Page 1127: ...ailure Figure 3 22 C1 Bias Valve B1R Exhaust Valve The B1R exhaust valve refer figure 3 23 is a two position spring loaded valve located in the transmission case directly adjacent to the front servo It permits the servo release oil to be rapidly exhausted into the transmission case during application of the front band B1 This prevents the need to force the oil back from the front servo through the...

Page 1128: ...Clutch 1 2 OWC The 1 2 shift is accomplished by applying the B1 band and overrunning the 1 2 OWC The 2 3 shift is accomplished by applying the C1 clutch and releasing the B1 band The 3 4 shift is accomplished by re applying the B1 band and overrunning the 3 4 OWC Reverse gear is engaged by applying the C3 clutch and the B2 band The C4 clutch is applied in the Manual 1 2 and 3 ranges to provide eng...

Page 1129: ... and piston assembly enables the torque converter to lock up underfavourable conditions Lock up is only permitted to occur in third and fourth gears under specified throttle and road speed conditions Lock up is achieved by applying hydraulic pressure to the damper and piston assembly which couples the turbine to the converter cover locking up the converter and eliminating unwanted slippage Wheneve...

Page 1130: ...urth gears C2 CLUTCH When applied this clutch pack allows the input shaft to drive the forward sun gear via the 3 4 OWC This occurs in all forward gears C3 CLUTCH When applied this clutch pack allows the input shaft to drive the reverse sun gear This only occurs in reverse gear C4 CLUTCH When applied this clutch provides engine braking on overrun This occurs in Manual 1 2 and 3 and also Drive 2 an...

Page 1131: ...s the planet carrier assembly from rotating In Manual 1 only the inner area of the apply piston is utilised In Park Reverse and Neutral both areas are utilised for greater clamping force Figure 4 4 Bands ONE WAY CLUTCHES The transmission uses two OWCs the 1 2 OWC and the 34 OWC Note that a third OWC is located in the torque converter also known as a sprag The 1 2 OWC is located between the planeta...

Page 1132: ...ngage the parking pawl refer to figure 4 5 The pawl will engage the external teeth on the ring gear thus locking the output shaft to the transmission case When Park is not selected a return spring holds the parking pawl clear of the output shaft preventing accidental engagement of Park Figure 4 5 Park Rod and Cross Shaft ...

Page 1133: ...l Power Flow Drive4 Lock Up Each power flow is described in the following sections Table 5 1 details the engaged elements versus the gear selected for all transmission selections Gear State Park and Neutral Reverse Manual 1 Drive 1 Drive 2 and Manual 2 Drive 3 and Manual 3 Drive 3 Lock Up and Manual 3 Lock Up Drive 4 Overdrive Drive 4 Lock Up C1 X X X X C2 X X X X X X X C3 X C4 X X X X B1 X B2 X X...

Page 1134: ...are activated as follows l Solenoids S1 and S2 are switched off l Line pump pressure is applied to the primary regulator valve PRV and to the solenoid supply valve l The converter oil cooler and lubrication circuits are charged from the primary regulator valve l The line 500 circuit is charged by the solenoid supply valve l The S5 circuit is charged by the variable pressure solenoid S5 l Line pres...

Page 1135: ...ockwise or reverse direction Control To maintain this arrangement in the steady state solenoids and valves are activated as follows l Solenoids S1 and S2 are switched off l Line pressure is directed through the reverse lockout valve to both the inner and outer apply areas of the rear servo piston for B2 band application l Line pressure feeds the reverse oil circuit via the manual valve l Reverse o...

Page 1136: ...haft in a clockwise or forward direction l The C4 clutch provides engine braking through the 3 4 OWC on overrun Control To maintain this arrangement in the steady state solenoids and valves are activated as follows l Solenoids S1 and S2 are switched ON l The 1 2 2 3 and 34 shift valves are held in their first gear positions by line 500 pressure l Drive line pressure oil from the manual valve engag...

Page 1137: ...on force and the long pinion rotates on its axis driving the internal ring gear and output shaft in a clockwise or forward direction l There is no engine braking on overrun Control To maintain this arrangement in the steady state solenoids and valves are activated as follows l Solenoids S1 and S2 are switched On l The 1 2 2 3 and 3 4 shift valves are held in their first gear positions by line 500 ...

Page 1138: ...On l Drive line pressure oil from the manual valve engages the C2 clutch l When S1 switches off S1 oil pressure which is derived from line 500 pressure moves the 3 4 shift valve to the left At the same time S1 oil is directed to the 1 2 shift valve which moves the valve to the second gear position l 2nd oil line pressure from the 1 2 shift valve is directed to the band apply regulator valve and to...

Page 1139: ...AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 5A 53 ...

Page 1140: ...the 2 3 shift valve l The band apply regulator valve supplies 2nd oil regulated to line pressure multiplied by the valve ratio to the band apply feed BAF circuit l Band apply feed oil is directed to The outer apply area of the front servo The 1 2 shift valve to provide an exhaust port when the transmission is shifted to first gear The 3 4 shift valve for use when the transmission is shifted into f...

Page 1141: ...AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 5A 55 ...

Page 1142: ... and allowed to exhaust through the S7 solenoid This allows the valve to move to the clutch engage position l Regulated apply feed oil derived from line 500 oil at the converter clutch regulator valve is directed by the converter clutch control valve to the engage side of the converter clutch l Converter clutch release oil is exhausted at the converter clutch control valve l Converter feed oil is ...

Page 1143: ...urth gear position by line 500 pressure on the large end of the valve l The 1 2 shift valve is held in the fourth gear position by S2 oil pressure l 2nd oil line pressure from the 1 2 shift valve is directed to the band apply regulator valve and to the 2 3 shift valve l The band apply regulator valve supplies 2nd oil regulated to line pressure multiplied by the valve ratio to the band apply feed B...

Page 1144: ...5A 58 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ...

Page 1145: ...d to exhaust through the S7 solenoid This allows the valve to move to the clutch engage position l Regulated apply feed oil delved from Line 500 oil at the converter clutch regulator valve is directed by the converter clutch control valve to the engage side of the converter clutch l Converter clutch release oil is exhausted at the converter clutch control valve l Converter feed oil is re routed by...

Page 1146: ... Information that is available includes engine and road shaft speed transmission oil temperature throttle position solenoid gear status and gear lever position Current and stored faults detected by the electronics are also available TCU Pin Description The TCU pin descriptions are listed in table 6 1 1 The wiring loom pins are shown in figure 6 1 1 Pin No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Identification Common Grou...

Page 1147: ...te when a kickdown is required at high throttle position Switch to select NORMAL POWER or WIN TER shiftschedule Voltage varies from OV to 12V Switch to indicate 4WD HIGH RANGE is se lected Ignition power is used as the mainpowersource to drive the unit and the solenoids Drives jewel in the instrument cluster to indi cate gear leverposition 1 Drives jewel in the instru ment cluster to indicate gear...

Page 1148: ...to set the selected gear This ensures the earth path for the VPS and the current in this line is monitored to give feed back control of the VPS PRNDL switch ground Ground reference for temperature sensor in put On Off solenoid normally open sets low high line pressure On off solenoid normally open combines with other On off solenoid to set the selected gear On off solenoid normally open combines w...

Page 1149: ...AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 5A 63 Ten Pin Plug Pin Numbers Figure 6 1 1 Wiring Loom Pins ...

Page 1150: ...e throttle being higher more open than it is There ore at zero throttle settings the transmission may calculate that sufficient throttle opening is present to justify high line pressure and switch solenoid 6 to OFF Other symptoms are a late upshifts and b lock up maintained at zero throttle when the vehicle speed is sufficiently high 3 Engine Speed Fault l All shifts will be firm because an engine...

Page 1151: ...lt conditions are listed in table 6 1 2 10 ON OFF Solenoid Fault Solenoids 6 7 If solenoid 6 is found faulty it is always disabled resulting in high line pressure being applied continuously If solenoid 7 is found faulty it is disabled resulting in the transmission being locked always The transmission does not go into LHM 11 Variable Pressure Solenoid Fault The transmission adopts its LHM operation...

Page 1152: ...esults in a 1 2 then 2 1 overrun downshift as the vehicle accelerates from rest The following shifts become poor 1 3 1 4 2 1 2 3 2 4 4 2 4 1 The following shifts become poor 3 4 4 3 3 2 There may be slippage in the gears during torque converter locking The following shifts become poor 1 2 1 3 1 4 2 3 2 4 3 1 3 2 All Including Manual 3 4 4 1 4 3 The following shifts become poor 2 4 3 2 There may be...

Page 1153: ...ically be caused by a loose connection or short to ground in the wiring to or within the inhibitor switch which has caused the signal at the TCU to read 0V or 5V The signal from the ignition of ignition pulses has either been non existent or has been unreliable There are two reasons this fault could occur The first is due to a lack of ignition pulses when other TCU inputs would indicate that the e...

Page 1154: ...veral of these fault codes are presents check the wiring or connectors that are common to the selected solenoids especially the earth connections The state of the solenoid feedback voltage is outside acceptable limits but the faulty solenoid could not be isolated The current to solenoid 5 was outside acceptable limits This fault results from a mismatch between the current set point for solenoid 5 ...

Page 1155: ... run the vehicle in second gear Troubleshooting Charts The troubleshooting charts are set out as follows l Table 6 2 1 Drive Faults l Table 6 2 2 Faulty Shift Patterns l Table 6 2 3 Shift Quality Faults l Table 6 2 4 After Teardown Faults Table 6 2 1 Drive Faults Action Check the fluid level Top up as necessary Inspect and clean C1 C2 feed Reinstall renew the z link Remove clean and re install the...

Page 1156: ...e Repair or re place as necessary Inspect inhibitor switch Repair or replace as necessary Inspect the 1 2 shift valve Repair or replace as necessary Inspect inhibitor switch Repair or replace as necessary Inspect the 2 3 shift valve Repair or replace as necessary Possible Cause S1 always OFF S1 always ON S2 always OFF S2 always ON B1 failed Loose band adjustment Front servo piston or seal failed S...

Page 1157: ...valve Repair or replace as necessary Inspect the band Adjust as necessary Inspect the O rings Refit or replaceas neces sary Inspect S5 Repair or replace as necessary Inspect the regulator valve Repair or replace as necessary Possible Cause Inhibitor switch fault 1 2 3 only 3 4 shift valve jammed Jammed band 1 release valve Faulty S3 or S2 solenoid Faulty clutch apply regulator valve Missing or dam...

Page 1158: ...ace the sealing rings and or shaft as necessary Inspect and repair the C1 clutch as necessary Refit the valve Replace the ball Possible Cause Incorrect auto transmission fluid ATF S5 faulty won or incorrectly fitted Band apply and clutch apply regulator springs misplaced Over run clutch OC Low 1st ball misplaced C4 clutch worn or burnt C4 wave plate not lined up with the holes in the piston C4 wav...

Page 1159: ...repair or replace the BAR as neces sary Inspect and repair as necessary Inspect and clean CCCV Inspect repair or replace as necessary Possible Cause Faulty inhibitor switch Faulty throttle position sensor Incorrect front band adjustment Damaged front servo piston 0 rings Faulty or damaged variable pressure so lenoid S5 Faulty S1 or S4 solenoid Faulty band apply regulator valve BAR Misassembled fro...

Page 1160: ...s sary Repair C1 Inspect and replace the ball as neces sary Inspect and adjust the band as necessary Inspect and refit the ball as necessary Inspect and replace the O ring as necessary Inspect and refit the valve as necessary Inspect and replace the O ring as necessary Inspect and refit the valve as necessary Possible Cause T bar linkage out of adjustment 56 foiled stuck low Overdrive output shaft...

Page 1161: ...ehicle diagnosis from the function selection display and press Enter 5 Select Musso 98 face lift from the vehicle modelselection model selection display and press Enter 6 Select Transmission control unit TCU from the control system selection and press Enter 7 Select Self diagnosis from diagnosis items Notice Check sensor output value displays if necessary 8 Determine the fault code and check the d...

Page 1162: ...Standard value 1st gear 4 4 4 kΩ 2nd gear 4 8 2 2 kΩ 3rd gear 3 3 4 kΩ D gear 4 5 4 g kΩ N gear 6 8 7 2 kΩ R gear 10 8 11 2 kΩ P gear 18 6 19 kΩ l Check voltage between terminal 31 and 37 of TCU Standard value 0 5V P R N D L l Check cable for open short l Check connection of other connectors l Check mode switch l Check condition between terminal 1 and 13 of TCU Winter mode 12V Normal mode Open sta...

Page 1163: ...le for open short l Check connection of other connectors l Check resistance between terminal 1 and 34 of TCU when the connector is disconnected Standard value 26 30Ω l Check solenoid l Check cable for open short l Check connection of other connectors l Check resistance between terminal 1 and 40 of TCU when the connector is disconnected Standard value 26 30Ω l Check solenoid l Check cable for open ...

Page 1164: ...ck solenoid l Check cable for short l Check connection of other connectors l Check solenoid l Check cable for short l Check connection of other connectors l Check solenoid l Check cable for short l Check connection of other connectors l Check solenoid l Check cable for short l Check connection of other connectors l Check solenoid l Check cable for short l Check connection of other connectors l Che...

Page 1165: ...n warm and a speedo fault is registered then fluid should be added to the transmission Checking Adding Fluidand Filling When adding or changing transmission oil use onlyCastrol TQ 95 automatic transmission fluid ATF or other approved fluids The use of incorrect oil will cause the performance and durability of the transmission to be severely degraded Do not underfill the transmission Incorrect till...

Page 1166: ... litres of ATF 7 Switch off the engine and raise the vehicle on the hoist Remove the filler pump and replace the filler plug The plug shall be tightened to specification 8 The vehicle is then to be driven between 3 5 and 4 5 kilometers at light throttle so that the engine does not exceed 2500 rpm This should result in the transmission temperature being in the range 50 to 60 C 9 With the engine idl...

Page 1167: ...brake applied and engine OFF 2 Select M1 and WINTER mode 3 Move the T bar to M2 and then select NORMAL or POWER mode 4 Move the T bar to M3 and then select WINTER mode VehicleCoding The vehicle coding is integrated as part of the diagnostic software The coding applies to the following vehicle models 1 4WD Gasoline E32 2 4WD Gasoline 523 3 4WD Gasoline 520 4 4WD Diesel D29NA 5 4WD Diesel D29LA 6 4W...

Page 1168: ...t Installation Notice REMOVAL INSTALLATION OF TRANSMISSION 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Disconnect the connectors from transfer case 3 Disconnect the speedometer connector from transfer case 4 Disconnect the inhibitor and Sear position sensor connector 6 Unscrew the eight bolts and two nuts and remove the cross member ...

Page 1169: ...by rotating the engine and remove the torque converter Installation Notice Tightening Torque 42 Nm 7 Remove the rear propeller shaft Installation Notice 8 Unscrew the five bolts and remove the transfer case 9 Disconnect the 10 Pins Plug connector from transmission 10 Separate the locking clip on shift lever and remove the shift rod Notice Removal and installation performed when the shift procedure...

Page 1170: ...r the starter 15 Unscrew the eight transmission housing bolts and remove the transmission assembly Installation Notice Be careful not to drop the torque converter while removing the transmission 16 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 1171: ... positive side of the battery l Follow the throttle position calibration procedure in section 7 of this manual if the powertrain control module transmission control unit PCM TCU is swapped DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE Transmission Notice Remove the inhibitor switch before washing the transmission in solvent or hot wash It is assumed that the transmission fluid has been drained when the transmission was r...

Page 1172: ... as this will cause permanent damage to the thrust bearing surfaces 16 Remove the centre support 1 2 one way clutch planetary gear set and output shaft as an assembly 17 Remove the parking rod cam plate T40 Torx bit 18 Remove the rear band struts and remove the band 4 Detach each end of the filter retaining clip from the valve body and remove the filter 5 Detach the wires from each solenoid and la...

Page 1173: ...o 0555 331893 3 Remove the circlip from the cross shaft Pull the shaft to release the drive pin from the selector quadrant 4 Using tool No 0555 331897 press the pin from the cross shaft and withdraw the shaft from the case Retrieve the spring and pin 5 Remove the manual valve lever and the park rod 6 Remove the 10 pin plug from the wiring loom bracket adjacent to the inhibitor switch RWD models 7 ...

Page 1174: ...tment shims 14 Inspect the output shaft bushing in the case and replace if necessary 15 Inspect cooler line fittings and replace as necessary 16 Inspect the case for damage 17 To remove the park rod lever Remove the circlip from the inner end of the pivot shaft and tap the outer end of the shaft until it moves free from the case then using a wide shallow tapered drift as a wedge drive the pin out ...

Page 1175: ...om the clutch cylinder 5 Remove the C1 clutch plates from the cylinder 6 Remove the circlip retaining the C3 clutch hub in the rear of the clutch cylinder and remove the hub 7 Remove the C2 C4 clutch hub assembly and remove the thrust bearing from the C4 hub 8 Remove the C2 clutch plates 9 Invert the clutch cylinder and remove the C4 clutch sleeve clutch plates and the two wave washers The 3 4 one...

Page 1176: ...the clutch cylinder on tool No 0555 331899 with the C2 C4 end uppermost and compress the piston return spring Remove the spring retaining circlip Release the tool and remove the circlip keeper and spring 12 Invert the clutch cylinder on the compressor tool and remove the C1 clutch piston return spring in a similar manner 13 To remove the clutch pistons from the clutchcylinder apply air pressure to...

Page 1177: ...spring Remove the circlip and release the spring Notice Make sure that the spring keeper has not been caught in the circlip groove and that all spring pressure has been released before removing the tool 4 Remove the tool circlip keeper and spring 5 Remove the sealing rings from the C3 clutch cylinder 6 Remove the clutch plate retaining circlip and remove the clutch plates 7 To remove the clutch pi...

Page 1178: ... regulator valve To remove the pump proceed as follows 1 Remove the wiring loom retainer plate and remove solenoid 7 with a T30 Torx bit 2 Remove the five washer head bolts from the cover plate using a multi point 8 mm socket 3 Remove the five Torx head screws from the cover plate Torx bit No 30 Note that the odd screw holds the pump body to the pump body cover Notice Do not strike the converter s...

Page 1179: ...e body 8 Remove the five nylon check balls exposed in the valve body 9 Remove the retainer plate plug spring and reverse lockout valve 10 Remove the two filters and the large nylon check ball from the lower valve body Notice Once the pins are removed the plates are loose in the valve body and will drop out when the valve body is turned over 11 Remove the keeper plates and pins from the 1 2 2 3 3 4...

Page 1180: ...case If this is not fitted the valve will peen its way into and through the separator plate 2 Ensure that the E clip is fitted to the cross shaft 3 Ensure that all aspects of the parking mechanism are working To assemble the transmission proceed as follows 1 Turn the transmission case upside down on the bench and mount it to the transmission cradle No 0555 331895 2 Install all fittings plugs and t...

Page 1181: ...mall amount of sealant to the outer end of the pivot pin Notice That the lever must pivot freely on its pin and the spring must return the park rod lever to its correct location 6 Secure the pivot pin with the circlip Notice The pawl must pivot freely on its pin 7 Install the parking pawl pivot pin and spring 8 Connect the park rod to the manual valve detent lever Ensure the spring and cam collar ...

Page 1182: ...0555 331897 with the adaptor over the pin 14 Press the pin into the shaft until the tool bottoms 15 Remove the tool and fit the spring retaining circlip to the shaft 16 Install the new cross shaft seals using tool No 0555 331894 17 Install the inhibitor switch on the case Torque the screws as per specifications Press the pin into the shaft until the tool bottoms 4WD models using tool No 0555 33294...

Page 1183: ...nnector in the caseengaging the tangs on the connector in the notches in case 4WD MODELS ONLY 21 Route the portion of the wiring loom coming out of the case down between the inhibitor switch and the case Position the ten pin plug on the wiring loom bracket ...

Page 1184: ...ce If fitting a new band soak the new band in automatic transmission fluid or a minimum of five minutes prior to assembly 3 Carefully install the rear band into the transmission case and ensure that it is properly fitted in the case 4 Position the apply strut on the rear band then engage the apply strut in the servo lever 5 Install the cam plate and tighten the screws to specification Figure8 19 T...

Page 1185: ... groove 7 Fit the thrust bearing assembly No 10 onto the output shaft using petroleum jelly 8 Carefully install the output shaft assembly in the case to prevent damage to the sealing rings Rear Servo Assembly To assemble the rear servo assembly refer to figure 8 18 proceed as follows 1 Check the servo piston O rings and gasketfor any damage 2 Lubricate the servo piston O rings with automatic trans...

Page 1186: ...o the outer race with the lip edge uppermost Lubricate the sprags with automatic transmission fluid Refer to figure 8 20 5 Check that the plugs are fitted to the centre support then assemble the centre support into the OWC ensuring that the support will rotate in an anti clockwise direction only Refer to figure 8 21 Figure 8 20 Planet Carrier Assembly and Centre Support 6 Lubricate the No 9 needle...

Page 1187: ...specification Front Servo Assembly NOTICE Ensure that the front servo snap ring is installed correctly Orient the circlip with the gap at the bottom near the pan rail Refer to figure 8 22 To assemble the front servo assembly refer to figure 8 22 proceed as follows 1 Lubricate the cover O ring with automatic transmission fluid and fit to the cover 2 Lubricate the piston O rings with automatic trans...

Page 1188: ... C4 clutch assembly refer to figure 8 24 proceed as follows 1 Check the feed orifices in the cylinder bore are clear of obstructions 2 Check the C2 piston bleed orifices are clearof obstructions 3 Lubricate the O rings with automatic transmission fluid Notice O rings must not be twisted in the grooves 4 Fit the small O ring onto the inner groove and the large O ring onto the outer groove of the pi...

Page 1189: ...tall the piston into the cylinderuntil the outer diameter of the piston enters the inner diameter of the cylinder 16 Install the spring and spring retainer onto the piston Notice The wire diameter of this spring is 5 26 mm 17 Using special tool No 0555 331899 compress the spring sufficiently to enable the installation of the retaining circlip ensuring that the circlip is firmly seated in its groov...

Page 1190: ...5A 104 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Figure 8 25 C4 Clutch Pack Clearance ...

Page 1191: ... is to be the actual thickness of the pressure plate plus 1 4 1 8 mm 23 Use selective plates to achieve the correct specification If new friction plates are being fitted remove the clutch pack and soak the friction plates in ATF for a minimum of 5 minutes prior to reassembly Notice The clutch pack clearance must be taken before the elements are soaked in Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF 24 Reassem...

Page 1192: ...e C2 C4 clutch hub assembly in theC4 clutch plates 36 Install the C2 clutch plates 37 Install the C3 hub and secure it with thecirclip ensuring that the circlip is firmly seated in its groove Refer to figure 8 32 Figure 8 26 Typical C2 Clutch Pack Clearance 26 Check the clutch pack clearance using only the weight from tool No 0555 331900 Refer to figure 8 26 Notice With the clutch pack supporting ...

Page 1193: ...outer ring of the C3 piston 6 Check that the bleed orifices of the piston are clean and clear of obstructions 7 Install the C3 piston in the cylinder until the outside diameter of the piston enters the inside diameter of the cylinder Notice Take care not to cut the O ring 8 Assemble the spring and spring retainer on the piston Using tool No 0555 331899 compress the spring sufficiently to enable th...

Page 1194: ...linder to the top of the pressure plate e Record this figure f Subtract the second reading from the first reading to obtain the clutch pack clearance Notice With the clutch pack supporting a weight of 2 kg the clearance between the snap ring and the top of the pressure plate is to be between 1 20 1 45 mm 14 If new friction plates are being fitted remove the clutch pack and soak the friction elemen...

Page 1195: ... sun gear Refer to figure 8 33 3 Align and fit the C3 clutch assembly over the forward sun gear 4 Lubricate the No 6 needle thrust bearing with petroleum jelly and fit it to the thrust plate Ensure the lugs on the outside diameter of the bearing fit in the thrust plate counterbore Refer to figure 8 19 5 Align and fit the plastic thrust washer to the thrust plate with petroleum jelly Refer to to fi...

Page 1196: ...n disc l steel plate l friction disc l steel plate l steel plate 0574 GOOGOl 0574 000003 0574 000004 0574 000005 0574 000020 0574 000021 or friction disc 0574 000002 l steel plate selective l friction disc l steel plate selective l friction disc 4 Check the clutch pack clearance using specialtool No 0555 331900 Refer to figure 8 31 Use selective plates to achieve the correct specification Notice T...

Page 1197: ...b thrust washer in place with petroleum jelly Refer to figure 8 19 10 Check the input shaft for any defect Fit the input shaft into the cylinder and secure it with the circlip ensuring that the circlip is completely seated in the groove 11 Coat the sealing rings with petroleum jelly and fit onto the input shaft 12 Assemble the C1 C2 C4 clutch assembly to the C3 clutch and sun gear assembly Refer t...

Page 1198: ...roceed as follows 1 Check the pump body for any damage chips or irregularity Check that the bush is firmly staked in the drive gear 2 Install the seal flush with the front face of the pump body 3 Lubricate the pump bush and the drive and driven gears with automatic transmission fluid 4 Install the pump driven gear and the pump drive gear into the pump body 5 Using a straight edge and thickness gau...

Page 1199: ...o the pump cover ensuring that the regulator valve slides freely then fit the regulator valve plug and O ring 10 Install the retaining pin 11 Install the converter clutch regulator valve refer to figure 8 37 plug and O ring Figure 8 36 Primary Regulator Valve Figure 8 37 Converter Clutch Regulator Valve ...

Page 1200: ...er clutch control valve refer to figure 8 38 spring plug and O ring 14 Install the retaining pin Refer to figure 8 39 Figure 8 39 Valve Retaining Plugs and Pins Figure 8 38 Converter Clutch Control Valve 12 Install the retaining pin Refer to figure 8 39 ...

Page 1201: ...efer to figure 8 40 16 Install the retaining pin Refer to figure 8 39 17 Install the converter release check ball and spring and the feed ball Refer to figures 8 41 8 42 and 8 43 Figure 8 40 C1 Bias Valve Figure 8 41 Converter Relief Ball and Spring Figure8 42 PeedBall Figure 8 42 Feed Ball ...

Page 1202: ...cation Refer to figure 8 45 20 Tighten the solenoid 7 screw Refer to figure 8 39 Notice Check that neither the wiring nor the connector protrudes excessively in order that at assembly neither the wiring and the connector contacts or rubs on the input shaft or the C1 C2 clutch cylinder 21 Assemble the pump to the pump cover Tighten all bolts and the crescent screw finger tight ensuring that the pum...

Page 1203: ...Perform the following steps to check the end float a Attach a dial indicator to the front of the transmission case with the stylus resting on the end of the input shaft b Apply a force of approximately 250 newtons or 25 kg to the input shaft c Zero the dial indicator d Place a small lever behind the forward clutch cylinder and lever the cylinder forward e The measurement recorded on the dial indic...

Page 1204: ...he orifices in the valve body are for stabilityand safeguard do not drill them any larger 9 When servicing the transmission ensure that the solenoid 5 damper spring is not broken 10 Locate the detent spring central to the detent lever To assemble the valve bodies proceed as follows 1 Wash the upper and lower valve bodies refer to figures 8 47 and 8 48 thoroughly with cleansing solvent and blow dry...

Page 1205: ...l pin Refer to figure 8 49 7 Install the solenoid 5 damper guide spring piston and retaining pin Refer to figure 8 49 Figure 8 49 Solenoid 5 and Damper Lo 1st Check Valve Assemblies Figure 8 50 1 2 Shift Valve 8 Install the 1 2 shift valve plug and retaining pin Refer to figure 8 50 ...

Page 1206: ...Refer to figure 8 51 Figure 8 51 3 4 Shift Valve 10 Install the 2 3 shift valve and retaining pin Refer to figure 8 52 Figure 8 52 Solenoid 2 and 2 3 Shift Valve 11 Install the 4 3 sequence valve spring plug and retaining plate Refer to figure 8 53 Figure 8 53 4 3 Sequence Valve ...

Page 1207: ...tor Valve and Solenoid 4 13 Install the clutch apply regulator CAR valve refer to figure 8 55 springs plunger and retainer pin Figure 8 55 Clutch Apply Regulator Valve and solenoid 3 14 Install the solenoid supply valve spring and retainer plate Refer to figure 8 56 Notice This aluminum valve is easily damaged Figure 8 56 Solenoid Supply Valve and Solenoid 6 ...

Page 1208: ...tor plate as necessary 18 Check the upper and lower valve body gaskets for damage Replace the gaskets as necessary 19 Install the lower valve body gasket on thelower valve body 20 Install the reverse lockout valve spring plug and retainer plate Ensure that the valve is correctly oriented Refer to figure 8 57 Figure 8 57 Reverse Lockout Valve 21 Position the five nylon ball checks in the upper valv...

Page 1209: ...4 and 6 Ensure thesolenoid is firmly secured by the retainer and that the screw is tightened to specification 25 Install solenoid 5 Ensure that the solenoid ispushed firmly into the valve body by the retainer Notice The wiring loom ground wire eyelet terminal is secured beneath the solenoid retainer 26 Install the line pressure relief valve taperedend first refer to figure 8 59 and the spring and ...

Page 1210: ...detent spring assembly spring support plate and screw ensuring that the screw is tightened to specification Check the spring for wear or damage 29 Install the manual shift valve Refer to figure 8 60 Notice Be aware that the manual valve will fall out of the valve body Figure 8 62 Wiring Installation Figure 8 60 Manual Shift Valve ...

Page 1211: ...ecification in the specified sequence Refer to figure 8 61 31 Check the alignment of the detent roller and the manual lever quadrant 32 Connect the solenoid wiring as detailed below l Solenoid 1 red l Solenoid 2 bIue l Solenoid 3 yellow l Solenoid 4 orange l Solenoid 5 green l Solenoid 6 violet Refer to figure 8 62 Notice All hardware must be correctly installed and torqued to specification Figure...

Page 1212: ...tted To assemble the oil filter and pan assembly refer to figures 8 63 and 8 64 proceed as follows 1 Lubricate the oil filter sealing ring with automatic transmission fluid 2 Carefully assemble the oil filter to the valve body The spigot must not lean on one side while being fitted Refer to figure 8 63 3 Secure the oil falter assembly with the retainer 4 Check that the magnet is located in the dim...

Page 1213: ...1 Torque Specifications Torque Specifications Torque converter housing to case Extension housing to case Rear servo cover Pan to case Inhibitor switch to case Cooler connectors Transmission filler plug Output flange lock nut RWD models Centre support to case Cam plate to case parking pawl Valve body to case Upper valve body to lower valve body ON OFF solenoid retainers Variable pressure solenoid r...

Page 1214: ...s required at all times minimum shim size is 1 mm The thicknesses of available shims are listed in table 8 2 2 Fit the selected shim s to the shank of the anchor strut as follows a Inspect the shim s for damage wear or corrosion Replace as necessary b The shim s are to be installed between the case abutment face and the anchor strut flange Refer to figure 8 66 c The shim s are to be fitted by hand...

Page 1215: ... Notice A minimum of one shim is required at all times minimum shim size is 1 mm The thickness of available shims are listed in table 8 2 2 Fit the selected shim s to the shank of the anchor strut as follows a Inspect the shim s for damage wear or corrosion and replace as necessary The shim s are to be installed between the case abutment face and the anchor strut flange Refer to figure 8 68 c The ...

Page 1216: ...hims Thickness 0 95 1 05 1 15 1 25 1 44 1 56 1 73 1 87 Part Number 0574 037017 0574 037018 0574 037019 0574 037020 Thickness 1 93 2 07 2 12 2 28 2 42 2 58 2 61 2 79 Part Number 0574 037021 0574 037022 0574 037023 0574 037024 Figure 8 68 Thickness of Available Shims ...

Page 1217: ...n Leakage 5B 7 Diagnosis Table 5B 8 Component Locator 5B 9 Maintenance and Repair 5B 11 On Vehicle Service 5B 11 Shift Control Cable 5B 11 Transmission 5B 14 Unit Repair 5B 17 Major Unit 5B 17 Main Shaft 5B 27 Input Shaft 5B 32 Counter Shaft 5B 34 Extension Housing 5B 35 Shift Cover 5B 36 Inspection of Components 5B 40 Pre Installation Checks 5B 45 SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Application...

Page 1218: ...plication Transmission Oil Filler Plug Transmission Mounting Bolt Housing Oil Drain Plug Front Propeller Shaft T C Rear Propeller Shaft T C Cross Member Bolt Center Cross Member Bolt Side Control Cable Shift Lever Bolt Nlm 25 77 87 25 81 89 70 90 21 35 62 93 20 30 ...

Page 1219: ...MANUAL TRANSMISSION 5B 3 EXTERNAL VIEW GEAR TRAIN ...

Page 1220: ...5B 4 MANUAL TRANSMISSION POWER FLOW ...

Page 1221: ... INTO GEAR Action Adjust or replace clutch Add or replace with specified oil Remove extension adapter or case cover Check or replace damaged parts Remove extension adapter or case cover Check synchronizers and gears and replace damaged parts Check or replace backup switch Replace pilot bushing GEARS CRASH WHEN SHIFTING Check Engine idle speed too high Damaged or faulty clutch Pilot bearing between...

Page 1222: ...orks offset lever shaft or rail Worn or damaged synchronizer Worn or damaged gears TRANSMISSION LOCKED IN ONE GEAR Action Replace extension adapter or case cover Check or replace loose parts on shaft or rail Replace roll pin s Remove extension adapter or case cover Check for wear or damaged Replace damaged parts Check worn or damaged synchronizer parts and replace if necessary Check worn or damage...

Page 1223: ...eather clogged Too much oil Loose bolts at sealing faces Improperly applied sealant Worn or damaged oil seal Action Clean all exposed surfaces then check for leaks Clean or replace vent or breather Check oil level Tighten as specified Clean leaking surfaces Reapply sealant Replace oil seal ...

Page 1224: ...Gear Set 1st Speed Gear Set 5th Speed Gear Set Clutch Housing and Release Derive Crankshaft Pilot Bushing and Release Bearing Input Bearing Main Shaft Input Bearing Main Shaft Thrust Bearing 3rd Speed Gear Bearing 2nd Speed Gear Bearing 1st Speed Gear Bearing Reverse Idler Gear Bushing Counter Shaft Front Bearing Counter Shaft Rear Bearing Counter Shaft Thrust Bearing 5th Speed Drive Gear Bearing ...

Page 1225: ...MANUAL TRANSMISSION 5B 9 COMPONENT LOCATOR ...

Page 1226: ...ring Retainer 51 Oil Seal 52 Shim 53 Bearing Cup 54 Bearing Cone 55 Input Shaft 56 Roller Bearing 57 Spacer 58 Thrust Bearing 59 Thrust Bearing Race 60 5th Speed Driven Gear 61 Bearing Cup 62 Bearing Cone 63 1st Speed Gear 64 Bearing Sleeve Assembly 65 A Bearing 65 B Bearing 65 C Spacer 66 Sleeve 67 Blocking Ring Assembly 68 3 4 synchronizer Assembly 69 Synchronizer Spring 70 Synchronizer Sleeve 7...

Page 1227: ... REPAIR ON VEHICLE SERVICE SHIFT CONTROL CABLE 1 Shift Lever Assembly 2 Bolt 20 30 Nm 3 Select Cable 4 Shift Cable 5 Snap Pin 6 Snap Pin 7 Transmission 8 Shift Cable 9 Select Cable 10 Clip 11 Clip 12 Snap Pin 13 Snap Pin 14 Protector 15 Washer ...

Page 1228: ...d remove the knob 2 Remove the screw from the console box side and remove the shift lever cover 3 Disconnect the cables by removing the snap pins from the control cable connections to the select lever and shift lever 4 Remove the shift lever an cable mounting snap pin and washer of the select lever ...

Page 1229: ...ct cable 6 Installation is reverse order of the removal Inspection Procedure 1 The shift lever should be positioned in neutral 2 Apply liquid gasket on the cable contact surface 3 Keep 130 mm between the center of the cable end eye and floor Notice If necessary adjust the adjust nut Standard 130 mm ...

Page 1230: ... Nm 3 Transmission Assembly 4 Back up Switch 5 Washer 6 Bolt 77 87 Nm 7 Oil Drain Plug 25 Nm 8 Bolt 81 89 Nm 9 Washer 10 Front Propeller Shaft 11 Transfer Case Assembly 12 Speedometer Cable 13 Rear Propeller Shaft 14 Washer 15 Bolt 70 80 Nm 16 Cross Member 17 Washer 18 Bolt 21 35 Nm 19 Washer 20 Bolt 62 93 Nm 21 Breather Hose ...

Page 1231: ...p the vehicle and fix it safely 3 Remove the drain plug from the transmission housing and drain the oil Reinstall the drain plug Installation Notice Tightening Torque 25 Nm 4 Disconnect the back up switch connector 5 Remove the breather hose 6 Remove the speedometer connector and other wiring harnesses and connectors ...

Page 1232: ...ng nuts and each sides mounting bolts and remove the cross member Installation Notice 9 Remove the transmission mounting bolts Installation Notice Tightening Torque 1 Tightening Torque 2 21 35 Nm 62 93 Nm 10 Move the transmission jack backward careful and disengage the transmission input shaft from the engine Remove the transmission 11 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the revers...

Page 1233: ...position other than 3 4 of neutral will be difficult 3 Using a pin punch and a hammer remove the roll pin to remove the shift lever from the offset lever 4 Using a 15 mm wrench remove the 8 bolts from the extension housing 5 Separate the extension housing from the case and shift cover Separate the offset lever from the shift Notice Do not remove the offset lever while the extension housing is stil...

Page 1234: ...rom the end of the counter shaft 10 Using a 10 mm wrench remove the 10 bolts from the shift cover Notice For assembly note the location of the two bolts 11 Lift up the shift cover after sliding it toward the drain plug about 3 cm At this time remove sealer bond 12 Using a needle nose pliers remove the 5 R lever clip ...

Page 1235: ...Using a 22 mm wrench remove the back up lamp switch from the 5 R lever side Notice Apply sealer to the threads 15 Pull out the 5 R lever out of the transmission 16 Using a snap ring pliers remove the 5th synchronizer snap ring from the end of the counter shaft 17 Remove the 5th synchronizer assembly with its fork and rail assembly from the counter shaft ...

Page 1236: ...lts using a 13 mm wrench Notice Apply sealer on these bolts during assembly Remove the input bearing retainer with the bearing outer race and shim 21 Remove the input shaft from the case by rotating it until the flat surface appears 22 Remove the following parts from the input shaft l 4th speed gear blocking ring l Main shaft thrust race and bearing l Main shaft pilot bearing rollers 15 rollers No...

Page 1237: ...lift the main shaft from the case 24 Remove the reverse fork and spring from the case 25 Remove the counter shaft as follows l Using a punch and hammer pry up the lock tabs l Using a 13 mm wrench or T 40 bit remove the 4 bolts l Remove the retainer and shim from the case l Push the counter shaft rearward to remove the rear bearing outer race ...

Page 1238: ... and a hammer remove the roll pin fixed on the reverse idler shaft 27 By pushing the reverse idler shaft rearward and out of the case remove the reverse idler gear and O ring 28 Using a puller remove the rear bearing assembly from the counter shaft ...

Page 1239: ...ounter shaft rear bearing outer race Tighten the 4 retainer bolts 3 Place a dial indicator on the case and measure counter shaft end play by moving up and down 4 Select a shim which is the same thickness as the indicator rearing up to 0 004 inch and assemble it 5 When the end play is correctly adjusted remove the counter shaft rear bearing retainer and outer race 6 Using a pin punch and rubber ham...

Page 1240: ...l Install the input shaft onto the front of the main shaft l Install the input bearing retainer without shim onto the front of the case l Using a torque wrench tighten the 4 bolts 9 Install the 5th speed drive gear and blocking ring on the counter shaft 10 Install the 5th synchronizer and rail fork 11 Install the 5th synchronizer snap ring and oiling funnel 12 Align the slots of the lever with the...

Page 1241: ...e that the 1 2 and 3 4 synchronizer sleeves and 5 R shift lever are in neutral position 17 Align the holes the case and cover with alignment type bolts Tighten the 10 bolts 18 Apply RTV sealant on the sealing surface of the extension housing 19 Apply grease on the detent guide plate in the extension housing Install the detent ball in the 3 4 position 20 Place the detent spring and offset lever in ...

Page 1242: ... thickness as the measurement 0 001 inch After shim installation the end play should be 0 26 Remove the input bearing retainer and do the following l Install the adjusting shim behind the input bearing outer race in the retainer and if 2 shims are used install the thinner one in first l Install the retainer to the case and tighten the bolts l If end play is not 0 change the shim again l Apply RTV ...

Page 1243: ...hronizer hub and sleeve 2 Using a hydraulic press and puller plate remove the 3 4 Synchronizer assembly and the 3rd speed gear 3 Remove the 3rd speed gear bearing and spacer 4 Using a snap ring pliers remove the 2nd speed gear snap ring 5 Remove the 2nd speed gear thrust washer 6 Remove the 2nd speed gear bearing and spacer ...

Page 1244: ...ring assembly 9 For correct reassembly place an alignment mark on the 1 2 synchronizer hub and sleeve 10 Remove the 1 2 synchronizer sleeve from the hub with following parts l The anti rattle ball and spring l The three keys l One of the 3 springs 11 Using a hydraulic press and puller plate remove the 5th speed driven gear from the main shaft ...

Page 1245: ...ar bearing assembly from the shaft 13 Remove the 1st speed gear and bearing 14 Remove the inner race 15 Remove the tree piece 1st speed blocking ring assembly and remaining synchronizer spring 16 Check and clean all removed parts and replace if necessary ...

Page 1246: ... bearing race l 1st speed gear and its bearing 3 Install the rear bearing assembly to the main shaft 4 Using a hydraulic press and installer press the 5th driven gear onto the main shaft While the main shaft is still on the press bed install the 5th driven gear snap ring If the snap ring does not fit completely continue pressing the 5th driven gear 5 Install the following parts l 2nd speed blockin...

Page 1247: ...MANUAL TRANSMISSION 5B 31 6 Using a hydraulic press and installer install the 3 4 synchronizer hub onto the main shaft Notice Align the blocking ring with the synchronizer keys while installing the hub ...

Page 1248: ... shaft l Main shaft thrust race and bearing l Main shaft pilot bearing rollers 15 rollers 2 Using a hydraulic press and puller plate remove the input shaft bearing assembly from the shaft 3 Remove the input bearing 4 Remove the input shaft seal 5 Check and clean all removed parts and replace if necessary ...

Page 1249: ...pply grease to the thrust bearing inner roller 15 rollers and install the main shaft thrust bearing and its race in the rear of the input shaft 3 Using a rubber hammer and installer install the input bearing retainer and input shaft seal after applying grease 4 Install the bearing outer race to the retainer without end play adjusting shim ...

Page 1250: ...d parts and replace if necessary AssemblyProcedure 1 Using a hydraulic press and installer press the front bearing assembly onto the counter shaft 2 Install is as follows l Install a new O ring on the counter shaft outer race and lubricate it l Using a installer lightly tap the race into its bore until the O ring is compressed l Install the race to be fully seated on the inside of the case ...

Page 1251: ...the extension housing 2 Remove the O ring and steel ring from the rear of the extension housing 3 Check and clean all removed parts and replace if necessary AssemblyProcedure 1 Install the O ring and steel ring to the rear of the extension housing 2 Install the vent to the extension housing ...

Page 1252: ...remove the shift shaft 3 Check and clean all removed parts and replace if necessary AssemblyProcedure 1 If the shaft cup plug was removed apply plug outer surface with sealer and install it into the cover 2 Install the fork pads and selector plates onto the 1 2 and 3 4 shift forks 3 Assemble the sift cover parts as follows Push the shift shaft into the cover until the front of the shaft is at the ...

Page 1253: ...ift fork and its selector plate l Push the shift shaft through the 1 2 shift fork l Place the selector arm and interlock plate in the cover Note the position of the interlock plate and selector arm l Push the shift shaft through the 3 4 shift fork ...

Page 1254: ... 4 shift fork l Install the roll pin that fixes the selector arm to the shift shaft 4 Check the shift cover parts for proper assembly as follows l Insert a pin punch 3 16 into the offset lever hole of the shift shaft l Place the shift cover to the flat ground and rotate the shift shaft so that the punch is vertical ...

Page 1255: ...MANUAL TRANSMISSION 5B 39 l Selector arm should be aligned with the 3 4 shift fork selector plate 5 Lubricate and install the O ring on the rear of the shift cover ...

Page 1256: ...over l Input bearing retainer l Counter shaft rear bearing retainer 2 Check the parts which support bearings and shafts for excessive wear and replace them if necessary 3 Check the bearing surfaces of the following parts l Input shaft l Main shaft and its gears l Counter shaft and 5th drive gear 4 Check the reverse idler shaft and its gears Notice Replace excessive wear parts and do not file on th...

Page 1257: ... Selector arm Interlock plate Selector plates for the 1 2 and 3 4 shift forks 5 R shift lever and the rollers on the reverse fork and the 5th shift rail fork l Check worn mating surfaces on the following parts 1 2 shift fork pads and synchronizer sleeve 3 4 shift fork pads and synchronizer sleeve 5th shift rail fork pads and synchronizer sleeve Reverse fork and reverse idler gear sleeve ...

Page 1258: ... Main shaft pilot bearing rollers l Main shaft thrust Bearing and its surfaces l Speed gear roller bearing on the main shaft l Main shaft rear bearing l Counter shaft front and rear bearings 7 Check the gear tooth surfaces of all gear sets 8 Check the reverse gear set surfaces Check the surfaces of gear teeth for excessive wear pitting scoring and spalling and replace if necessary ...

Page 1259: ...h synchronizer l Excessively tight or loose hub to sleeve fit l Wear of the cone clutch surfaces of brass blocking rings and gears 11 Measure the clearance between the blocking ring and the speed gear l New 1 2 blocking ring 0 87 1 4mm l New 3 4 blocking ring 0 88 1 5mm Notice Excessive wear of the blocking ring or the speed gear cone surface will cause shift block out gear clash ...

Page 1260: ...5B 44 MANUAL TRANSMISSION 12 Check for gear clash on the synchronizer sleeve teeth or the clutch teeth on the speed gear 13 Check the synchronizer sleeve and gear clutch tooth for hop out ...

Page 1261: ...ivot Fork and release bearing 3 Check the pressure plate spring Notice Inspect each parts and replace the excessively worn parts 4 Check the clutch housing alignment as follows l Place the magnetic base on the pressure plate spring l Check the housing bore alignment Place the dial indicator on the bore By rotating the crankshaft one revolution record the dial indicator reading ...

Page 1262: ...dicator reading Notice If the reading is greater than 0 010 inch insert the shim between the engine and clutch housing and adjust the alignment 5 Check the following parts l Pressure plate spring assembly l Disc l Flywheel l Input shaft pilot bearing Notice Replace the excessively worn parts 6 Lubricate the clutch release bearing bore fork pivot head during assembly ...

Page 1263: ...5 SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Caution Disconnect the negative battery cable before removing or installing any electrical unit or when a tool or equipment could easily come in contact with exposed electrical terminals Disconnecting this cable will help prevent personal injury and damage to the vehicle The ignition must also be in LOCK unless otherwise noted Application Type Max Pedal Stro...

Page 1264: ...NG SPECIFICATIONS Application Clutch Cover Bolt Clutch Housing Bolt Clutch Release Cylinder Master Cylinder Nut Clutch Tube Nut Pedal Push Rod Nut Pedal Mounting N m 37 47 30 40 8 18 15 18 16 22 8 18 21 25 Bracket Bolt Stopper Bolt ...

Page 1265: ...CLUTCH 5C 3 SPECIAL TOOLS SPECIAL TOOLS TABLE 602 589 00 40 00 Engine Lock 661 589 00 15 00 Centering Pin ...

Page 1266: ...ion or Excessive Run out of Disc Rust or Wear of Disc Spline Oily Facing Damaged Diaphragm Spring Excessive Clutch Pedal Free play DIAGNOSIS CLUTCH SLIPS Checks Excessive Wear of Facing Hard or Oily Facing Damaged Pressure Plate or Flywheel Damaged or Burnt Diaphragm Spring Clutch Pedal Free play Insufficient Faulty Operation of Clutch Pedal Worn or Damaged Clutch Disc Action Replace Repair or Rep...

Page 1267: ...Action Lubricate or Replace Lubricate or Replace Repair CLUTCH NOISY Checks Action Adjust Replace Replace Replace Repair Replace Insufficient Clutch Pedal Free play Excessive Wear of Facing Worn or Damaged Release Bearing Poor Lubrication Contact Surface of Bearing Faulty Installation of Clutch Assembly or Bearing Damaged Pilot Bushing Clutch Pedal is Partially Depressed and Vehicle Speed is Reduc...

Page 1268: ...se Bearing 5 Release Fork Pivot 6 Release Cylinder 7 Release Fork Boot 8 Bolt 9 Release Fork 10 Bolt 11 Spring Lock Washer 12 Transmission Input Spline 13 Release Bearing Contacting Surface 14 Contacting Point of Release Fork and Pivot Notice Apply the long term grease DBL 6811 00 to No 12 13 and 14 ...

Page 1269: ...CLUTCH 5C 7 PEDAL AND MASTER CYLINDER 1 Clutch Pedal 2 Clutch Master Cylinder 3 Clutch Tube 4 Clutch Oil Chamber 5 Clutch Tube 6 Clutch Hose 7 Clutch Release Cylinder ...

Page 1270: ... contact a painted surface 1 Remove the air bolt cap of the release cylinder Connect a vinyl tube to the bolt 2 Insert the other end of the tube in a vacant container 3 Slowly depress the clutch pedal several times 4 With clutch pedal fully depressed open the air bolt and release air rind fluid in the fluid line 5 Repeat this procedure until there are no more air bubbles in the fluid flows ...

Page 1271: ...Preceding Work Removal of the transmission 1 Clutch Disc 2 Clutch Cover Assembly 3 Release Bearing 4 Clutch Housing Tools 602 589 00 40 00 Engine Lock 661 589 00 15 00 Centering Pin 5 Washer 6 Bolt 23 Nm 7 Washer 8 Bolt 44 Nm ...

Page 1272: ... remove the release cylinder Installation Notice 3 Unscrew the clutch housing bolts and remove the clutch housing release fork and release bearing Installation Notice 4 Insert the centering pin into the clutch spline Loosen the clutch cover bolts 1 2 turn in crisscross sequence until the spring tension is released Notice Do not remove the bolts at a time or clutchcover can be damaged or deformed C...

Page 1273: ...eful not to drop the pressure plate and clutch disc Installation Notice Tightening Torque 21 27 Nm 6 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Notice l Before installation clean oil and grease on the flywheel surface l Do not clean the clutch disc and release bearing in solvent ...

Page 1274: ... Unevenness Limit 0 8 mm 2 Clutch Disc l Check the facing for rivet looseness excessive runout sticks oil and grease l Measure the rivet head depth If out limit replace the disc 3 Clutch Release Bearing l The release bearing is permanently lubricated and requires no cleaning l Check the bearing for sticks damage abnormal noise turning drag and wear 4 Release Fork l If there is abnormal wear in con...

Page 1275: ... 1 Snap Pin 2 Clevis Pin 3 Clevis 4 Lock Nut 5 Flange Nut 30 40 Nm 6 Push Rod 7 Cylinder Body 8 Oil Pipe 15 18 Nm 9 Clamp 10 Reservoir 11 Spring 12 Piston Assembly 13 Boot 14 Plate 15 Snap Ring Notice Do not disassemble the No 12 ...

Page 1276: ...l connection 3 Remove the clutch tube Installation Notice Tightening Torque 15 18 Nm Notice Be careful not the fluid contact a painted surface 4 Remove the master cylinder mounting nuts and pull off the master cylinder Installation Notice Tightening Torque 8 18 Nm 5 Check the clutch pedal operation 6 Bleed the clutch system ...

Page 1277: ...Nm 8 Fulcrum Pin 9 Turn Over Spring Apply Grease 10 Bushing Replace Apply Grease 11 Full Stroke Stopper Contact Pad 12 Clutch Pedal 13 Pedal Pad 14 Pedal Mounting Bracket 15 Stopper Bolt 21 25Nm 16 Clutch Interlock Switch Notice Assembly should follow the disassembly procedure in the reverse order Grease specification Long term grease T Mn DBL6611 00 ...

Page 1278: ... adjust the pedal height loosen the lock nut C of the stopper bolt D and turn the stopper bolt until the height is correct Height From the Floor Carpet 147 187 mm 3 Pedal Free Play E Notice To adjust the pedal free play loosen the lock nut F of the master cylinder and turn the push rod until the free play is correct 4 Check the fulcrum pin and the bushing for wear the pedal for bending and the spr...

Page 1279: ...2 Hydraulic Tube 3 Bolt 4 Clutch Oil Chamber 5 Hydraulic Tube 6 Clutch Release Cylinder Notice l Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order l When installing perform the bleeding procedures from chamber cylinder and release cylinder ...

Page 1280: ...al terminals Disconnecting this cable will help prevent personal injury and damage to the vehicle The ignition must also be in LOCK unless otherwise noted Specifications 5D1 1 General Specifications 5D1 1 Schematic and Routing Diagram 5D1 2 Part Time Transfer Case 4408 5D1 2 Diagnosis 5D1 3 Self Diagnosis 5D1 4 System Description 5D1 4 Self Diagnosis Test 5D1 8 Diagnostic Diagram 5D1 9 Maintenance...

Page 1281: ...5D1 2 TRANSFER CASE PART TIME 4408 SCHEMATIC AND ROUTING DIAGRAM PART TIME TRANSFER CASE 4408 ...

Page 1282: ...Action Drain and replace with specified oil Retighten as specified Disassemble bearings and parts and check for wear or damage Replace if necessary Check for wear and damage including speedometer gear replace if necessary Noise in 4H or 4L Checks Worn or Damaged Sprockets or Drive Chain Incorrect Tire Pressure Action Disassemble and check for wear and damage replace if necessary Adjust tire pressu...

Page 1283: ...h l Motor position sensor 3 Transfer case system is malfunctioning when l 4H 4L indicator lights are remain on after 0 6 second when turning the ignition switch ON l 4H 4L indicator lights are continuously come on during driving 4 If only 1 part is malfunctioning 4WD CHECK indicator light will display defective code 3 times continuously 5 If more then 2 part is malfunctioning the first malfunction...

Page 1284: ... the ignition switch to ON 4 Read the flashing 4WD CHECK indicator light and identify the malfunctioning part How to Eliminate the Falut Code 1 Position the ignition switch to OFF 2 Using a service connector connect the No 2 pin GND and No 6 pin TCCU of the diagnosis socket in the engine room 3 Position the ignition switch to ON over 5 seconds 4 Do defective code reading and make sure that all def...

Page 1285: ... off for 3 seconds and then display a defective code 3 times continuously No Defective Code Malfunctioning Part 1 2 3 4 5 TCCU Shift Motor Synchronizer Clutch Speed Sensor Hub Solenoid 4WD CHECK Light ON OFF Defective Code 4WD CHECK Light ON OFF Defective Code 4WD CHECK Light ON OFF Defective Code 4WD CHECK Light ON OFF Defective Code 4WD CHECK Light ON OFF Defective Code ...

Page 1286: ...TRANSFER CASE PART TIME 4408 5D1 7 No Defective Code Malfunctioning Part 6 7 Selector Switch Motor Positon Sensor 4WD CHECK Light ON OFF Defective Code 4WD CHECK Light ON OFF Defective Code ...

Page 1287: ...om vehicle model selection display and press Enter 5 Select TCCU from control system selection display and press Enter 6 Select TCCU Part Time from TCCU diagnosis selection display Notice Check sensor valve output display if necessary 7 Select Self diagnosis from diagnosis items selection display 8 Turn the ignition switch to OFF position and press ENTER Turn the ignition swtich to ON position aga...

Page 1288: ...TRANSFER CASE PART TIME 4408 5D1 9 DIAGNOSTIC DIAGRAM ...

Page 1289: ...lug Oil Change l Clean the oil level plug and surrounding area l Place a suitable container under the transfer case l Remove the oil and tighten the drain plug l Fill the oil through the oil level plug until oil begins to drip out l Tighten the oil level plug Cautions for oil level check and plugs tightening l Do not use an impact wrench to remove or tighten the oil level plug or drain plug since ...

Page 1290: ...ASE 1 Rear Companion Flange 2 Cover 3 Front Companion Flange 4 Breather Plug 5 Case 6 Input Shaft 7 Mounting Bolt 38 52 Nm 8 Transmission Adapter 9 Bolt 81 59 Nm 10 Washer 11 Front Propeller Shaft 12 Bolt 81 89 Nm 13 Washer 14 Rear Propeller Shaft ...

Page 1291: ... plug If planar damper is installed unscrew 4 bolts and remove the planar damper Installation Notice Tightening Torque 19 30 Nm 4 Remove the breather hose 5 Disconnect the speedometer cable connector and other cable connectors and wiring harnesses 6 Support the transfer case with jack and remove the front and rear propeller shafts from the transfer case Installation Notice Front Rear 81 89 Nm 70 8...

Page 1292: ...n Notice Tightening Torque 1 Tightening Torque 2 21 35 Nm 62 93 Nm 8 Remove the transfer case by removing the bolts attaching the transfer case to the transmission Installation Notice Notice Apply long term grease to the inner spline of the transfer case input shaft 9 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Tightening Torque 38 51 Nm ...

Page 1293: ...5D1 14 TRANSFER CASE PART TIME 4408 UNIT REPAIR TRANSFER CASE Preceding Work Removal of the transfer case ...

Page 1294: ...ssembly 49 Screw 50 Pump Housing 51 Pump Gear Set 52 Pump Cover 53 Spring Pin 54 Hose Clamp 55 Hose Coupling 56 Oil Strainer 57 Output Shaft 58 Reduction Hub 59 Shift Fork Assembly 60 Shift Fork Facing 61 Pin Roller and Retainer 62 Pin 63 Cam Roller 64 Retainer 65 Reduction Shift Fork 66 Nut 67 Plane Washer 68 Oil Seal 70 Companion Flange 71 Spacer 72 Front Output Assembly 73 Breather Hose 74 Bolt...

Page 1295: ... the 2 plugs from the cover 1 Nut 2 Washer 3 Oil Seal 4 Companion Flange 5 Plug 25 Cover 6 Bolt 7 Washer 8 Bolt 9 Sensor and Harness Bracket 10 Sensor Assembly 11 Speed Sensor 12 O ring 13 Motor Assembly 25 Cover Extension Electric Shift 1 Remove the bolt washer 3 bolts and harness bracket 2 Remove the sensor assembly and remove the O ring from the speed sensor 3 Remove the motor assembly ...

Page 1296: ...ip 16 Identification Tag 17 Cover Assembly 18 Oil Seal 19 Bearing 20 Nut 21 Clutch Coil Assembly 22 Snap Ring 23 Ball Bearing 4 Remove the snap ring and pull out the ball bearing from the cover to remove the speed gear 5 Pull out the needle bearing from the cover 6 Pull out the oil seal from the slot in cover 7 Remove the magnet form the slot in case 8 Remove the return spring from the rail shaft ...

Page 1297: ... 42 Drive Sprocket 43 Driven Sprocket 44 Drive Chain 55 Output Shaft Rear 71 Output Shaft Front Drive Chains 1 Remove the snap ring and spacer from the output shaft 2 Remove the drive chain driven sprocket and drive sprocket from the output shaft 3 Separate the chain and sprocket when removing the assembly Pump Parts 1 Remove the 4 bolts and retainer and separate the output shaft and rear pump cov...

Page 1298: ...put Shaft front 111 Case 57 Reduction Hub 58 Shift Fork Facing 59 Reduction Shift Fork Assembly 60 Roller Pin and Retainer Assembly 61 Retainer 62 Pin 63 Roller Cam 64 Reduction Shift Fork Reduction Shift Parts 1 Remove the reduction hub and reduction shift forkassembly from the case 2 Remove the 2 shill fork facings from the shift fork assembly 3 To remove the roller cam and pin cut elf the plast...

Page 1299: ...embly input shaft assembly and carrier gear assembly 4 Remove the snap ring and oil seal from the front adapter 5 After removing snap ring pull out the bearing and thrust washer from the input shaft assembly and separate the input shaft assembly from the carrier gear assembly 6 Remove the needle bearing and sleeve bearing from the input shaft assembly 7 Remove the retaining ring thrust plate rind ...

Page 1300: ...nd spacer from the shift shaft using a screw driver 100 Electric Shift Cam 101 Torsion Spring 102 Spacer 103 Shift Shaft 111 Case 105 Transfer Case Assembly 106 Oil Seal 107 Retaining Ring 108 Ball Bearing 119 Pin 110 Ring Gear 111 Case CaseAssembly 1 Remove the oil seal 2 Remove the retaining ring and bearing 3 Remove the pin from the transfer case Notice Be careful not to damage the pin 4 Using ...

Page 1301: ...ng protruding sharp edge l Chip An area from which a small fragment has been broken off or cut l Crack Surface break of line nature indicating partial or complete separation of material l Excessive wear Heavy or obvious wear beyond expectations considering conditions of operation l Indentation Displacement of material caused by localized heavy contact l Galling Breakdown of metal surface due to ex...

Page 1302: ...ferring to normal gear tooth face specifically inspect the uneven wear and chips of gear tooth Replace or repair if necessary 4 Inspection of Contact Patterns Description Normal Abnormal Normal Wear End Face Wear Traveling Face Wear Upper Face Wear Lower Face Wear ...

Page 1303: ...ASE PART TIME 4408 Description Repair Description Repair Corner chip at drive face Edge chip at drive face Corner chip at coast face Side edge chip at drive face Chip within contact pattern Chip completely through tooth ...

Page 1304: ...te bearings oil seals and bushings beforeassembly 105 Case Assembly 106 Oil Seal 107 Retaining Ring 108 Ball Bearing 109 Pin 110 Ring Gear 111 Case 106 Oil Seal 109 Pin 110 Ring Gear 111 Case Transfer Case 1 If the ring gear was removed align the outer diameter of the new replaced ring gear with transfer case and assemble it 2 Insert the pin 3 Insert the ball bearing to the case and install the re...

Page 1305: ... the drive tang 4 Push the end of the second spring to right and fix it on the drive tang 101 Torsion Spring 102 Spacer 103 Shift Shaft 5 Push the torsion spring and spacer together back them completely 6 Slide the electric shift cam onto the shift shaft 7 Install the electric shift cam assembly into the transfer case after installation of the shift fork 101 Torsion spring 102 Spacer 103 Shift Sha...

Page 1306: ...th the hub end up into the planet carrier assembly and rotate the sun gear to make sure that gears are fully engaged 3 Align the tabs and install the thrust plate into the planet carrier assembly 4 Install the retaining ring to the planet carrier assembly 5 Press the needle bearing into the input shaft and press the new sleeve bearing into the input shaft assembly 82 Sleeve Bearing 83 Needle Beari...

Page 1307: ...front adapter assembly Notice After installation make sure that snap ring is correctly installed into the groove 11 Position the input shaft assembly over front cover and engage into the bearing groove by expanding the ends of snap ring 12 Apply 1 6mm bead of sealant on the mounting face for the transfer case and tighten the 6 bolts 13 Install the breather 75 Snap Ring 76 Oil Seal 77 Spiral Pin 78...

Page 1308: ... 62 Pin 63 Roller Cam 64 Reduction Shift Fork Reduction Shift Parts 1 Install the new pin roller and retainer into the reduction shift fork 2 Press the pin roller and retainer into the reduction spilt fork bore completely Notice Make sure that the cam roller turns freely 3 Install the 2 fork facing on the reduction shift fork assembly 4 Install the reduction shift fork onto the previously installe...

Page 1309: ... retainer on the cover so that tab on the retainer is in notch in the transfer case Apply Loctite to the bolts and tighten the bolts with turning the output shaft by hand to make the pump pins move freely 45 Shaft and Pump Assembly 46 Bolt 47 Pump Retainer 48 Rear Pump Cover 49 Hose Clamp 50 Hose Coupling 54 Pump Housing 52 Pump Pin 53 Spring 54 Front Pump Cover 55 Output Shaft 56 Strainer 40 Snap...

Page 1310: ...to right so that the end of the torsion spring contacts with reduction shift fork side l Holding the rail shaft lift up the fork assembly slightly Adjust electric shift cam assembly so that the roller on reduction shift fork assembly is in groove in shift cam and button on lockup fork is on cam end l Install the clutch housing over shift collar hub and insert the retaining ring into the clutch col...

Page 1311: ...ontacts with transfer case 3 Press the ball bearing into the cover and install the snap ring 4 Install remaining parts as follows l Install the 4 O rings on the stud bolts of the clutch coil assembly l Install the clutch coil assembly inside the cover and tighten 3 nuts 18 Oil Seal 19 Bushing 20 Nut 21 Clutch Coil Assembly 22 Snap Ring 23 Ball Bearing 24 Needle Bearing 25 Cover Tightening Torque 8...

Page 1312: ... Assembly 26 Magnet 27 Speed Gear 28 Oil Seal 29 Return Spring 38 Rail Shaft 111 Case 1 Install the return spring over rail shaft in the transfer case 2 Insert the magnet into the transfer case slot 3 Apply 1 6mm bead of Loctite RTV 598 to the transfer case mounting surface Notice For installation of cover align the transfer case with cover not to use excessive force 13 Motor Assembly 14 Bolt 15 W...

Page 1313: ...cover androtate the motor clockwise direction to check correctengagement 6 Bolt 7 Washer 8 Bolt 9 Sensor and Harness Bracket 10 Sensor Assembly 14 Speed Sensor 12 O ring 13 Motor Assembly 25 Cover 13 Motor Assembly 103 Shift Shaft 3 Insert the 0 ring on the speed sensor speed sensor assembly to the cover 4 Install the bracket to the motor assembly and tighten 3bolts Tightening Torque 8 11 Nm ...

Page 1314: ...the 2 plugs to the cover 2 Install the companion flange oil seal and washer 3 Holding the companion flange tighten the nut 1 Nut 2 Washer 3 Oil Seal 4 Companion Flange 5 Plug 25 Cover Notice Apply Loctite 262 to nut before installation Tightening Torque 346 380 Nm ...

Page 1315: ...or light will turn on 2 Shifting from 4H to 2H l Position the transfer case switch from 4H to 2H l Shifting is possible during driving l 4WD Hl indicator light will turn off 3 Shifting between 4H and 4L l Shifting is possible when the vehicle is almost stopped below approx 2 km h so it would be better stop the vehicle l In case of manual transmission equipped vehicle apply clutch pedal l In case o...

Page 1316: ... 4L Clutch pedal applied Clutch pedal released 4L indicator light ON 4L indicator light OFF Motor OFF Motor ON Motor OFF Motor ON Auto locking hub ON Auto locking hub OFF Voltage V 4 75 5 35 0 0 50 1 00 11 00 4 75 5 35 0 0 50 0 50 11 00 1 00 11 00 1 00 11 00 1 00 11 00 11 00 1 00 J1 7 J1 8 J1 13 J1 14 J1 15 J1 16 J1 17 J1 23 Notice l DC 12V for the TCCU operation should be maintained l In case of ...

Page 1317: ...ngth mm Weight kg Shift Mode Gear Ratio Oil Max Torque High Low Specification Capacity Interval TOD Torque On Demand Transfer Case 4423E 343 0 36 6 4H and 4L 1 1 2 48 1 ATF S 3 S 4 or Dexron II III 1 4 L Inspect Every 15 000km Replace Every 50 000km 550 lb ft 76kg m Application Description Coding 5D2 18 Eliminate the Memorized Fault Code 5D2 20 Diagnosis 5D2 21 Maintenance and Repair 5D2 33 On Veh...

Page 1318: ...5D2 2 TRANSFER CASE TOD SCHEMATIC AND ROUTING DIAGRAMS TOD ...

Page 1319: ...TRANSFER CASE TOD 5D2 3 T C C U ...

Page 1320: ...f speed in front and rear propeller shafts l Function of 4L Mode When select 4L mode EMC is locked to apply maximum torque into front and rear propeller shafts Shift motor rotates also 4L position by rotation of cam thus propeller shaft torque changes from 1 1 to 2 48 1 by planetary gear set l Shift Motor It locates backside transfer case which drives rotary helical cam When mode select switch cha...

Page 1321: ...the front propshaft is turning at a rate which is faster than the rear propshaft Rear Overrun A condition where the rear propshaft is turning at a rate which is faster than the front propshaft High Range The highest numerically lowest 1 1 gear ratio between the input and outputs of the Transfer Case Low Range The lowest numerically highest 2 48 1 gear ratio between the input and outputs of the Tra...

Page 1322: ... Position Encoder 2 Position Encoder 3 Position Encoder 4 4H 4L Switch Signal A T N Position Signal Speed TPS Supply Front Speed Sensor Input Rear Speed Sensor Input ABS Operation Signal Brake Switch Signal 4 5 27 10 28 30 9 24 16 11 29 25 26 19 CANH CAN L Shift Motor output port LO HI Shift Motor output port HI LO EMC 4L Indicator Position Return 4WD CHECK IND TPS speed Sensor Ground Speed TPS Re...

Page 1323: ...r case mode input 24 Auto T M Neutral Check of neutral gear position in Auto T M 16 Speed 5V supply TPS speed sensor 11 Front Speed Front speed sensor signal input Signal Input 29 Rear Speed Rear speed sensor signal input 25 ABS Operation ABS ON OFF 6 Position Return Position encoder ground 13 Speed TPS Return Ground for speed sensor TPS 22 CAN L CAN bus low line 23 CAN H CAN bus high line 2 15 Mo...

Page 1324: ...on Encoder The Position Encoder is used by the TCCU to determine the position of the Shift Motor Each motor position is identified by a position code as shown Notice 1 All other position codes are invalid 2 Position Input Open Circuit 4 5V 1 3 Position Input shorted to Speed Position Return 0 5V 0 Motor Position Left Stop Left of High High Right of High Zone 1 Position Code 1 2 3 4 1001 0001 0101 ...

Page 1325: ...f 5 seconds Motor Position Left Stop Left of High High Right of High Zone 1 Neutral Zone 2 Low Right Stop Left Stop Left of High High Right of High Zone 1 Neutral Zone 2 Low Right Stop Action No action required 4L bulb off No action required 4L bulb off No action required 4L bulb off Blink 4L bulb After the shift conditions are met attempt a shift to 4H under conditions of below 87 rpm in front an...

Page 1326: ...before 2 seconds has elapsed or either propshaft speed increases above the limit the shift will be suspended and the 4L Indicator will continue to blink until the criteria are met again or the 4H 4L Switch is returned to the original position 2 Range Change When the shift criteria are met the motor is rotated in the appropriate direction as determined by the selector switch until one of the follow...

Page 1327: ... front and rear axles The TCCU monitors the propshaft speeds operating range High Low and ABS activity and then applies a calculated amount of torque to the front axle by Pulse Width Modulating the current applied to the EMC 1 Touch off Torque The minimum EMC Duty Cycle is based on the vehicle speed and throttle position The TCCU receives the TPS signal from the following sources On vehicles equip...

Page 1328: ... LO Switch Position 2 Front Speed TPS Supply Diesel Speed TPS Return Motor HI LO Motor LO HI Speed Reference Pin 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Function Ground Ground Battery K LINE 4L Illumination CAN H CAN L Auto T M Neutral Pin 25 26 27 28 29 30 Function ABS Input Brake Switch Position 1 Position 3 Rear Speed Position 4 TOD CONTROL UNIT Shape and function of TOD Control Unit ...

Page 1329: ...nsor and clutch coil connector White Shift Mtor Connector Speed Sensor Clutch Coil Connector Rear View for Connector Pin A B C D E F G Function Position 4 Motor Counter Clockwise Position 3 Position 2 Position 1 Position Retum Motor Clockwise Pin H I J K L M N Function Clutch Coil EMC Front Speed Return Front Speed Front Speed Sensor Supply Rear Speed Sensor Supply Rear Speed Rear Speed Return Rea...

Page 1330: ...5D2 14 TRANSFER CASE TOD Motor HI LO clockwise Motor LO HI counterclockwise PIN13 CONTROL UNIT DIAGRAM TOD CONTROL UNIT 14 ...

Page 1331: ...EPROM fault can only be cleared by cycling ignition off on 2 Shift Motor Assembly Test If the TCCU detects a shift motor or position encoder fault continuously for one second the 4WD CHECK lamp is turned on and the appropriate fault code is stored in memory a A shift motor fault when the motor is off is defined as follows Motor H L shorted to Ground Motor L H shorted to Ground Motor open circuit b...

Page 1332: ...es the Front Speed Sensor to determine the EMC Touch Off level and wheel slip control is suspended b If the system is in Low Range the EMC Duty Cycle is set to maximum independent of vehicle speed until the system is shifted out of 4L c All Electric Shift activity is halted until the Ignition is cycled If a shift is in progress it will be completed If the Rear Speed Sensor recovers continuously fo...

Page 1333: ...715 1716 1721 1722 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1741 1742 1743 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 Description EEPROM Checksum Fault TPS Loss of Signal TPS Out of Range EMC Open Short to Battery EMC Short to ground Front Speed Sensor Voltage Low Front Speed Sensor Voltage High Rear Speed Sensor Voltage Low Rear Speed Sensor Voltage High Speed Sensor Reference Voltage Low Speed Sensor Reference Voltage High ...

Page 1334: ...oding Tool Construct SCANNER into diagnosis connector 20 pins near fuse box in engine room as below figure 1 Diagnosis Connector 2 SCANNER Notice Coding An input activity of data for the proper performance by matching specification devices and system with control unit ...

Page 1335: ...SSO KORANDO 3 73 4 55 4 89 5 38 5 86 P215 P235 P255 P275 Coding Method 1 Check and record engine type axle ratio and tire size 2 Ignition OFF 3 Connect SCANNER with diagnosis connector in engine room 4 Ignition ON 5 Read the current memorized specification in TOD control unit 6 Compare memorized specification with the checked record If not matched perform a coding 7 Read again memorized coding spe...

Page 1336: ...ts against all fault codes And then you should delete the memorized fault codes in TOD control unit using SCANNER as follows 1 Connect SCANNER with diagnosis connector 2 Select trouble code clear in SCANNER 3 In trouble code clear screen press enter key to erase the fault code 4 Confirm deletion of fault code and if not repeat 2 3 process ...

Page 1337: ...connection status Is it connected exactly 2 In case of mal connection connect tightly then perform the follows a Delete fault code using Scan 100 b Ignition OFF c Ignition ON d Diagnose by Scan 100 Does it display fault code 1714 Yes No Yes No Check short of 10A fuse fuse No 20 1 Detach No 20 fuse from engine room fuse box 2 Check the existence of short Is fuse normal Yes No Check ground of TOD co...

Page 1338: ...ECK lamp illuminates continuously when ignition ON b Shift is not possible even 4H 4L switch operation c Upon diagnosis by Scan 100 it displays on impossible communication with TOD control unit or fault code 1714 1715 1716 Do occur the above defects Yes No Replace TOD control unit Normal system A5 Test Stage Contents Result Stage Test Contents and Procedure Specified Value Yes No Countermeasure ...

Page 1339: ...Yes No Check connection status of CAN communication line towards E G ECU 1 Ignition OFF 2 Disconnect 30 pin connector towards TOD control unit 3 Measure resistance between pin No 22 and 23 in wiring connector using multi tester Specified value Measured value is within specified range B2 115 125Ω Yes No Check connection status of CAN communication line towards TOD control unit 1 Ignition OFF 2 Disc...

Page 1340: ...multi tester Specified value Measured value is within specified range Check output signal from throttle position sensor 1 and 2 1 Keep E G idle status 2 Measure output voltage between pin 87 and 84 keeping E G ECU coupling connection status using multi tester potentiometer 1 Specified value min acc Pedal max acc Pedal Measured value is within specified range 3 Measure output voltage between pin 85...

Page 1341: ...case Does it connect correctly 3 In case of bad connection connect it correctly then perform the follows a Delete the memorized fault code in control unit with Scan 100 b Ignition OFF c Ignition ON d Diagnose by SCAN 100 Does it display on fault codes 1721 1722 Check supply voltage into electro magnetic clutch 1 Ignition ON 2 Measure voltage between pin 4 19 and 17 18 in TOD control unit connector...

Page 1342: ... TOD control unit 2 Measure resistance between pin 3 and 7 in wiring connector using multi tester Specified value Measured value is within specified range Perform C4 stage l 0Ω short l Ω open C4 Check operational voltage of elector magnetic clutch 1 Ignition ON 2 Measure voltge between pin 3 and 17 in TOD control unit connector Specified value 4WD high 4WD low Measure value is within specified ran...

Page 1343: ...igital multi tester Specified value Measured value is within specified range Check connection status of connector 1 Check connection status of speed sensor clutch coil connector and TOD control unit connector Does it connect correctly 2 In case of bad connection connect it correctly then perform the follows a Delete the memorized fault code in control unit by SCANNER b Ignition OFF c Ignition ON d...

Page 1344: ...n TOD control unit connector Measure value is within specified range Check function of control unit It necessary replace then delete fault codes and re diagnose Perform D5 stage Yes No D5 Check short open in cable 1 Ignition OFF 2 Disconnect TOD control unit connector 3 Make a test for open circuit between pin 11 and 13 16 and 13 29 and 13 in wiring connector by multi tester Is there a resistance ...

Page 1345: ...igital Multi tester or which is located between No G connector and body after detaching T C motor connector The specified value When operates 4H 4L switch Measured value is within specified range 3 Measure the Hi Low voltage of motor which is located between No 2 No 5 and No 1 No 14 connector or which is located No B connector and body after detaching T C motor connector The specified value When o...

Page 1346: ... 2 Measure the resistance between No 1 No 14 and No 2 No 15 connector after detaching 30pin connector of TOD control unit Or check the resistance between No G and No B after detaching motor connector of T C side Specified value Measured value is within specified range Execute the test after detaching shift motor when the fault is not solved after executing E1 E4 stage 1 Detach the motor connector ...

Page 1347: ...otor connector of T C portion Is it installed properly 2 If the connector installation is improper install properly and then execute follow procedure a Delete the all fault code from memory by scan scope b Turn off ignition switch c Turn on ignition switch d Rediagnosis the system Does the fault codes display one or more among 1750 1754 Check the each wiring whether it is shorted or not 1 Turn off...

Page 1348: ...Positioned Auto T M to neutral At this time keep the neutral position for 2 second Stop the vehicle The R P M of front Rear propeller shaft is below 80 4 4L lamp blinks based on 0 3 second 5 When the shifting is engaged the blinking of 4L lamp is stopped 4H 4L goes on 4L lamp 4L 4H goes on 4L lamp 6 When the 4L indicator lamp continuous blinking repositioned to first position and diagnose the syst...

Page 1349: ...ND REPAIR ON VEHICLE SERVICE TOD CONTROL UNIT TOD Electric Characteristics Voltage Parasitic Current Under max operation Voltage Max Operation Current Under max operation Voltage Normal Operation Range CAN communication Operation Range Ignition OFF Ignition ON Motor OFF Motor ON 4 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Notice When replace TOD control unit it is requi...

Page 1350: ...5D2 34 TRANSFER CASE TOD TRANSFER CASE TOD 1 Transmission 2 TOD Transfer Case 3 Extension Housing 4 Bolt 35 60Nm 5 Front Propeller Shaft 6 Bolt 81 89Nm 7 Rear Propeller Shaft 8 Bolt 81 89Nm ...

Page 1351: ...ar damper Notice Oil drain should be along with whole transfer case disassembly and assembly 5 Disconnect transmission extension wiring connector back side transfer case Notice When disconnect connector make sure on direction of locking tab towards inside 6 Disconnect shift motor clutch coil connect Black 7 pin connector upper backside 7 Disconnect front and rear speed sensor connector white 7 pin...

Page 1352: ...lange then disconnect rear propeller shaft from transfer case Installation Notice 13 Unscrew 5 units of mounting bolt M12 from extension housing in transmission Installation Notice Tightening Torque 81 89 Nm Tightening Torque 35 60 Nm Notice Make sure the connecting surface is clean Applying long life grease spline inside transfer case input shaft 14 Installation should follow the removal procedur...

Page 1353: ...m motor and bracket 5 Keep shift motor even then pull rearward 6 Clean connection surface of transfer case and shift motor 7 If necessary make a test by SCANNER with shift motor assembly Notice Do not disassemble shift motor If necessary replace by shift motor assembly unit 8 Applying sealant into connecting surface for new shift motor 9 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reve...

Page 1354: ...d sensor connect from locking sleeve by pushing 5 Disconnect wire stick cap from the detached connector 6 Unscrew rear speed sensor mounting bolt M10 from upper side of rear case flange 7 Detach sensor from transfer case by lifting up using tool Notice When disconnect sensor make sure on adequate pressure due to sensitiveness with shock 8 Disconnect taping from both protection tube ends that wrap ...

Page 1355: ... long nose plier connect tightly by pulling pins 15 Apply rubber cap into connector using long nose plier not to detach 16 Connect protection tube with wire 17 Tape both ends of tube 18 Putting rear speed sensor into hole connect exactly pushing both ends 19 Screw 1 unit of bolt M10 Installation Notice Tightening Torque 9 11 Nm 20 Connect speed sensor connector then locking sleeve Reference Front ...

Page 1356: ...00km OilReplacement 1 Lift on vehicle then make sure on safety 2 Prepare a vessel to drain transfer case oil 3 Release filler plug 4 Drain oil completely 5 Wash drain plug and than tighten Installation Notice Tightening Torque 19 30 Nm 6 Replenish standardized oil by specified level through filler plug hole 7 Tighten filler plug after washing Installation Notice 8 Check oil leakage Tightening Torq...

Page 1357: ...TRANSFER CASE TOD 5D2 41 UNIT REPAIR TRANSFER CASE Transfer Case Diassembled View ...

Page 1358: ... 32 Upper Speed Sensor Rear 33 Nut 34 Washer 37 Bolt 38 Tag Identification 39 Thrust Bearing 40 Clutch Coil Assembly 41 Fork Reduction Shift 42 Shift Rail 43 Shaft Shift 44 Spacer 45 Torsion Spring 46 Shift Cam 47 Transfer Case Shift Motor 48 Bolt 49 J clip 50 Connector Retainer 51 Bolt 52 Support Stud 53 Lower Speed Sensor Front 54 Plug 55 Identification Decal 56 Cover 57 Tone Wheel Lower 58 Chai...

Page 1359: ...and speed sensor connector from upper bracket of transfer case Notice When disconnect connector pull forwards grasping connector housing 4 Remove outer tube on speed sensor connector 5 Remove wire supporting cape back side of speed sensor connector 6 Disconnect pin of clutch coil wire yellow from speed sensor connector white 7 pin using long nose plier 7 Remove shift motor Notice When remove shift...

Page 1360: ...drive gear and upper tone wheel 69 Yoke to Flange Seal 75 Snap Ring 76 Bearing 77 Speedometer Drive Gear 79 Upper Tone Wheel 40 Clutch Coil 40a Clutch Coil Retaining Bolts 40b Wire 11 If the rear output shaft bearing requires replacing remove the internal snap ring that retains the bearing in the bore From the outside of the case drive out the bearing 12 Remove the three nuts and washers retaining...

Page 1361: ... 18 Pull out the shift rail 18 Drive Sprocket 58 Drive Chain 59 Driven Sprocket 12 Rear Output Shaft 16 Oil Pump 61 Magnet 19 Remove the helical cam from the front case If required remove the helical cam torsion spring and sleeve from the shaft 20 Remove the high low range shift fork and collar as an assembly 21 Expand the tangs of the large snap ring in the case With the input shaft against a ben...

Page 1362: ...ement of the needle bearing and bushing is required press the bearing and bushing is required press the bearing and bushing out as follows a Position the input shaft on Axle Bearing Seal plate and using Pinion Bearing Cone Replacer as a spacer b Insert Input Shaft Bearing Remover into the input shaft so it is resting on top of the bearing cage c Tighten the actuator pin until it stops then press t...

Page 1363: ...the input shaft needle bearing and bushing were removed install a new bearing and bushing as detailed in the following steps Press a new needle bearing then a new bushing in the input shaft as follows a Position the input shaft on Axle Bearing Seal Plate or equivalent and Pinion Bearing Cone Replacer as a spacer b Press a new needle bearing into the end of the input shaft until it seats in the inp...

Page 1364: ... are installed on the shift fork and snapped securely into place 12 Rear Output Shaft 13 Oil Strainer 14 Coupling Hose 15 Hose Clamp 16 Pump Body 10 If new pump is used align the flat of the output shaft and the flat of the pump Slide the pump onto the output shaft l Do not disassemble oil pump It is serviced only as an assembly Check the pump to make sure the pump rotates freely l Do not remove t...

Page 1365: ... sprocket on the front output shaft must be installed with the marking REAR facing toward the rear case if so marked l Drive sprocket has a bushing pressed into it 16 Install tone wheel onto the front output shaft Make sure the spline on the tone wheel engages the spline on the front output shaft 17 Install clutch pack assembly onto the rear output shaft Make sure the spline of the clutch pack eng...

Page 1366: ...t Shaft Bearing Replacer and Driver Handle Make sure that the bearing is not cocked in the bore Install the internal snap ring that retains the bearing to the rear case 23 Install the clutch coil from inside the rear case until the wire and studs extend through the cover Install the washers and nuts and tighten CAUTION Do not kink or trap the wire while seating the clutch coil to the case 24 Slide...

Page 1367: ...il wire through the upper speed sensor wire shield 28 Install upper tone wheel speedometer gear and rear output seal Use Output Shaft Seal Replacer and Driver or equivalent to install seal 29 Coat the mating surface of the front case with a bead of Black Non Acid Cure Silicone Rubber or equivalent 30 The following procedure must be followed prior to installing the rear case onto the front case hal...

Page 1368: ...bber or equivalent to motor housing base and install on transfer case 36 Install the transfer case shift motor and three bolts along with speed sensor wire harness bracket and tighten Notice The wire harness must be routed as shown to provide clearance and to prevent the wire harness from grounding the damper 37 Holding the slotted support bracket tight against the motor housing end secure the bra...

Page 1369: ... 42 Fill the transfer case with 1 4 liters of Automatic Transmission Fluid or equivalent Notice Fluid level should be just below the filler plug hole Tightening Torque 19 30 Nm Tightening Torque 19 30 Nm 43 Install the fill pulg and tighten 44 Install the transfer case as outlined in removal and Installation transfer case in the section Notice Make sure proper drain and fill plugs are installed if...

Page 1370: ...Component Locator 6A 4 Steering System 6A 4 Maintenance and Repair 6A 5 On Vehicle Service 6A 5 Inspection 6A 5 Oil Pump Pressure Check 6A 6 Bleeding of Power Steering System 6A 6 Steering Gear Box 6A 7 Number of Spoke Outer Diameter Type Gear Ratio Inner Steering Angle Outer Steering Angle Type Maximum Pressure Upper Tilting Angle Lower Tilting Angle Type Capacity Change Interval Description 4 39...

Page 1371: ...ng Pinion Faulty Steering Shaft Joint Steering Fluid Leaks Lack of Fluid or Air in System Faulty Steering Oil Pump Damaged or Loosened Pump Drive Belt Clogging Oil Line Damaged Wheel or Tire Faulty Suspension System DIAGNOSIS HARD STEERING Action Lubricate Replace Replace gear assembly Adjust Replace Repair or replace Replenish or bleed Replace Adjust or replace Repair or replace Repair or replace...

Page 1372: ...ystem Faulty Oil Pump Checks Damaged Steering Linkage Loosened Steering Gearbox Mounting Bolt Damaged or Binding Steering Ball Joint Worn or Damaged Front Wheel Bearing Damaged Wheel or Tire Faulty Suspension System STEERING WHEEL SHIMMY Action Replace Retighten Replace Replace Repair or replace Repair or replace ABNORMAL NOISE FROM STEERING SYSTEM Action Retighten Replace gear assembly Replace Re...

Page 1373: ...6A 4 POWER STEERING SYSTEM 1 Steering Wheel 2 Steering Column Shaft 3 Steering Gear Box 4 End Ass y Tie Rod COMPONENT LOCATOR STEERING SYSTEM 5 Lower Shaft 6 Oil Reservoir 7 Oil Pump 8 Steering Knuckle ...

Page 1374: ... Replace or repair if necessary Steering Angle Inspection Procedure 1 Place the front wheel on a measuring tool 2 Rotate steering wheel all the way right and left and measure steering angle Notice If out of standard check or adjust toe in Standard 33 37 31 50 Inner Outer Steering Effort Inspection Procedure 1 Place a vehicle on the paved flat ground with front wheels in a straight ahead position 2...

Page 1375: ...eding procedure BLEEDING OF POWER STEERING SYSTEM Bleeding of Power Steering System 1 Disconnect the fuel line Using a starter motor crank the engine and turn the steering wheel from lock to lock 5 or 6 times Notice Do bleeding with engine cranking If bleed with idling there can be a air contact with oil 2 Connect the fuel feed line and start the engine at idle speed 3 Turn the steering wheel from...

Page 1376: ...A 7 STEERING GEAR BOX 1 Bolt 30 40Nm 2 Spring Washer 3 Lower Shaft 4 Pressure Hose 12 18Nm 5 Return Pipe 12 18Nm 6 Cotter Pin 7 Slotted Nut 35 45Nm 8 Nut 9 Spring Washer 10 Bolt 35 45Nm 11 Washer 12 Steering Gearbox Assembly ...

Page 1377: ...n Notice Tightening Torque 30 40 Nm 3 Remove the oil pipe from the steering gear box and drain the oil Installation Notice 4 Remove the clamp bolts and remove the steering gear box assembly Installation Notice Tightening Torque 12 18 Nm Notice l Be careful not to damage the rubber 1 l When installing tighten the bolt 3 with the rubber 2 being inserted to the hole of clamp 5 Bleed the air from syst...

Page 1378: ... as below 2 Adjustment l Unscrew the adjuster nut 1 and adjust the distance by turning the rod 2 counterclockwise Distance of Tie Rod 152mm Toe in 0 4 mm Tightening Torque 65 80Nm l Check the toe in date A B l If the ton in is normal tighten the adjuster nut 1 to the specified toque with tie rod 2 being fixed Tightening ...

Page 1379: ...g Specifications 6E 1 Maintenance and Repair 6E 2 SPECIFICATIONS FASTENER TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS Application Steering Wheel Mounting Nut Steering Lower Shaft Bolt Steering Column Shaft Bolt Steering Column Mounting Bolt Nlm 50 80 30 40 9 14 15 20 On Vehicle Service 6E 2 Steering Column 6E 2 ...

Page 1380: ...Pad 2 Nut 50 80 Nm 3 Washer 4 Steering Wheel 5 Combination Switch Assembly 6 Combination Switch Lower Cover 7 Combination Switch Upper Cover 8 Bolt 9 Bolt 10 Bolt 11 Crash Pad Panel 12 Bolt 30 40 Nm 13 Spring Washer 14 Steering Column Shaft 15 Bolt 9 14 Nm 16 Bolt 13 40 Nm 17 Column Shaft Assembly ...

Page 1381: ...e connectors 2 Place an alignment marks on the column shaft end and fixing nut and then remove the fixing nut Installation Notice 3 Remove the steering wheel 4 Remove the combination switch upper cover Tightening Torque 50 80 Nm 5 Release the crash pad panel Notice Remove the hood release wire and the other switch connectors ...

Page 1382: ... from the ignition switch Diesel only 9 Remove the lower shaft by removing the bolt of the steering column shaft Installation Notice Tightening Torque 9 14 Nm 8 Remove the combination switch assembly 10 Remove the dash panel mounting bolts Installation Notice Tightening Torque 30 40 Nm ...

Page 1383: ...NG WHEEL AND COLUMN 6E 5 Tightening Torque 30 40 Nm 11 Remove the steering column upper mounting bolt and pull out steering column assembly Installation Notice 12 Installation is reverse order of the removal ...

Page 1384: ...ng 7D 15 FATC Full Automatic Temperature Control is full automatic heater and airconditioning system that detects incar temperature ambient temperature sun load and coolant temperature and controls airconditioner system blowing capacity outlet temperature and intaking outlet mode to maintain interior comfort SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS Application Core Size LxWxT Core Type Expansion Valve Type T...

Page 1385: ...tion Replacement Description Every 10 000 km replace earlier if air pollution is heavy Air Filter Application Model Type Displacement cc rev Pulley Oil Description FK II DKV 14C Vane rotary 140 5 φ143 0 ZXL 200 PG PAG Oil Compressor Application Heater Core Type Heating Capacity Heater Core Size LxWxT Description 2 ROW 4 600 Kcal h AT 300CMH 219 5 X 151 8 X 52 Heater Unit Application Type High OFF ...

Page 1386: ...emperature Sensor Description Input Section 2 186kΩ 0 07kΩ 5V 3mA 1 0kΩ 0 03kΩ 5V 3mA 0 55kΩ 0 02kΩ 5V 3mA Current Rating at 12V LOCK Current Current Rating at 12V LOCK Current Current Rating at 12V LOCK Current Ic Pc Application Intake Actuator Mode Actuator Mix Actuator Power TR Blower Motor Power Consumption Description Output Section 70 30mA Less than 500mA 100 40mA Less than 500mA 100 40mA Le...

Page 1387: ...7D 4 FATC HAVC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM SCHEMATIC AND ROUTING DIAGRAMS ...

Page 1388: ... SWITCH MODE SWITCH DEFROSTER SWITCH INTAKE SWITCH AUTO SWITCH A CON SWITCH OFF SWITCH TEMP DOOR POSITION FEEDBACK VOLTAGE POWER TRANSISTOR COLLECTOR VOLTAGE VFD MAX HI RELAY POWER T R BLOWER MOTOR ECU COMPRESSOR MIX ACTUATOR MIXDOOR INTAKE ACTUATOR INTAKE DOOR MODE ACTUATOR MODE DOOR Airconditioner output C O N T R O L U N I T ...

Page 1389: ...7D 6 FATC HAVC VENTILATION SYSTEM COMPONENT LOCATOR ...

Page 1390: ...2 C l When pressed more than 1 second it will be automatically UP DOWN by interval of 0 28 sec after 1 second l When it changed 17 5 C 17 C 31 5 C 32 C and DOWN switch is pressed after 17 C or UP switch is pressed after 32 C there will be operating sounds 3 times during 0 1 sec 5 DEFROST switch l By pressing this switch DEF will turn on and mode door will be fixed at DEF l Recirculation fresh air ...

Page 1391: ...ion Press AUTO Press AUTO Press OFF Press OFF DIAGNOSIS TEST FATC airconditioner system has self diagnosis function Turn the ignition switch ON and press intake switch more than 4 times within 2 seconds while the AUTO switch is 1 AUTO Switch 2 Intake Switch 3 OFF Switch 4 Airconditioner Switch 5 Set temperature Display pressed then it will diagnose incar sensor ambient sensor water temperature sen...

Page 1392: ...r 00 will blink Display during continuous action A Normal or 1 fault 00 or 11 15 coolant Sensor Open 16 coolant Sensor Short 17 temperature Actuator Open Short 18 temperature Actuator Drive Fault 00 normal 11 incar Sensor Open 12 incar Sensor Short 13 ambient Sensor Open 14 ambient Sensor Short B Multiple faults 11 13 15 Display during step action A Normal or 1 fault the same as continuous action ...

Page 1393: ...er NO Item Defects Fault safety function 1 Incar sensor Open or short Control When substituted 25 C 2 Ambient sensor Control When substituted 20 C 3 Water temperature sensor Perform heating maneuver control function under refrigeration maneuver control entering conditions and release after 10 minutes 4 Temperature door potentiometer Set temperature 17 24 5 C max COLD position Set temperature 25 32...

Page 1394: ...DE Switch 3 OFF Switch 4 Temperature UP DOWN Switch 5 Defrost Switch 6 Airconditioner Switch 7 Recirculation fresh Air Switch 8 Blower Switch UP DOWN 9 VFD Vacuum Fluorescent Display MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR FATC CONTROL PANEL Components ...

Page 1395: ...actuator CCW IG2 Ground Airconditioner switch ground HI speed relay Photo sensor Photo sensor Temperature actuator F B Temperature actuator CW IG2 Ground Connector A Pin No 1 Connection circuit 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Incar sensor Ambient sensor Coolant sensor Sensor voltage 5V Sensor ground Intake ambient Intake incar VENT B L FLR MIX DEF Connector B 17 18 19 20 16 ...

Page 1396: ...clock 3 Unscrew the screw from the center panel pull out each switches and remove the center panel 4 Unscrew the 6 screws and remove the audio control panel assembly 5 Unscrew the 4 screws and remove the airconditioner control panel assembly 6 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 1397: ...to release the upper left and right locking portion Notice Remove the glove box by unscrewing lower 2 screws if necessary 2 Press the 2 filter cover holds and remove the air filter cover 3 Remove the 2 air filters Notice For installation remember the installed direction of the air filter before removal Replacement Interval Every 10 000km ...

Page 1398: ...hat measured resistance value among incar sensor terminals is as shown in the right side graph Notice Measure resistance value by soaking the sensor in the ice water and check changes in resistance values after soaking it in the very hot water 4 If resistance value is out of specification replace the incar sensor 5 Install the sensor and turn the ignition switch to ON position and check that volta...

Page 1399: ...e sensor 3 Check that measured resistance value among ambient sensor terminals is as shown in the right side graph Notice Measure resistance value by soaking the sensor in the ice water and check changes in resistance values after soaking it in the very hot water 4 If resistance value is out of specification replace the ambient sensor 5 Install the sensor and turn the ignition switch to ON positio...

Page 1400: ...istance value by soaking the sensor in the ice water and check changes in resistance values after soaking it in the very hot water 4 If resistance value is out of specification replace the water sensor 5 Install the sensor and turn the ignition switch to ON position and check that voltage between No 7a terminal of the water sensor and body is 5V 6 Check current between the No 7a and 7b connector t...

Page 1401: ...between the sun load sensor and the airconditioner control unit 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position and check that voltage between No 13a terminal of the sun load sensor and vehicle ground is 5V 3 Measure current between No 13a terminal of the sun load sensor and No 11 terminal of the control unit and check it is as shown in the below graph 4 If current value is out of specification replace ...

Page 1402: ...after connecting the battery to the 6C terminal of intake actuator and ground 6A 6B to the body 6C 6B 6A Wiring side connector Actuator connector Intake actuator is normal Yes Repair and replace the intake actuator No Check intake actuator linkage and door for proper operation and repair if necessary Disconnect 20 pin connector from the airconditioner control unit Check current between the intake ...

Page 1403: ...l 8J 8H 8F 8D 8B of the mode actuator alternatively Mode actuator connector Mode actuator is normal Yes Repair and replace the mode actuator No Check the intake actuator linkage and door for proper operation and repair if necessary Disconnect 20 pin connector from the airconditioner control unit Check current between the mode actuator 8J 8H 8F 8D 8B and the airconditioner control unit 11 12 13 14 ...

Page 1404: ...electrical unit or when a tool or equipment could easily come in contact with exposed electrical terminals Disconnecting this cable will help prevent personal injury and damage to the vehicle The ignition must also be in LOCK unless otherwise noted General Description and System Operation 8A 4 Driver Seat Belt Warning 8A 4 Operation and Functional Checks 8A 4 SPECIFICATIONS FASTENER TIGHTENING SPE...

Page 1405: ...ONENT LOCATOR FRONT SEAT BELT 1 Seat Belt Assembly 3 Point 2 Buckle Assembly 3 Seat Belt Dust Cover 4 Seat Belt Webbing Guide 5 Seat Belt Reel Assembly 6 Anchor Bolt 35 55 Nm 7 Anchor Bolt 35 55 Nm 8 Anchor Bolt 35 55 Nm ...

Page 1406: ... SEAT BELT 1 Seat Belt Assembly 3 point 2 Seat Belt Stalk Plate Assembly 3 Seat Belt Assembly 2 Point 4 Webbing Buckle Assembly Center 5 Webbing Buckle Assembly Rear 6 Webbing Hanger 7 Seat Belt Dust Cover 8 Webbing Guide ...

Page 1407: ...n order to clean the belts l When installing the seat belt anchor bolts and the screws start the bolts and screws by hand in order to prevent crossthreading l Do not attempt any repairs on the retractor mechsemblies with new assemblies l Replace any belts that are cut r damaged in any way 1 Inspect all saet belt anchor bolts and the screw in order to verify that they are secure 2 Inspect the seat ...

Page 1408: ... noted SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Application Air bag System Deployment Time Detection Time Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Air Bag Replacement Interval Voltage Range Current Consumption Acceleration Range Max Acceleration Voltage Ramp Energy Reservation Inflator Ignition Energy Squib Resistance Air Bag Warning Lamp ON Time When Ignition ON Description 20ms 5ms 40 C 85 C 40 C ...

Page 1409: ...8B 2 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SCHEMATIC AND ROUTING DIAGRAMS AIR BAG ...

Page 1410: ...wn the sun visor and see SRS air bag warning lamp on the head lining B Head Lining Warning 1 This vehicle is equipped with air bag Air bag is supplemental device for the seatbelt Fasten your seatbelt 2 This air bag should be replaced by authorized supplier within replacement intervals 3 When the ignition key is turned to ON position SRS warning lamp will turn on for 6 sec and go off In this case t...

Page 1411: ...that control all functions and determines whether deploy the air bag or not with the collision signal from the built in accelerometer sensor and has function of diagnosing system defects Internal air bag control unit is consisted as follows l Microprocessor l ASICs Upper side ASIC lower side ASIC l Accelerometer sensor l Arming sensor l System energy backup condenser l Squib energy backup condense...

Page 1412: ...ing Bar 19 Shorting Bar 20 Diagnosis 21 Shorting Bar 22 Shorting Bar 23 No Pin 24 No Pin 25 Shorting Bar 26 Shorting Bar 27 N A 28 Shorting Bar 29 Shorting Bar 30 N A 1 Lamp 2 Ground 3 N A 4 N A 5 Ignition 6 N A 7 N A 8 CONF 9 N A 10 N A 11 N A 12 N A 13 Squib Line 1 upper 14 Squib Line 1 lower 15 N A IGN GND Warning lamp RxD TxD Inflator line 1 5 2 1 20 13 14 Air bag lamp Communication diagnosis ...

Page 1413: ...ial and bag When crashed the air bag control unit sends current to the air bag module through squib line and this current ignites as ignition energy 6mJ momentarily igniting explosives and bag will be inflated by nitrogen gas protecting driver at the same and then deflates 1 Air bag Module 2 Module Housing 3 Bag 4 Module Bracket 5 Retainer Ring 6 Inflator 7 Horn Switch 8 Backing Plate ...

Page 1414: ... 40 5 resistance but also short resistance 1 10k status between the battery and ground to indicate defects in squib line by blinking warning lamp Air bag control unit AC4 can measure squib resistance Warning Lamp Turning On Air bag control unit detects system defects during ignition ON or driving and displays following 2 warning lamps Warning lamp ON internal defects of the air bag control unit Wa...

Page 1415: ...hutdown status Accelerometer Check Accelerometer function will be checked during start up During operation accelerometer off set signal will be checked If there is fault module will enter overall shutdown status ASIC Overheat Module monitors upper side ASIC overheats continuously If overheated the module will enter overall shutdown status Microprocessor Fault Module checks EEPROM ROM checksum and ...

Page 1416: ... Start up ignition ON During Driving Lamp Blinking Mode There are 2 kinds of blinking mode 1 When system internal fault is found the lamp will stay on 2 The lamp will blink according to external fault and there are 2 blinking codes Blinking code 1 Squib resistance fault in the driver s air bag squib line Blinking code 2 Squib short on plus and minus in the air bag squib line Lamp blinking code is ...

Page 1417: ...iagnosis from function selection display and press Enter 5 Select Musso 98 model year from vehicle model selection display and press Enter 6 Select Electronic air bag from control system selection display and press Enter 7 Select Self diagnosis from diagnosis item selection display Notice Check sensor value of output display if necessary 8 Determine the fault code and trace defective component Not...

Page 1418: ...e the ECU X 07 Driver s squib ground side No 3 l Short of ground side No 3 in the driver s squib circuit l Check and replace the ECU X 08 Driver s squib ground side No 4 l Short of ground side No 4 in the driver s squib circuit l Check and replace the ECU X 09 Energy shutdown switch No 1 l Air bag control unit internal defects l Check and replace the ECU 10 Energy shutdown switch No 2 l Air bag co...

Page 1419: ...tion of connector l Check the ECU l Replace the squib wire l Plus side short 7k ground side short 6kW l Driver s squib resistance is higher than standard 4 5 0 5W l Check related circuits for open short l Check connection of connector l Check the ECU l Replace the squib wire l Plus side short 7k ground side short 6kW l Driver s squib resistance is lower than standard 1 4 0 3W l Check related circu...

Page 1420: ...e ECU l Air bag control unit internal defects l Check and replace the ECU l Air bag control unit internal defects l Check and replace the ECU l Air bag control unit internal defects l Check and replace the ECU l Air bag control unit internal defects l Check and replace the ECU l Air bag control unit internal defects l Check and replace the ECU l Air bag control unit internal defects l Check and re...

Page 1421: ... for voltage and charging l Check related circuits for open short l Check connection of connector l Check the ECU l Air bag control unit internal defects l Check the ECU l Air bag control unit internal defects l Check and replace the ECU l Air bag control unit internal defects l Check and replace the ECU l Air bag control unit internal defects l Check and replace the ECU l Air bag control unit int...

Page 1422: ...SRS 8B 15 Fault Code Defects Service Hint Appli cation 127 Collision signal 128 Collision number l Air bag control unit internal defects l Check and replace the ECU l Air bag control unit internal defects l Check and replace the ECU ...

Page 1423: ...8B 16 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ...

Page 1424: ...SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 8B 17 AIR BAG DIAGRAM ...

Page 1425: ...teering wheel rid LH RH with a screwdriver Installation Notice Each position mark LH RH is stamped on the inner surface of the rids Tightening Torque 7 11 Nm 3 Disconnect the connectors and remove the air bag module 4 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 2 Unscrew the bolts from both sides Installation Notice ...

Page 1426: ...ing Range DC 12V DC 6 18V 10 30mA 6A 0 1second 200 220mA 15mA 0 16 0 38Ω 40 C 85 C 5MΩ 2 7 3 1 Rotation from neutral Position to Both Sides Notice l Clock spring can not be repaired l Do not disassemble or modify l To adjust to the center position rotate clockwise until it stops and then rotate it counterclockwise 2 3 0 2 revolutions and align marks If not airbag system can not work normally and d...

Page 1427: ...Start the procedure after waiting over 3oseconds 2 Unscrew 3 screws from lower cover on steering column shaft and remove the lower cover 3 Unscrew 4 screws from clock spring and remove the clock spring Installation Notice l Don t try to repair and modify the clock spring l When aligning the neutral position turn to clockwise until it stops and turn to counter clockwise until the marks are aligned ...

Page 1428: ...up power for 150ms and air bag can be inflated so wait for min 30 seconds 2 Remove the console box and center fascia panel assembly 3 Remove the heater control switch and audio assembly 4 Remove the lower side panel of the driver s portion and glove box 5 Remove the lower main panel 6 Release the lock lever of the AC4 connector and disconnect the connector 7 Unscrew 3 nuts and remove the AC4 Notic...

Page 1429: ...or the air bag system as ordered if not the air bag can be operated suddenly and it could result in damage of air bag or injury Before service removal installation checking and replacement of parts observe the following instructions and service correctly 1 To service turn the ignition switch to LOCK position and disconnect the negative battery cable and continue the procedures after approx 30 seco...

Page 1430: ...emoving or installing any electrical unit or when a tool or equipment could easily come in contact with exposed electrical terminals Disconnecting this cable will help prevent personal injury and damage to the vehicle The ignition must also be in LOCK unless otherwise noted Rear Left Door 9A 16 Rear Right Door 9A 16 Tail Gate 9A 17 Semi Automatic Air Conditioner 9A 18 Full automatic Air Conditione...

Page 1431: ...9A 2 BODY WIRING SYSTEM SCHEMATIC AND ROUTING DIAGRAMS POWER DISTRIBUTION ...

Page 1432: ...BODY WIRING SYSTEM 9A 3 STARTING CHARGING GASOLINE HFM ...

Page 1433: ...9A 4 BODY WIRING SYSTEM STARTING CHARGING DIESEL ...

Page 1434: ...BODY WIRING SYSTEM 9A 5 FUSE BOX AND RELAY 1 Interior Relay Box 2 Interior Fuse Box 3 Engine Compartment Fuse and Relay Box ...

Page 1435: ...ge Protection Relay Gasolin Only 21 Fuse 15A Seat Heater 22 Fuse 15A ECS 23 Fuse 15A Front Wiper Washer 24 Fuse 10A Rear Wiper Washer A C 25 Relay Front Wiper 26 Relay ABS Warning Lamp 27 Relay Flasher Unit 28 Relay Fuel Pump Gasoline Only 29 Relay Shift Lock A T 30 Relay Clutch Interlock Neutral 31 Relay Sun Roof 32 Relay A T B Interlock MB A T 33 Relay Power Window 34 Relay Rear Fog Lamp 35 Rela...

Page 1436: ...BODY WIRING SYSTEM 9A 7 LOCATION OF CONNECTORS BY WIRING HARNESS MAIN ...

Page 1437: ...ic Transmission 13 Floor Wiring Connector 14 Floor Wiring Connector 15 Floor Wiring Connector 16 ABD Floor Wiring Connector ABD 5 0 17 ECS Floor Wiring Connector 18 Rear Iper Washer Switch 19 Clutch Switch Manual Transmission 19 1 Clutch Switch E32 Gasoline E G with Manual Transmission 20 Stop Lamp Switch 21 Outside Mirror Switch 22 Ignition Switch 23 Multi Function Switch 24 Multi Function Switch...

Page 1438: ...er 75 Diode 3 Automatic Transmission MB 76 S E Mode Selector Switch Automatic Transmission 76 1 Mode Switch Automatic Transmission 77 B Position Switch Automatic Transmission 78 P Position Switch Automatic Transmission 79 Shift Lock Solenoid Valve Automatic Transmission 80 TCCU 81 Ground 5 Gasoline E G 81 1 Ground 7 Diesel E G 82 Seat Extension Wiring Connector 83 Transmission Extension Wiring Con...

Page 1439: ...E G with Rolling Code Type Immobilizer 122 Receiver Antenna Gasoline E G with Rolling Code Type Immobilizer 123 Receiver Connector Gasoline E G with Rolling Code Type Immobilizer 124 ICU Connector Gasoline E G with Rolling Code Type Immobilizer 125 ICU Gasoline E G with TOD MSE ECU 3 2 Engine Only 126 CAN Line Gasoline E G with TOD MSE ECU 3 2 Engine Only 127 TOD Gasoline E G with TOD MSE ECU 3 2 ...

Page 1440: ...an Relay 1 1 11 Tail Lamp Relay 1 12 Horn Relay 2 Octane Selector Gasoline E G with HFM 3 Preheating Unit Diesel E G 4 Preheating Timer Unit Diesel E G 5 ECS Main Wiring Connector ECS 6 Brake Leveling Fluid Sensor 7 ABD Main Wiring Connector ABD 5 0 7 1 ABS Main Wiring Connector ABD 5 0 8 ABD main Wiring Connector ABD 5 0 9 Engine Temperature Sensor Diesel E G 10 ABS 5 0 ECU ABS 5 0 10 1 ABD 5 0 M...

Page 1441: ...ne E G with Air Conditioner 33 Thermo Switch 4 Gasoline E G with HFM Air Conditioner 34 Ambient Censor Air Conditioner 35 RH Condenser Fan Motor Gasoline E G 36 RH Horn 37 RH Front Fog Lamp 38 RH Position Lamp 39 RH Head Lamlp 40 RH Head Lamp Leveling Device Leveling Device 41 Wheeling Sensor ECS 42 Wheel Speed Sensor FR ABS 5 0 5 3 or ABD 5 0 5 3 43 RH Damper ECS 44 Alternator Extension Connector...

Page 1442: ...ocket 16 Power Antenna 17 Diode 18 LH Rear Combination Lamp 19 Tail Gate Wiring Connector 20 Tail Gate Wiring Connector 21 Tail Gate Wiring Connector 22 Rear Heated 23 Luggage Lamp 24 ABD ECU ABD 25 Ground 4 ABD 26 ECS ECS 27 Wheel Speed Sensor RR ABD ABS 28 Damper RR ECS 29 RH Rear Door Switch 30 RH Rear Speaker 31 Ground 3 32 RH Rear Combination Lamp 33 Trailer Connector 34 Rear Washer Motor 35 ...

Page 1443: ...9A 14 BODY WIRING SYSTEM ROOF 1 Main Wiring Connector 2 Room Lamp 3 Inside Mirror 4 Sun Roof Motor 5 Map Lamp ...

Page 1444: ...7 Outside Mirror Motor 8 Tweeter Speaker Wiring Connector 9 Power Window Motor 10 Power Window Switch 11 Door Courtesy Lamp PASSENGER S DOOR 1 Main Wiring Connector 2 Main Wiring Connector 3 Floor Wiring Connector 4 Speaker 5 Door Lock Actuator 6 Outside Mirror Motor 7 Tweeter Speaker Wiring Connector 8 Power Window Motor 9 Power Window Switch 10 Door Courtesy Lamp ...

Page 1445: ...G SYSTEM REAR LEFT DOOR REAR RIGHT DOOR 1 Floor Wiring Connector 2 Door Lock Actuator 3 Power Window Motor 4 Power Window Switch 1 Floor Wiring Connector 2 Door Lock Actuator 3 Power Window Motor 4 Power Window Switch ...

Page 1446: ...or 3 Floor Wiring Connector 4 LH Rear Combination Lamp 5 LH Rear Fog Lamp 6 Joint Connector Ground 7 Rear Wiper Motor 8 LH License Lamp 9 Tail Gate Switch 10 Door Lock Actuator 11 High Mounted Stop Lamp 12 RH License Lamp 13 RH Rear Combination Lamp 14 RH Rear Fog Lamp 15 Rear Heated ...

Page 1447: ... Relay 4 ML Relay 5 MH Relay 6 HI Relay 7 Intake Actuator 8 Blower Motor 9 Resistor 10 Diode 11 Amplifier 12 Amplifier 13 Temp Actuator 14 Blower Relay 15 Water Temperature Sensor 16 Air Conditioner Switch 17 Fan Switch Auto 18 PTC 19 Control 20 Mode Switch 21 In Car Sensor 22 Sun Sensor 23 Mode Actuator ...

Page 1448: ...L AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER 1 Main Connector 2 Intake Actuator 3 Blower Relay 4 HI Relay 5 Power TR 6 Water Temperature Sensor 7 Temp Actuator 8 Blower Relay 9 Control A 10 Control B 11 Sun Sensor 12 Mode Actuator 13 In Car Sensor ...

Page 1449: ...7 Injector 6 8 Injector 5 9 Injector 4 10 Injector 3 11 Injector 2 12 Injector 1 13 Camshaft Adjustment Magnet 14 Ignition Coil 3 15 Ignition Coil 2 16 Ignition Coil 1 17 Temperature Sensor Gauge 18 Double Sensor 19 Camshaft Position Sensor 20 Knock Sensor 1 21 Throttle Regulating Unit 22 Resonance Flap 23 Main Wiring Connector 24 ECU 25 ECU Engine Wiring Connector 26 ECU Engine Wiring Connector ...

Page 1450: ... Sensor 6 Aspiration Sensor 7 Throttle Regulating Unit 8 Knock Sensor 9 Camshaft Position Sensor 10 Ignition Coil 3 11 Ignition Coil 2 12 Ignition Coil 1 13 Injector 6 14 Injector 5 15 Injector 4 16 Injector 3 17 Injector 2 18 Injector 1 19 Camshaft Adjustment Magnet 20 Resonance Flap 21 Temperature Sensor Gauge 22 Double Sensor 23 Ground ...

Page 1451: ...9A 22 BODY WIRING SYSTEM DIESEL ENGINE 1 Preheating Unit 2 Main Wiring Connector 3 Glow Plug 1 4 Glow Plug 2 5 Glow Plug 3 6 Glow Plug 4 7 Glow Plug 5 8 Water Temperature Sensor Gauge ...

Page 1452: ...ISSION 1 Main Wiring Connector Diesel E G 2 Main Wiring Connector Gasoline E G 3 Main Wiring Connector Gasoline E32 E23 E G 4 Back Up Switch 5 Oil Pressure Switch 6 Start Motor Solenoid 7 Micro Switch 8 Speed Sensor Turbo Diesel Engine Only ...

Page 1453: ...ON BENZ 1 Main Wiring Connector 2 Start Lock Switch 3 Automatic Transmission Change Over Valve 4 Transmission Overload Protection Switch Gasoline E G 5 Oil Pressure Switch 6 Start Solenoid 7 Micro Switch Diesel E G 8 Speed Sensor Turbo Diesel E G ...

Page 1454: ...MISSION BTRA 1 Main Wiring Connector 2 Main Wiring Connector 3 Transmission 4 Transmission Lever 5 Oil Pressure Switch Diesel E G 6 Start Motor Solenoid 7 Throttle Position Sensor Diesel E G 8 Speed Sensor Turbo Diesel E G 9 Inhibitor Switch ...

Page 1455: ...9A 26 BODY WIRING SYSTEM DRIVER S SEAT 1 Main Wiring Connector 2 Tilt Motor 3 Heater Control Unit 4 Height Motor 5 Slide Motor 6 Back Seat Wiring Connector 7 Seat Heater 8 Driver Seat Switch ...

Page 1456: ...njury and damage to the vehicle The ignition must also be in LOCK unless otherwise noted TABLE OF CONTENTS SPECIFICATIONS BULB USAGE CHART Head Lamp Rear Front Interior Application Specifications 9B 1 Bulb Usage Chart 9B 1 Schematic and Routing Diagrams 9B 2 Tail Lamp B O Lamp 9B 2 Head Lamp 9B 3 Head Lamp Leveling Device 9B 4 Turn Signal Lamp and Hazard Lamp 9B 5 Back Up Lamp and Stop Lamp 9B 6 F...

Page 1457: ...9B 2 LIGHTING SYSTEM TAIL LAMP B O LAMP SCHEMATIC AND ROUTING DIAGRAMS 15 NO 15 OVPR ...

Page 1458: ...LIGHTING SYSTEM 9B 3 HEAD LAMP ...

Page 1459: ...9B 4 LIGHTING SYSTEM HEAD LAMP LEVELING DEVICE ...

Page 1460: ...LIGHTING SYSTEM 9B 5 TURN SIGNAL LAMP AND HAZARD LAMP 3 0BG ...

Page 1461: ...9B 6 LIGHTING SYSTEM BACK UP LAMP AND STOP LAMP ...

Page 1462: ...LIGHTING SYSTEM 9B 7 FRONT AND REAR FOG LAMP ...

Page 1463: ...9B 8 LIGHTING SYSTEM ROOM LAMP ...

Page 1464: ...M 9B 9 FRONT AND REAR LAMPS 1 Low beam Head Lamp 2 High beam Head Lamp 3 Turn Signal Lamp 4 Position Lamp 5 Back up Lamp 6 Tail Stop Lamp 7 Turn Signal Lamp 8 Tail Stop Lamp MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ON VEHICLE SERVICE ...

Page 1465: ...the headlamp and the screen is 25m 4 Draw the vertical line crossing the center of each headlamp on the screen 5 Start the engine 6 Check if the cut off line of the headlamp on the screen is in the specification 1 Left right direction The degree of the cross point at the cut off line of the headlamp and the vertical line should be 15 2 Up down direction The distance between the cut off line of the...

Page 1466: ...b Replacement 1 Turn the dust cap of the head lamp to the left and remove it 2 If it is high low head lamp loosen the screw and pull out the return spring and replace the bulb Notice For correct installation check the original position of the return spring and remove High low beam head lamp replacement High beam head lamp replacement 3 If it is high beam head lamp pull out the return spring and re...

Page 1467: ... the tailgate and remove the inner cover of the rear combination lamp 2 Unscrew 4 8mm nuts of tail stop lamp and turn signal lamp assembly 3 Unscrew 6 8mm nuts of tail stop lamp and back up lamp assembly 4 Disconnect each connectors and remove the rear combination lamp Replace with specified bulb if necessary Notice Refer to lamp specification ...

Page 1468: ...cal unit or when a tool or equipment could easily come in contact with exposed electrical terminals Disconnecting this cable will help prevent personal injury and damage to the vehicle The ignition must also be in LOCK unless otherwise noted TABLE OF CONTENTS Schematic and Routing Diagrams 9C 2 Horn 9C 2 ...

Page 1469: ...9C 2 HORN HORN SCHEMATIC AND ROUTING DIAGRAMS ...

Page 1470: ... in contact with exposed electrical terminals Disconnecting this cable will help prevent personal injury and damage to the vehicle The ignition must also be in LOCK unless otherwise noted TABLE OF CONTENTS Schematic and Routing Diagrams 9D 2 Rear Wiper and Washer 9D 2 Maintenance and Repair 9D 3 On Vehicle Service 9D 3 Front Wiper and Washer 9D 3 Rear Wiper and Washer 9D 5 ...

Page 1471: ...9D 2 WIPERS WASHER SYSTEM SCHEMATIC AND ROUTING DIAGRAMS REAR WIPER AND WASHER ...

Page 1472: ...nkage 2 Wiper Arm 3 Wiper Blade Left 4 Wiper Blade Right 5 Washer Nozzle 6 Reservoir Tank Guide 7 Reservoir Tank 8 Washer Hose 9 Cap 10 Washer Motor 11 Hose Connector Y type 12 Washer Hose Left 13 Nozzle Pipe 14 Washer Hose MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ON VEHICLE SERVICE ...

Page 1473: ...ve the linkage connected to the wiper motor 3 Disconnect the connector from the wiper motor 4 Unscrew the locking bolts from wiper motor 5 Installation is reverse order of removal Connector Appearance and Connecting Circuit Connector Terminal H P B L HI high speed Intermittent Ground Low low speed ...

Page 1474: ...5 REAR WIPER AND WASHER 1 Wiper Arm 2 Wiper Cap 3 Wiper Blade 4 Washer Nozzle 5 Reservoir Tank 6 Wiper Hose 7 Cap 8 Washer Motor 9 Wiper Hose Socket 10 Outer Joint Notice Removal and installation is as shown in upper drawings ...

Page 1475: ...dure 1 Remove the spare tire 2 Unscrew the locking nut and remove the wiper 3 Unscrew the locking nut of wiper motor 4 Remove the tailgate trim panel 5 Dieconnect the connector from the wiper motor 6 Unscrew four screws arrows and remove the wiper motor ...

Page 1476: ...WIPERS WASHER SYSTEM 9D 7 Connector Appearance and Connecting Circuit Connector Terminal B E WP Battery Power Source Ground From Switch Diagram for Connecting Circuit ...

Page 1477: ...ly come in contact with exposed electrical terminals Disconnecting this cable will help prevent personal injury and damage to the vehicle The ignition must also be in LOCK unless otherwise noted TABLE OF CONTENTS Schematic and Routing Diagrams 9E 2 Cluster 9E 2 Component Locator 9E 3 Combination Meter 9E 3 Maintenance and Repair 9E 4 On Vehicle Service 9E 4 Combination Meter 9E 4 ...

Page 1478: ...9E 2 INSTRUMENTATION DRIVER INFORMATION CLUSTER SCHEMATIC AND ROUTING DIAGRAMS ...

Page 1479: ...ing switch 11 Reset button 12 Auto shift indicator 13 Door open warning light 14 TCS indicator equipped with ABD 21 ABS warning light 22 EBD warning light 23 ECS SPORT warning light 24 4 wheel warning light 25 4 wheel high indicator 26 4 wheel low indicator 27 WINTER indicator 28 POWER indicator 29 High beam indicator 15 Alternator warning light 16 Engine oil pressure warning light 17 Brake system...

Page 1480: ...137 63 2000 3000 261 39 4000 298 2 5000 199 51 Gasolin 1 Windshield Linkage Speed Tolerance 40 3 0 60 80 5 0 100 5 0 140 5 5 0 5 160 5 5 0 5 180 4 0 120 5 5 0 5 Speed Tolerance 20 4 0 40 60 4 0 80 5 0 120 5 5 0 140 5 5 0 5 160 5 5 0 5 3 0 100 5 0 Speed Tolerance 180 6 1 200 240 6 1 MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ON VEHICLE SERVICE ...

Page 1481: ...istance Tolerance E 97 2 5 1 2 32 5 5 F 6 2 5 Temperature 50 C 86 C 105 5 C 120 C Resistance Ω 156 9 Ω 44 5 Ω 27 3 Ω 19 4 Ω 4 Temperature Gauge Temperature Sensor Speed Tolerance 1000 100 20003000 150 4000 150 6000 180 7000 210 8000 125 5000 150 2 Tachometer ...

Page 1482: ... a tool or equipment could easily come in contact with exposed electrical terminals Disconnecting this cable will help prevent personal injury and damage to the vehicle The ignition must also be in LOCK unless otherwise noted TABLE OF CONTENTS Schematic and Routing Diagrams 9F 2 Audio 9F 2 Diagnosis 9F 3 General Diagnosis 9F 3 ...

Page 1483: ...9F 2 AUDIO SYSTEM AUDIO SCHEMATIC AND ROUTING DIAGRAMS 0 3 GB RHEO EXP LY NO 13 ...

Page 1484: ...AUDIO SYSTEM 9F 3 DIAGNOSIS GENERAL DIAGNOSIS No sounds ...

Page 1485: ...H 3 Power Seat 9H 3 Seat Warmer 9H 4 Seat Belt Tension Reducer Circuit 9H 5 Component Locator 9H 6 Front Seat Rear Seat 9H 6 Maintenance and Repair 9H 7 On Vehicle Service 9H 7 SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Slide Tilt Height Tilt and Height up Slide Slide Tilt and Height Load Rating Operating Temperature Range Switch Operating Force Application Deseription DC11 15V 30 C 80 C 20 7mm sec 10 ...

Page 1486: ...9H 2 SEATS DIAGNOSIS When the power seat does not work ...

Page 1487: ...SEATS 9H 3 POWER SEAT SCHEMATIC AND ROUTING DIAGRAMS ...

Page 1488: ...9H 4 SEATS SEAT WARMER 0 5 GW ...

Page 1489: ...SEATS 9H 5 SEAT BELT TENSION REDUCER ...

Page 1490: ...1 Front Seat Driver s 2 Front Seat Passenger s 3 Headrest 4 Under Tray Assembly 5 Front Seat Mounting Rear Outer Cover 6 Front Seat Mounting Rear Inner Cover 7 Rear Seat Assembly 8 Headrest Notice Removal and installation is as shown in upper drawings ...

Page 1491: ...ICLE SERVICE 1 Slide Adjusting Motor 2 Height Adjusting Motor 3 Tilt Adjusting Motor 4 Recline Adjusting Motor 5 Driver s Power Seat Recline Switch 6 Driver s Power Seat Switch Slide Height Tilt 7 Seat Heater Control Unit 8 Seat Heater Switch ...

Page 1492: ...t Driver s Power Seat Switch Size and Color 1 25LB 1 25Br 1 25Y 1 25BR 1 25B 1 25BW 1 25LB 1 25LY 1 25G 1 25BY Connection Circuit Tilt UP Tilt DOWN Slide RR Slide FRT Ground Battery Recline RR Recline FRT Height UP Height DOWN No 1 2 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 ...

Page 1493: ...SEATS 9H 9 Seat Heater Connector and Connection Circuit Seat heater switch connector Circuit Connection Circuit ...

Page 1494: ...ed electrical terminals Disconnecting this cable will help prevent personal injury and damage to the vehicle The ignition must also be in LOCK unless otherwise noted TABLE OF CONTENTS Schematic and Routing Diagrams 9L 2 Outside Mirror 9L 2 Auto Dimming Room Mirror 9L 3 Maintenance and Repair 9L 4 On Vehicle Service 9L 4 Front Side Glass 9L 4 Tailgate Glass 9L 9 Auto Dimming Room Mirror 9L 12 ...

Page 1495: ...9L 2 GLASS AND MIRRORS OUTSIDE MIRROR SCHEMATIC AND ROUTING DIAGRAMS ...

Page 1496: ...GLASS AND MIRRORS 9L 3 AUTO DIMMING ROOM MIRROR ...

Page 1497: ...9L 4 GLASS AND MIRRORS MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ON VEHICLE SERVICE FRONT SIDE GLASS ...

Page 1498: ...alcohol and ethyl acetate 50 50 in volume l Do not apply primers which is over its duration l Be careful not to contaminate other parts 2 Installation of windshield spacer l Insert the spacer completely l After inserting there should be no clearance on the body To the direction of the side spacer To the direction of the lower spacer 3 Cleaning of windshield glass l Clean the windshield glass keepi...

Page 1499: ...of sealant 5 Apply glass primer to the outer area of the dam rubber Notice l Do not apply body primer to the glass l Do not touch the primer applied surface If you touch this may cause water leakage after installation of the windshield l Keep water or dust away from the primer applied surface 6 Apply sealant to windshield glass l Uneven application of sealant may cause water leakage after installa...

Page 1500: ... sufficiently mixed primer in a mixer over 10 minutes l Be careful not to contaminate other parts due to over application l Duration 1 minute 24 hours reapply after 24 hours l Never use the primer containing deposits or floating materials l Do not apply primers which is over its duration l Do not reuse a gauze over 20 times l Apply evenly to glass 3 Apply seaant to the side glass l Turn over the g...

Page 1501: ... 8 GLASS AND MIRRORS Tightening Torque 7 7 Nm 4 Before installation ensure that the stay bolt washer is inserted 5 Using suction holders install the side glass within 5minutes after application of sealant ...

Page 1502: ...GLASS AND MIRRORS 9L 9 TAILGATE GLASS 1 Wiper Arm and Blade Assembly 2 Heating Lines 3 Tailgate Trim 4 Tailgate Glass Notice Removal and installation is as shown in upper drawings ...

Page 1503: ...8 hours l If primer is applied to the body clean off immediately with solvent l Be careful not to contaminate other parts 3 Clean the tailgate galss l Clean the glass keeping 15mm from the edge of glass l Do not reuse a gauze over 20 times l Saturate the gauze in solvent Isoprophyl alcohol l Do not touch the cleaned galss surface l Apply glass primer to the cleaned and dry glass surface If glass i...

Page 1504: ...e water leakage after installation of glass l Do not touch the glass moldings and dam rubber while applying sealant 6 Using suction holders install the tailgate glass within 5minutes after application of sealant l Fix the glass with adhesive tape l Apply sealant additionally between the quarter outer panel and tailgate glass moldings ...

Page 1505: ...9L 12 GLASS AND MIRRORS 1 Auto Dimming Room Mirror Assembly 2 Sensor Front 3 Sensor Rear AUTO DIMMING ROOM MIRROR Layout 4 Switch 5 Cover 6 Lamp ...

Page 1506: ...SECTION 9N FRAME AND UNDERBODY TABLE OF CONTENTS Dimension 9N 2 Frame 9N 2 Component Locator 9N 3 Body Mountings 9N 3 Body Mounting Sectional View 9N 4 Skid Plate 9N 5 ...

Page 1507: ...9N 2 FRAME AND UNDERBODY DIMENSION FRAME ...

Page 1508: ...ND UNDERBODY 9N 3 COMPONENT LOCATOR BODY MOUNTINGS 1 Upper Insulator 2 Lower Insulator 3 Washer Tube 4 Plain Washer 5 Bolt 6 Grommet 7 Nut 8 Plate 9 Upper Insulator 10 Lower Insulator 11 Bolt 12 Nut 13 Washer ...

Page 1509: ...9N 4 FRAME AND UNDERBODY BODY MOUNTING SECTIONAL VIEW ...

Page 1510: ...8 47 Nm SKID PLATE 2 Skid Plate Removal Installation Procedure 1 Remove 6 mounting bolts and carefully remove the skid plate Installation Notice 2 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Tightening Torque 28 47 Nm ...

Page 1511: ...SECTION 9O BUMPERS AND FASCIAS TABLE OF CONTENTS Maintenance and Repair 9O 2 On Vehicle Service 9O 2 Front Bumper 9O 2 Rear Bumper 9O 4 ...

Page 1512: ...9O 2 BUMPERS AND FASCIAS MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ON VEHICLE SERVICE FRONT BUMPER Notice Removal and installation is as shown in upper drawings ...

Page 1513: ...unting Inspection 1 Clearance between the upper bumper and radiator grille 2 Clearance between the upper bumper and headlamp moding Clearance 12 1 0 mm Clearance 9 mm 2 Clearance between the bumper and wheel arch Clearance 10 mm ...

Page 1514: ...9O 4 BUMPERS AND FASCIAS REAR BUMPER Notice Removal and installation is as shown in upper drawings ...

Page 1515: ...n 1 Clearance between the upper bumper facia and tailgate 2 Clearance between the rear bumper facia and rear bumper molding Clearance 12 1 0 mm Clearance 11 0 mm 3 Clearance between the quarter outer panel and rear bumper facia Clearance 10 0 mm ...

Page 1516: ...e in contact with exposed electrical terminals Disconnecting this cable will help prevent personal injury and damage to the vehicle The ignition must also be in LOCK unless otherwise noted TABLE OF CONTENTS Schematic and Routing Diagrams 9P 2 Power Window 9P 2 Maintenance and Repair 9P 3 On Vehicle Service 9P 3 Front Door 9P 3 Rear Door 9P 4 Tail Gate 9P 5 ...

Page 1517: ...9P 2 DOORS SCHEMATIC AND ROUTING DIAGRAMS POWER WINDOW ...

Page 1518: ...VICE FRONT DOOR Removal Installation Procedure 1 Remove the pin from the center hinge of the door 2 Remove the upper lower hinge bolts from the body and remove the door assembly 3 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 1519: ...al Installation Procedure 1 Remove the pin from the center hinge of the door 2 Remove the upper lower hinge bolts from the body and remove the door assembly 3 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 1520: ...allation Procedure 1 Remove the shock absorber mounting bolts 2 Disconnect the tailgate wiring harness 3 Remove the tailgate by removing the tailgate bracket bolts 4 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 1521: ...ust the striker in forward rearward and left right directions Adjust striker height by increasing decreasing the shims Tailgate Striker 2 Adjust the position of the striker as described above 3 Adjust the position of the safety hook as described above ...

Page 1522: ...SECTION 9Q ROOF TABLE OF CONTENTS Schematic and Routing Diagrams 9Q 2 Sun Roof 9Q 2 Maintenance and Repair 9Q 3 On Vehicle Service 9Q 3 Sun Roof 9Q 3 ...

Page 1523: ...9Q 2 ROOF SUN ROOF SCHEMATIC AND ROUTING DIAGRAMS ...

Page 1524: ...ICE SUN ROOF 1 Inner Sliding Sun Roof Assembly 2 Sun Roof Body Mounting Bracket 3 Drain Hose Rear Grommet 4 Sun Roof Motor Spanner 5 Mounting Clip 6 Mounting Bracket 7 Mounting Bracket Assembly 8 Sun Roof Mounting Bracket 11 Sun Roof Module Assembly ...

Page 1525: ...tion Procedure 1 Disconnect the connector and remove the sun roof module assembly 2 Disconnect the front and rear drain hose 3 Unscrew the sun roof mounting bracket bolts arrows and remove the inner sliding and sun roof assembly ...

Page 1526: ...SECTION 9R BODY FRONT END TABLE OF CONTENTS Maintenance and Repair 9R 2 On Vehicle Service 9R 2 Hood 9R 2 Fender 9R 5 ...

Page 1527: ...9R 2 BODY FRONT END MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ON VEHICLE SERVICE HOOD 1 Hood 2 Sping 3 Hood Hinge Assembly 4 Bolt ...

Page 1528: ...and hood striker assembly Installation Notice Tightening Toque 8 11 Nm 2 Remove the hood Mounting bolt and hood lifter assembly Installation Notice 3 Remove the hood lock hood relese from the clip 4 Remove the cable holder screw 5 Pull the cable nut toward driver side 6 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Tightening Toque 14 26 Nm ...

Page 1529: ...tch hole Notice Tighten the bolt fully after alignment Installation Notice Tightening Toque 13 26 Nm 2 Adjusting the height of hood overslam bumper Unlock the hood and check the clearance between hood and fender by adjusting the hood overslam bumper in left right directions Normal 20 22 Nm 3 Hood Hinge l Loosen the hood lock bolts l Adjust the lock in forward rearward and left right directions ali...

Page 1530: ...BODY FRONT END 9R 5 FENDER Removal Procedure 1 Remove the screws 2 Remove the mudguard and wheel guard 3 Disconnect the front lamps connectors 4 Remove the front lamps ...

Page 1531: ...e Be careful not to damage the paintwork Installation Procedure 1 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order Notice Apply a tape sealer to the fender and body panel to prevent rust in fender mounting bolts area Tightening Torque 7 9 Nm ...

Page 1532: ...cations 9T 1 REKES Specifications 9T 1 Schematic and Routing Diagrams 9T 2 REKES 9T 2 Diagnosis 9T 3 SPECIFICATIONS REKES SPECIFICATIONS Diagnosis Test 9T 3 Maintenance and Repair 9T 5 On Vehicle Service 9T 5 REKES 9T 5 Transmitter Description DC 3V 10 C 60 C Changeable Coin Type LITHIUM Battery CR2032 Above 2 years 10 times day Application Rated Voltage Rated Range of Operating Temperature Model ...

Page 1533: ...in the sensors and load Removal Installation Procedure 1 Disconnector the battery negative cable 2 Unscrew 4screw from center console box 3 Remove the center console box and disconnect 3 STICS connectors 4 Unscrew 3 fastening bolts and remove the STICS unit 5 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order 1 STICS Unit 2 STICS Connector 3 STICS Unit Fastening Bolt 4 Parking B...

Page 1534: ...9U 2 CONTROL UNITS AND SYSTEM STICS SCHEMATIC AND ROUTING DIAGRAMS ...

Page 1535: ...g ON the defogger switch while engine is running l Defogger will be stopped by pushing the switch again l The defogger will be operated 6 min if push ON the switch within 10 min after 12 min of operation 6 Seat belt warning l The warning lamp will be turned on for about 6 sec with an intermittent chime bell when the IGN switch is ON unless fastening the seat belt 7 Parking brake warning l The indi...

Page 1536: ...e locked automatically if the vehicle speed reaches 50km h though the doors are in unlock 15 Auto door unlock l All doors will be automatically unlocked if the vehicle crashes while driving over 15km h 16 Input checking function l Self diagnostic function for each sensor switches and loads for the system 12 Coupled with REKES l Being coupled with REKES remote keyless entry system all doors will be...

Page 1537: ...g vehicle speed T1 within 0 5 sec T2 Wiper motor 1 revolution time T3 1 5 0 2 sec 20 2 sec 2 Washer relating wiper T1 0 6 1 0 sec T2 motor 3 revolution including motor revolution time 3 Dimming room lamp T1 2 0 3 sec T2 3 0 5 sec 4 Time delayed power window control T 30 2 sec ...

Page 1538: ...ning timer T1 6 1 sec T2 0 3 0 1 sec T3 0 6 0 1 sec 7 Parking brake warning T1 0 3 0 1 sec T2 0 3 0 1 sec V1 3km h 5km h 8 Tail lamp lighting warning l When the driver s door is opened after removing the IGN key while the tail lamp switch is still ON the buzzer should be operated T1 0 3 0 1 sec T2 0 3 0 1 sec ...

Page 1539: ...s or passenger s door should be unlocked when it locked T1 within 0 2 5 sec T2 5 0 5 sec 9 Door ajar warning T1 0 3 0 1 sec T2 0 3 0 1 sec V1 3 5km h 10 IGN key reminder warning T1 within 0 2 sec T2 5 0 5 sec T3 0 3 0 1 sec T4 0 3 0 1 sec T5 0 5 0 1 sec ...

Page 1540: ...door lock T1 within 0 2 sec T2 0 5 0 1 12 Coupled with REKES mode T1 0 05 0 02 sec lock signal T2 0 1 0 02 sec unlock signal T3 within 0 2 5 sec T4 0 5 0 1 sec T5 within 0 3 sec T6 T7 0 5 0 1 sec T8 1 0 25 sec 13 Ignition key hole illumination ...

Page 1541: ...CONTROL UNITS AND SYSTEM 9U 9 14 Auto door lock V1 50 5km h T1 0 5 0 1 sec 15 Auto door unlock T1 0 5 0 1 sec V1 15km h ...

Page 1542: ... consumption by cutting off the intake air pressure from fuel injection ALDA and gen erating the vacuum pressure In no load sharp acceleration mode Duty Control continu ous precise control is acti vated according to the varia tions of the input signals when the solenoid valve generates the vacuum pressure in ALDA Vacuum modulator 2 The opening value of the modulator is precisely con trolled by inp...

Page 1543: ...us precise control with the signals from EGR unit PWM Pulse With Modulation Control 3 Rated voltage 12 V 4 Operating voltage 8 16 V 5 Resistance at 20 C 15 4 0 7 Ω 6 Operating range of vacuum Duty control Vacuum modulator 1 0 600 mbar Vacuum modulator 2 300 600 mbar 7 Modulator control Vacuum modulator 1 for controlling EGR valve Vacuum modulator 2 for controlling no load sharp acceleration ALDA c...

Page 1544: ...the carbon and paticle material in exhaust gas the opening value of EGR valve is compensated by adjusted the vacuum level of vacuum modulator Measured EGR valve opening value Step 1 2 Vacuum mbar approx 370 approx 690 Valve opening value mm approx 0 2 approx 6 0 Output voltage V approx 1 7 2 1 approx 9 6 11 6 1 The opening value of the valve is the internal moving distance of EGR valve by vacuum p...

Page 1545: ...cceleration mode 2 Solenoid valve Normal Open type Normal Solenoid valve opens then intake manifold pressure will operate ALDA No load sharp acceleration mode Solenoid valve closes then vacuum pressure operate ALDA 3 Operating voltage approx 12 V 4 Resistance approx 22 4 1 4 Ω 5 Check the connections in each passage when supplying or cutting off the operating voltage The valve passage to ALDA will...

Page 1546: ...nce between pin 1 and pin 4 Specified value 5 kΩ 20 Measure the resistance between pin 1 and pin 2 at no load and full load Approx 10 20 of full resistance at no load Approx 70 85 of full resistance at full load 3 Voltage check The supplied voltage to TPS from EGR unit for M T or TCU for A T is approx 5 V 0 60 0 2 V at no load 3 85 0 3 V at full load VACUUM LINE Installation of modulator and vacuu...

Page 1547: ...ould be used for this procedure 001 589 73 21 00 Manual Vacuum Pump Multi Tester 201 589 13 21 00 Vacuum Tester KAA5A2P0 KAA5A2R0 KAA5A2Q0 VACUUM LINE TEST Check the EGR system when the vehicle produces excessive exhaust gas Check the vacuum lines for leaks and blocks If there are not any faults check the actuators controlled by EGR control unit Install the tester in position according to the vacu...

Page 1548: ...move EGR valve hose with idling If the valve disk snaps into position EGR valve operates properly 2 Install the T connector into inlet port of EGR valve then connects the manual vacuum pump and the vacuum tester in each connection 3 Generate 700 mbar of vacuum pressure with manual vacuum pump If EGR will not open stay vacuum state EGR valve should be replaced due to sticks of inner valve guide and...

Page 1549: ...pressure line should be replaced Check the solenoid valve with the same method in no load sharp acceleration mode YES YES Check the vacuum circuit in no load sharp acceleration mode Is the approx 900 mbar of negative pressure generated between vacuum pump line and inlet port of vacuum modulator 2 In vacuum modulator 2 check the vacuum circuit between inlet port and outlet port Is the approx 300 65...

Page 1550: ...olenoid valve close and the intake boost pressure cut off to complete the vacuum circuit NO Replace the vacuum hose in the range Install the vacuum tester into out let port of solenoid valve and check whether the negative pres sure is generated in no load sharp acceleration mode or not and read the changes of vacuum pressure within specified ranges YES Check whether the vacuum pressure is generate...

Page 1551: ...in of connector from the EGR module 4 After releasing the fixing nut 3ea of EGR module remove the the EGR module 5 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR Removal Procedure 1 Disconnect the TPS connector from the TPS 2 After releasing the fixing bolt remove the TPS Installation Procedure 1 Install temporary fixing bolt of TPS 2 Install connect...

Page 1552: ...3 After releasing fixing bolt of EGR Valve of Intake Manifold remove the EGR Valve assembly 4 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Removal and Installation Procedure 1 Disconnect the coolant temperature sensor from the coolant temperature sensor 2 After releasing the coolant temperature sensor from cylinder block and then remove the coola...

Page 1553: ...and Installation of Rear Combi Lamp 1 After pulling the tailgate release fixing bolt of the tail lamp assembly 2 Carefully remove the tail lamp assembly 3 Remove the wiring connector of tail lamp 4 Installation should follow the removal procedure in the reverse order ...

Page 1554: ...wo screw and one lower Screw of the side bumper cover KAA5A020 2 Carefully remove the cover of bumper side Note Due to the opposite fixing section of the cover screw of bumper side is the locking fastener so it is fragile part careful remove this one 3 After releasing four fixing bolt of rear bumper and then remove the bumper 4 Remove the wiring of tail lamp and the operation cable of fuel filler ...

Page 1555: ...ck KAA5A020 6 Release the rear fixing bolt mounting of luggage deck Note In order for other materials not to enter into fuel filler and breather 7 Due to removal of luggage deck check if damage happen on the harness and other parts and then remove the luggage deck 8 Install the reverse order of removal End Cross Member ...

Page 1556: ... Fixing Bolt of Tail Gate Hinge 3 Stopper of Tail Gate 4 Fixing Bolt of Tail Gate Stopper 5 Latch of Tail Gate and Rod Assembly KAA5A020 Removal 1 After pulling the tail gate release fixing bolt of left tail gate and right tail gate Notice While stopper fixing bolt of tail gate is released not released completely put this one on the hole of installation ...

Page 1557: ...g connector of tail lamp 4 Remove the wiring and grommet which is linked with tail gate 5 Remove left and right hinge of tail gate 6 Remove the assembly of tail gate KAA5A020 2 After pulling the tail gate release fixing screw of tail gate inside and then remove pannel ...

Page 1558: ...e pannel of tail gate 2 After pushing the lower section linking with rod which is connected with latch of tail gate remove rod from the latch KAA5A020 KAA5A020 3 Release the fixing bolt 2 EA of latch tail gate 4 Simultaneously remove the latch of tail gate and rod 5 Install the reverse order of removal ...

Page 1559: ... SUPPLEMENT KAA5A020 KAA5A020 OUT SIDE HANDLE OF TAIL GATE AND LATCH ACTUATOR 1 Remove the inside handle of tail gate 2 Remove the fixing bolt 2 EA of latch actuator of tail gate 3 Remove the outside handle of tail gate ...

Page 1560: ... SUPPLEMENT KAA5A08A COMPONENTS LOCATOR EXTERIOR BODY PANNEL 9 PNL Deck Side OTR 10 PNL Deck Side INR 11 RR Wheel Guard 12 PNL Deck W House INR 13 PNL Deck SECTION A A 9 10 11 12 13 SECTION B B SECTION C C SECTION C1 C1 ...

Page 1561: ...1A 22 MUSSO SPORTS SUPPLEMENT KAA5A300 ROOF PANNEL 1 Front Upper Rail 2 Front Lower Rail 3 No1 Rail of Roof Center 4 No2 Rail of Roof Center 5 Roof Pannel 6 Rear Roof Rail 1 2 3 4 5 6 ...

Page 1562: ...4 Front Center Outer Pannel 5 Outer Pannel of Front Wheel House 6 Outer Pannel of Front Center 7 Inner Pannel of Wheel House 8 Outer Pannel of Front Wheel House 9 Side Outer of Pannel Deck 10 Side Inner Pannel Deck 11 Rear Wheel Guard 12 Pannel Deck Wheel House Inner 13 Deck Pannel ROOF RAIL SECTION A A SECTION B B SECTION C C ...

Page 1563: ...dy No4 Wwasher and Tube 23 Bolt 24 Deck Mounting Insulator FRAME AND UNDER BODY MOUNTINGS 23 23 23 23 24 24 24 24 VIEWFI G VIEWFI G VIEWFI G VIEWFI G 23 23 23 23 24 24 24 24 VIEW F2 VIEW F2 VIEW F2 VIEW F2 A B C D F2 G2 G2 G2 G2 F1 G E E E E N o 1 N o 1 N o 1 N o 1 N o 2 N o 2 N o 2 N o 2 N o 3 N o 3 N o 3 N o 3 N o 4 N o 4 N o 4 N o 4 N o 5 N o 5 N o 5 N o 5 N o 6 N o 6 N o 6 N o 6 N o 7 N o 7 N ...

Page 1564: ...einforce Hinge Mounting 9 Mounting Member of Body Mounting 10 Reinforce No5 Mounting 11 Deck floor No1 Member 12 Deck floor No2 Member 13 Reinforce Deck No1 Mounting 14 Deck Floor No3 Member 15 Reinforce Deck No2 Mounting 16 Nut Holder 17 Nut M10 18 Deck Floor No4 Member 19 Upper Bracket of Spare tire 20 Lower Bracket Spare Tire 21 Deck Back Outer Pannel 22 Reinforce Stopper Mounting 23 Deck Floor...

Page 1565: ...h Assembly 3 Tail Gate Inner Pannel 4 Tail Gate Inner Cover 5 Tail Gate Stopper Assembly 6 Tail Gate Hinge Assembly 7 Tail Gate Latch Rod Assembly 8 Tail Gate Ccrank Assembly 9 Outside Tailgate Holder 10 Tail Gate Outer Pannel TAIL GATE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 9 10 5 10 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 5 1 2 ...

Page 1566: ...MUSSO SPORTS 1A 27 SUPPLEMENT KAA5A300 1 Rear glass 2 Rear glass moulding REAR GLASS Component Locator ...

Page 1567: ...G GW LY GL YW B B B B Blinker Unit Y W GR GR 4 S202 Ef2 80A 2 4 G G W G G 1 2 G G102 G204 3 1 G303 2 4 G101 G101 3 1 FRT LH Turn Signal Lamp Head Lamp RR LH Turn Signal Lamp Tail Lamp FRT RH Turn Signal Lamp Head Lamp RR RH Turn Signal Lamp Tail Lamp 28 Cluster Y Y Y B B B 25 Cluster C905 2 C203 5 C904 2 C108 C206 C905 8 3 C904 3 C101 4 C103 1 11 C905 6 C101 17 Fender Fender C904 7 ELECTRICAL WIRI...

Page 1568: ... Block Under The Coolant Reservoir Tank Inside Co Driver Side Cowl Panel Behind The Left FRAME Behind The Left FRAME Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Behind The Left Lamp Behind The Right Head Lamp Right The I P Fuse Block Upper The ECM Center The Left B Pillar 1 2 3 4 5 6 HEAD LAMP MULTI FUNCTION SWITCH C1C2 C3 C4 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11A12 A13 A14 1 2 3...

Page 1569: ... G301 G301 LH RH Ef11 10A Ef10 10A Ef6 40A 2 Stics Muti Function Switch C4 B L S B7 B6 B9 3 GL RL GL W R R R B B B B 1 S101 Illumination Relay Multi Function Switch Light Switch OFF 1 2 C904 2 C904 6 C905 1 C906 GW GW GW GW GW R GW GW GW BrR GW B B 1 C203 C101 10 C206 3 C904 2 2 C101 4 C904 8 3 C905 C905 3 C905 2 C906 7 C905 4 C904 5 C101 5 Ef2 80A C905 5 C904 8 2 POSITION LAMP TAIL LAMP LICENCE P...

Page 1570: ... Co Driver Side Cowl Panel Behind The Left FRAME Behind The Left FRAME Behind The Left DECK LID Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Behind The Left The Lamp Behind The Right Head Lamp Right The I P Fuse Block Center The Left B Pillar 1 2 TAIL LAMP LICENCE LAMP 1 2 3 4 5 6 HEAD LAMP MULTI FUNCTION SWITCH C1C2 C3 C4 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11A12 A13 A14 1 2 3 4 5...

Page 1571: ... GW Auto Antenna 10A M 12 14 B 11 5 3 B Audio 2 1 FRT LH Speaker BrB BrW _ 2 1 FRT LH Tweeter BrB BrW 8 18 _ BrB BrW 11 10 C351 2 2 1 1 4 3 16 GY _ 2 1 FRT RH Speaker BR BrR _ 2 1 FRT RH Tweeter BR BrR 1 9 4 _ BR BrR 11 10 C361 LY LY ACC LY Contact Coil Audio Remote Control Switch Driver 4 3 Contact Coil C101 18 Br B S Horn Relay GY BW B LY SIG ACC ES 3 AUDIO CIRCUIT ...

Page 1572: ...2 1 11 7 12 13 14 10 16 17 20 21 22 18 19 15 Main Engine Main Engine Main Driver Door Main Co Driver Door Main Main Main C101 21Pin Colorless C103 2Pin White C351 22Pin Blue C361 22Pin White S201 Black S202 Black G203 Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Upper The I P Fuse Block Inside Co Driver Side Cowl Panel Behind The Cluster Under Right The Audio Right The I P F...

Page 1573: ... 9 28 62 61 81 10 29 1 4 60 79 80 56 75 43 24 33 32 37 36 WR W WB BrW GR WR W WB BrW GR BG BrG GL LG YL LB WR Lift Sensor EGR Valve Water Sensor Temp EGR Modulator Exhanst Gas Recirculation Modulator Sol Valve W WB BrW GR BG BrG GL LG YL LB S201 8 12 10A 2 1 3 7 8 B 13 11 14 12 11 9 12 10 9 7 10 8 C901 C902 C901 C108 C105 C104 G204 Ef 2 Ef 8 80A 60A C103 2 5 6 7 2 1 16 15 14 11 10 4 HUBER EGR CIRC...

Page 1574: ...ITION Inside The Engine Room Fuse Block Beside Pre Heating Unit DSL MUSSO SPORT Under The Air Cleaner Housing DSL N Turbo Upper The T C M T Upper The T C A T Behind The Cluster Upper The Huber EGR 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 C901 W H T M 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 HUBER EGR CONTROL UNIT 24 43 23 42 22 41 21 40 20 39 19 38 18 37 ...

Reviews:

No comments

Related manuals for Musso Sports N100 2003

Brand: RaceChip Pages: 12

Brand: Feniex Pages: 6

Brand: Mazda Pages: 527

2008 Escalade EXT

Brand: Cadillac Pages: 496

3-series convertible

Brand: BMW Pages: 98

Brand: Romik Pages: 6

Brand: Whispbar Pages: 77

Brand: U.S. General Pages: 4

Brand: Metra Electronics Pages: 20

Brand: Webasto Pages: 18

Brand: Ford Pages: 256

Brand: SilverLeaf Electronics Pages: 16

Brand: Paser Pages: 2

Brand: Xblitz Pages: 56

Brand: ULTIMATE SPEED Pages: 34

Brand: FALCON RIDGE Pages: 4

Brand: Ratio Pages: 12

Brand: Horn Tools Pages: 8

Brands by name

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Popular brands

Load more brands